Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
~,
B!P3W
SOO.Jod JO
S3!JSD038
\
'--
/
.___~
\.....-
Thierry BOURBI~
lnstitut Fra~ du P6trole
now with Sc:hlumbetger
'-'
Olivier COUSSY
LabcJqtoire Central des Ponts et Chau..._
Bernard ZINSZNER
lnstitut ~ du Nlrole
'--'
"--'
'-./
acoustics
'-
'---''
of porous
'-~
"'---' Foreword by
Ama NUR ·
media
Professor
'-.~ Director of the Sgnford Rock PllysQ Project
Geophysics Depertment. Stanford Un~
Translated from the French
'-../ by Nisaim MARSHALL
'-
1987
'--'
'--'
~
" GULF PUBUSHING COMPANY • BOOK DIVISION • HOUSTON, LONooN. PARIS, TOKYO
__J
/~ -- __.-
~~
;J-
.. ...-..,.
') . .....,
/ ,:- '
-.,
. ~
'""
•
'"
Translation of
c Acoustique des milieux poreux •
T. ~ 0. eot.y. B.,zirtii&IW'
. C ldkiona T~. P.W1111 ..
intlefilurec;ap• . ~~ , list(title
and patitisher)c:ail be to.iod at the emt.of$be.book.
....__
~,
ISBN 0-87201-025-2
Library of Congress Catalog Cerd No. 88-82913
---.,
~-
"
~~
....--
·-·
· · .. fcreWord :_·~-
.=. -
•'
• •r !2'·
It has Ion& been recognized that~¥: wayc; ctifr~d~ristics as measured on the earth's
surface can provide information not onl~--~bl>.!!UJae1l.ttitude and distribution of interfaces
between rock types within the earth, but also about the mineralogy, as well as the state of
the rocks present. In fact much of our knowledge about the internal constitution of the
'--'
earth has been derived from seismic wave characteristics such as velocities and
'-._.· amplitudes.
Althoup seismic methods, notably reflection methods in exploration geophysics have
· been used most extensively, they were in the past applied mostly to delineate rock
interfaces in the earth's shallow crust, to evaluate structures which might bear
hydrocarbons. In contrast relatively little use has been made of seismic waves for the
determination of the rock properties of direct interest to hydrocarbon recovery (e.g.
"---'
porosity, permeability), or the direct detection of hydrocarbons. Even in acoustic logiing.
only the estimation of porosity from velocities has been developed as a regular service.
The estimations· of permeability or saturation are based on other, non seismic, methods.
'-
Because of the increasing value of oil, the growing complexity of recently discovered oil
ftelds, and the growing realization that reservoirs and recovery are ·more heterogeneous
'-·
than assumed. in the past, a major shift in the use of seismic methods has taken place
during the past one or two decades. One of the central aspects of this shift involves the
need to establish and understand the relation between the seismic properties of reservoir
"-'
and reservoir related rocks, and their production properties (porosity, permeability) and
state (mineralogy, saturation, pore pressure etc.). Some obvious applications are the
evaluation of stratigraphic traps, fracture detection, and the spatial distribution of
·-· porosity and permeability.
'-----'
Seismic methods are almost never used in hydrocarbon recovery assessment, in spite of
.'- the growing need to better understand recovery. A major problem which has emerged in
the area of reservoir evaluation and production is the realization of the complexity of
'-'
most reservoirs, leading to great uncertainties in estimated total recovery, recovery rates, ·
and recovery method. Reservoir complexity is typically related to the signifiCant spatial
'--"
heterogeneity in porosity, permeability. clay content, fracture density etc. The spatial
variabilities cannot be inferred at any level of detail from well testing data, logs, or cores.
'- They may only be obtained, hopefully, from remote geophysical measurement, especially
seismic measurement.
'-,..,...- A direct consequence of the heterogeneous nature of reservoirs is the complexity of
their recovery processes, ranging from problems like the migration of the gas cap in
reservoirs with discontinuous shales, overpressure zones, and the tracking of steam or
temperature in thermal recovery in reservoirs with large spatial variation of permeability.
_lj
VIII FOREWORD
There is little doubt that seismic methods will play, in the future, a major role in helping
to solve production and recovery problems. But we first need a better understanding of
what it is that seismic waves can tell us about reservoir rocks, and how to extract the
desired information. This book is an important step in this needed direction.
A. NUR
Professor
Director of the Stanford Rock Physics Project
Geophysics Department, Stanford University
July 1986
.~,
-._,
~,
~.~
_,
~
,_
'--'
-~
First of all, we thank the lnstitut Franrais du Petrole ( IFP) for making: this book a
possibility. Over and beyond material contribution from IFP, we benefned from the
invaluable help of our colleague$ there.
"--'
We wish to thank in particular:
"---"
P. RAsoLOFOSAON who provided us with friendly support and assistance in the writing of
Chapter 6.
,j
G. GRAu, M. LAvERGNE and P. TAIUFwho read the manuscript, which improved a great
'----''
deal due to their constructive criticism.
':"' D. BELAUD, M.-T. BIEBER, M. GuEDJ, M. HuaTE, C. JACQUIN, M. MASSOI" and the IFP-
--' Documentation and Publi<:ation Services who have contributed in their different areas of
expertise.
Editions Technip is responsible for the particularly careful presentation of the book.
''·--"
We must also not forget B. HALPHEN of the Laboratoire Centra/des Ponts et Chaussees
who encouraged us, along with M. PANETand J.-P. PoiiUER, respectively of Simecso/ and
the lnstitut de Physique du Globe de Pmis who kindly wrote the foreword to the French
edition.
-~
D. GoLDBERG of Lamont Doherty Geological Observatory reread the English translation
at great length, and his remarks enabled us to clarify many passages.
\,_/
A. Nua from Stanford University, to whom rock physics owes so much, kindly
\._;~·
~-
agreed to write the foreword for the English edition. We wish to thank him here most
warmly.
~
_.'
'-~
'--.--
I
~~
'-.-~
'-...-
contents
-~
Foreword .•....•.•..•.••.....•.........•.•..•........................ VII
Chapter l
POROUS MEDIA
'---"
lntrocluction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
'---'
l.l. POI'Oiity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I0
1.1.1. 111e . , • • , . , . or pon1111ty • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1o
1.1.1 Dellllldoa ole•••EUII_. 61ca•eued porGiides • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • II
1.1.3. 8,edftc c-.: liiU ..!nlll ...... clay ponllity • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • II
1.2. 'l'1le pore space: aUcroseopk pometric analysis ....................... · 12
1.11. MediMI for 1i1 , .... die pore tpaee • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 12
'~
···-'
XII CONTENTS
30
1.4. Fluid flow in porous media
1.4.1. Cae of a single ftuid totaDy saturating a pore space: absolute or siagle-phase permeability
1.4.1.1. Defmition, units and measurements ••••.••.••.•...........•..•.
31
31
• ~
Chapter 2
WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
l.t. Review of elastodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • • . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . 49
2.1.1. Straia teosor . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.1.2. Stress teosor aad eqtdlibrl.m e.aaadolls . • . . . . • • . . . . • • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • • . . 52
2.1.3. CollldtutiTe law of u- elasddty .................. : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
2.1.4. u . . elasticity aac1 rock ..c~aaa~c:s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
2.1.4.1. linear elasticity . • • • . . . . . . . • . • . • . . . . • • . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . 56
2.1.4.2. Rock mechanics and effective moduli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.1.5. Wave propagation in an isotropic linear elasde mediiHII . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . 59
2.1.5.1. Waves in 3D space . • • . • • . . . • . • • . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
2.1.~.2. I D wave equation (elastic case) . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
--------------------------·--
CON1'Pfi'S XIII
2.2.5.
:Z.Ul.
~t....... .....................
Waw velocities and attenuations • • • • . • • • . • . . • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • . •
l.l.4. Blot's......,. ... TftDIIIII'IIaw . . • • . • • • • • • . . . • • . • • • • • • • • • • . . • • • • • . • •
Olapter 3
WAVE PROPAGATION AND VIBRATION EFFECI'S
IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA
(IIIIWimeasioaal)
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.1. Delayed behavior of materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.1.1. Creep t11C1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 100
3.1.1. Relaxlltloa tiiCI •.••••••••••••••••••• ·••.•••••••••••••..•••••.•.•• 101
3.l. Unear Yilc:oelutic behavior ......•: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . • • . • . . . . 102
·3.3. Dynamics of Ulli4imensional liaear Yitcoelastk media, fust coacepts of the
quality factor Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • • . . . • . . . . . . . . • 104
3.3.1. eo.,lex....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
3.3.1. Han11011k pro~~~ea. . .... .... .. ..................... ....... ....... lOS
3.3.3. w~ propaaadoa . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 107
3.3.3.1. Wave propagation and attenuation . ~.. . . • . . • . • • . . . . . . • • . . • . . . • 107
3.3.3.2. Variation in time of a free wave packet: group velocity and phase velocity . 108
3.3.4. Qwality fader .........,. IIOtleM • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 112
3.3.5. EU!Dfle of ~or tltcoelllldc ....... to,....._.. ................ 114
3.4. Important viseoelastk models .. .. . . . .. . . . • . .. . .. . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll7
3.4.1. Deolollcalaodels.. . . de(~ ... die.....,.
factor ......... :. . • . .. • • .. • 117
3.4.1. M«MMeel ..,_. from die fl8llty r.eter .......•... ; . . . . . • • . . . . • • • . . . • • • . 123
3.4.1.1. NCQ model (Nearly Ceustant Q) . . • . • • • • • • . • • . • • • • . . • • • • . • . • . 123
3.4.1.2. CQ model (Constant Q) •••.•••.•••••••••••••• ·• • . • . • • • • • • • • • 124
XIV CONTENTS
Chapter 4
EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUFS FOR
MEASURING VELOCmES AND ATTENUATIONS
Introduction . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
4.1. Measurements using waTe propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
4.1.1. Diffac:tddes • . . . . • . . • • . • • . . . . • . • • . • • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . ••••. . . . ••••. 146
4.1.2. Measurement prindples 111111 experimental techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . . 148
4.1.2.1. Velocity measurements . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .•. . . . . . .. . 148
4.1.1.1. Attenuation measurements . . . . . . . . . . . •. . . . . ... . . .. •.. •. . •. . • 151
4.2. Measurements using vibrating systems (standing waves) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
4.2.1. Difl:.Culties • • • • • • . . . • • • • • • . • • • • . . • . • . . . • • . • . • . . . • • • . • • . • . . . • • • • 161
4.2.2. Geueral priadples • . • . • . . • . . . . • • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • • • • • . • . • . • 161
4.1.3. Experimeatal setaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . 163
4.2.3.1. Pendulums .•••.•....••• !....................... ; . . . . . . . 163
4.2.3.2. Resonant bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • 163
4.3. Methods using stress/strain ctmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
4.4. Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Oaapter 5
WAVE PROPAGATION IN POROUS MEDIA
RFSULTS AND MECHANISMS
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.1. Results and mechanisms in the laboratory............................. 175
5.1.1. Velocities: results 111111 mecbanisms . . • • • • • • • . • . • • • • . • • . • • • . • • • . • • • • • • . . 176
5.1.1.1. Velocities and pressures . . . • . . . . . • • . • • . • . . . . . . . . . . • • • . • • • • . . 176
'-/
'-
CONTI!N1S XV
'-
Chapter 6
WAVF.S AND INTERFACES
-----
Iatroclucdon ........................................................ . 245
6.1. Wave propqatlon in saturated porous media. Discontinuity effects ...... . 245
6.1.1• ........,.~ •••.•••..•.....•..•..•.........•....••••...••• 246
6.1~ w- ~at die lilted- or two..,.....,._._.. ......•......•.. 249
6.1~1~ Calc of normal incidence •••••••..•••••••••••••.•••••••••••• 249
6.1~2. Analysis of n:flection on the fn:e surface of a semi-infmite saturated porous
medium •..•••••.••..•••••...•••.•...•••.•...••.....•.. 258
'- .- .------'
XVI CONTENTS
6.1.3. lllterfaee problems betweea ~..._.tell me41ia. Aptlladoa to aco8ltic logiq . . . 263
6.1.3.1. Interface waves • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • . • . . • . • • • . • 263
6.1.3.1. Seismic source in the vicinity of a fluid/porous medium interface . . • • . . . • 269
.6.1.3.3. Conclusions . . . . . . . • . • • . • • . . . . . . . • • •. . • . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . 281
6.l. Retledion and transmission in l'iscoelasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
6.1.1. Wa.e equation in Yiscoelastic media • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . . • • • • • 283
6.2.2. Eaef1Y balaDce and quality factor ....••.•.•...•...•...•••••........ ·. . 287
6.2.2.1. Energy balance • • . . . • • • • • • • • • • • . . . . • • • • . • • • • • • • • . . . • . • . • . 287
6.2.2.1. Quality factor • . . • • • • • • • • • • • . • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . . . . . • • . . 288
6.1.2.3. Constant Q model in two dimenlions • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . . • • • • . . 288
6.2.3. Reftecdoeuad .........._ .. two ••uni- • . . . . . . . • • • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 290
6.1.3.1. Theory . • • • • • . • • • • • • • . • • • • . . • . • • • • . • • • . . • • • • • • . . . . . • . • • 290
6.2.3.1. Interface effect of attenuation • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • . . • • • • • . 29 5
6.1.<1. lllterfaee waves Ia 'rilcoelaldC Bllllla •••••••••••••.•••••••••..••..•.• ·• • . 297
6.3. General conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Chapter 7
SOME APPLICATIONS
IN PETROLEUM GEOPHYSICS
Introduction .........................•.......•........ ·. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
7.1. Low frequency seismie prospecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
7.1.1. ~ • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
7.1.2. CoBYeetioaal •ilmic: ~ ••••••••..•.••.•... ' . ••. . ••. •. . .. .•.• 302
7.1.1.1. Combined use of P and S waves . . . . . • • . . . . . .. ... . ... .. . .. . . •. 303
7.1.2.1. Signal analysis . . . . . . . • . • . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . •. ... . ... .. . .. .... 303
7.1.1.3. Three-component studies • • • • • • • . . • • . . • • . . •. ••. . •.. .. . •. ••.• 306
7.1.3. a-,.o1r selsmics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
7.1.3.1. Variation in fluid phase or pore pressure . . . . . • • . . . . • • • . . . . . . . • . . 309
7.1.3.2. Analysis of fractured zones • • • • • • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
7.2. Full wavefonn acoustic loggiD&..................................... 310
BmLIOG·RAPHY........................................ . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
'"'
~------~---------------------------------------------------------------------------~----- - - - - - - - ·
',..,_/
nomenclature
A subscript (letter or number) after a comma denotes a partial derivative with respect to the
coordinate related to this subscript:
iJu" --~2
c2 uJC ...
""·' ,., iJy ""·"- cy
au,
2
"'· .. OXz ·•·
Time derivatives arc denoted by a dot (ftrst derivative) or two dots (second derivative):
. iJu
u==-
iJt
iJ2u
ii=-
iJtl
Vectors are represented by bold characters. ·
The notations div, and. curl and V 2 indicate the divergence, gradient, curl and Laplacian
operators, namely in Cartesian coordinates:
an
• +- (ac~~ ac~~ o+)
ox • oy ' cz
curl +_(c+. _a+, ac~~" _ac~~. o+, _i+,.)
cy iJz ' oz ex • OX iy .
2 iJ2cll ol+ ale~~
v • = iJx2 + oy2 + iJzl
'--
The real and imaginary parts of a complex quantity are indicated by:
Real part =( )a or Re (
Imapnary part ... ( h or Im (
The system used is the Sl system. with a few exceptions (i.e. permeabilities).
The nomenclature below does not include the multiple constants used in the text. These are
generally represented by the characters A, B, C, y etc.
i!
t
'~
I
---"
2 NOMENCLATURE
NOMENCLATl"RE 3
f general Introduction
The classic laws of elastodynamics and their extension to viscoelastic behavior are
generally postulated for homogeneous and continuous materials. Their application to
porous media requires a sweeping adaptation. Porous media are, by their very essence,
composite and multiphase. Composite because the solid fraction - the skeleton -. is
formed of grains whose chemical or crystalline features are often different and multiphase
because this solid fractiort is always ;~ssociated with a gas or liquid phase that occupies the
voids between the grains.
This microscopic heterogeneity of the porous medium induces a complex macroscopic
physical behavior sensitive to slight variations in fluid content or of the solid structure.
The acoustics of porous media are intended to characterize their behavior by synthesizing
between the.rigor of the laws of mechanics and the natural disorder of porous media. The
task is difficult, but this difficulty is correlated to the importance of the applications to
which even partial results can lead. In fact, acoustic analysis is one of the surest means
available for the remote investigation of porous rocks and for the nondestructive testing of
materials.
The ideal fteld of application - at least for its economic benefits - is geophysics. bt the
subdiscipline of acoustics, classic seismics. which predominates, was originally intended to
provide a geometric image of the subsurface, by using the reflection or refraction of
acoustic waves from discontinuities at the boundaries of geologic strata. This procedure
was eminently successful. The prodigious groWth of electronics in the recording of signals
and the computation facilities for their processing now serve to routinely obtain high-
quality geometric images of the subsurface. This result, which stems from the substantial
improvement in the signal/noise ratio, is essentially achieved by the measurement of
6 GEl'ERAL I~TRODL"CIIO"'
different transit times, interpreted in the light of elastodynamics. The acoustics of porous
media as such is never an inherent part of this study.
However, beyond the very success of these purely geometric methods, the need has
gradually emerged to characterize the types of material the acoustic wave has traversed
and even their fluid content. The lithologic and petrophysical approach to the subsurface
by seismic methods, the prospector's old dream. is unfeasible today without a better
knowledge of the acoustics of porous media.
A second major field of applied geophysics is that oi acoustic recordings in oil wells, in
other words seismic logs and well seismics. In this case. the need for familiarity with the
laws governing the interaction of mechanical waves \\ith the porous medium is obvious.
There is no better proof ofthis than the proliferation of experimental work on this subject.
While petroleum geophysics, due to its economic importance, appears to monopolize
the faeld of potential applications, one should not minimize the faeld of nondestructive
testing of porous materials (concretes. vuggy plastics etc.). an area in which the
applications are the most immediate, because measurements in conditions approaching
laboratory conditions are naturally easier to perform. Owing to their composite and
multiphase character, the acoustics of porous media constitutes the hub of several
disciplines, and this is materially reflected by the three authors, whose specialties are
physics, mechanics and geology.
Chapter 1 is devoted to the description and visualization of the porous medium itself.
One example of a natural porous medium, Fontainebleau sandstone, is discussed at the
end of the Chapter.
The simplest multi phase case corresponds to the porous medium totally saturated with
fluid. Chapter 2 provides a theoretical examination of wave propagation in this type of
medium, differentiating between movements within the solid matrix and those of the
saturating fluid. An experimental justifacation of this theory is given at the end of the
Chapter.
To distinguish between fluid and solid movements is to privilege global phenomena (at
the scale of the sample) as opposed to local phenomena (at the scale of the pore and grain).
One way to globally identify local phenomena consists of considering a homogeneous
medium, equivalent to the porous medium observed in terms of mechanical behavior.
From this viewpoint, Chapter 3 attempts a theoretical development of wave propagation
in viscoelastic media, as this type of medium fairly closely simulates the behavior of porous
media. The concept of quality factor is introduced with the use of the main viscoelastic
models.
Since velocities, attenuations and damping are introduced conceptually, it is necessary
to defme them more specifacally. Chapter 4 examines a number of vital defmitions and their
interrelationships. This Chapter describes the main experiments designed to measure
velocities and attenuations in porous media.
Chapter 5 presents the results given in the literature concerning various laboratory
experiments on porous media. The dependence ofvelo-:ities and attenuations on different
GE~ERAL INTRODUCTIO~ 7
~
----------------------------- ---------
·---
'--
1
porous media
INTRODUCTION
Porous bodies are aggregates of solid elements (grains, matrix etc.) between which the
voids form the pore space itself. These voids within the porous body give rise to the wide
differences in physical behavior between dense solids (such as minerals) and porous
substances, which are complicated assemblages in which the presence of a fluid, even in
very small amounts, adds to the overall complexity.
The ratio of void volume to total volume of the sample is called the porosity. This
petrophysical value is usually easy to defme and to measure. However, the process
become.s far more complicated when one attempts to make a geometric description of the
pore space. While a few specific cases (such as the pore space existing in packed spheres of
the.same diameter) lend themselves easily to quantitative description, most actual pore
spaces are too complex to be dealt with in a strictly geometric manner, and only relative
descriptions are feasible. One mainly tries to highlight how the medium investigated
differs from the spaces most routinely observed. For instance, it is important to draw a
clear distinction in the medium investigated between the pores themselves (namely the
void volumes which store fluids and allow them to flow) and the grain boundaries or
microcracks, which are mainly surfaces marking discontinuities between the ·solid
elements, and which play a vital role in the mechanical properties.
Faced with the relative failure of a strictly geometric description, progress is possible by
using a physical phenomenon, the capillary equilibria in the pore spaces. The analysis of
these equilibria helps to treat the pore space with a series of simplifications that set the
stage for a more systematic quantification. Conversely, these capillary equilibria are, in
themselves, an important factor in the study of porous bodies. In fact, if two or more fluids
co-exist in a porous medium (as in petroleum reservoirs for water, oil and gas; and in the
uppermost layers of the ground for water and air), these capillary effects become decisive
for physical behavior.
One of the major characteristics of most porous Ndies is to allow fluids to flow. We
shall review the concepts of absolute permeability (porous media totally saturated by a
single fluid) and relative permeability (porous media containing two or more immiscible
fluids).
We shall also show how pore spaces are liable to raise problems of scale. An absolute
apparent scale of the porous medium does exist, that of the solid grain forming the
10 POROUS ~fEDL\ 1
skeleton. For a better understanding, however. it is often necessary to replace this absolute
scale by the concept of a scale relative to the physical processes examined. and this relative
scale may be quite different from one process to another.
1.1 POROSITY
TABLE 1.1
MAIN MErnOOS FOR MEASURING POROSin·
Monicard (1965) and Dullien (1979) furnish details about these measuring methods.
In actual fact, these methods are not equivalent. While the determination of total
volume does not raise a theoretical problem (provided that the size of the sample is very
large in comparison with the pore size), the same cannot be said of the determination of the
other two parameters which are closely linked. Techniques (3), (4) and (5) take account
only of the pores connected to the exterior, while methods (6) partly and (7) entirely
ti account for all the voids. -
...._____ __ _ --------~~~~~~~~~~~~--~~~--~~~~--
'--
l POROUS MEDIA 13
~
thickness of very thin cracks, and even to consider the use of photogrammetric methods to
·~,
observe pore geometries. These different techniques are discussed at length in Pittmann
and Duschatko (1970), Caye et al. (1970) and Delfmer (1971).
Radius Fraction
'. I I I Numhcror Radius ofmaximum ofpo~osily
. Sohd phase p ore p orost't y con tac t . .
o r maxtmum sphere
. con tamed
. 111
Packmg type I crystal structureHl (%) points Votd type inscribable passmg t~em~xtmum
structure h h 01 through mscnbable
per sp ere sp ere narrowest sph~re
pore channels (%)
. 0.414
SintJ?Ie I {Wj 47.6 6 0.732 curvilinear- I 43
~~ . ~~
pore access
~ , , Cubic void
0.414
~ Simple and 0.155
~ hexagonal 39.6 8 2 trigonal 0.528 curvilinear- I 45
~
@ Simple triangular
:=- rhombus void pore access
h I'~
Compact I~ ~ ~ I I I 2 tetrahedral I 0.225
hexagonal ] 25.9 I2 + I 0.1 )~ I 27
or tetrahedral ~ . I octahedral 0.4 I4
Q,
J! ~.. Tetrahedral
.., void
Dense random
packing or hard at least f1ve main most
about around 9 types rrcquenl
spheresf21
36 on
Bernal's canonical radius
average
holes 0.29
---- - J- .. ' nw . ' z ,., ... , (' « j§ . t& I , 5 'k tmj;., r' . .,
1 POROUS MEDI:\ 15
subspherical widenings that are relatively large in comparison with the .. accesses·· is only
truly meaningful for the intergranular space if the porosity is signiftcantly reduced by the
\.._ compaction of natural sediments or by the intense sintering of artiftcial materials.
'--- This points out the limits of a strictly geometric analysis. In practice, the intergranular
medium tends to be considered mainly through a series of equations relating porosity to
other petrophysical parameters. An example of this procedure is given for Fontainebleau
'-- sandstones (see Section 1.6).
'-
~.
1.2.2.2 Ideal vug~· medium
The ideal vuggy medium is defmed as a medium whose pore space is formed of spheres
(a complement or inversion of the above intergranular space). This is often the ftrst
geometry considered for porous media. although this case is quite rare in natural
environments. This type of pore space nevertheless exists in vuggy lavas and oomoldic
limestone, for example. It is more often found in vuggy artiftcial media (concrete, glass,
plastic~ In addition to its great simplicity. it displays the feature of being totally devoid of
I__ inter-pore connections, so long as the spheres are not in mutual contact. Experiments and
calculations related to percolation theory show that a minimum porosity of 30% (in the
(_
simple case of spheres of identical radius) is necessary for ·the porous phase to be
\.._ continuous (Larson et al., 1980). This 30% threshold is very important when investigating
the electric or hydraulic characteristics of this type of medium. For example, fluid
~-
circulation (permeability) remains zero (very low in natural cases) in media with porosities
~ less than 20 to 30%. and then· rises sharply once the threshold is crossed.
"-..
~
1.2.3 Actual pore spaces
We have shown that a presumably simple pore space, such as the intcrgranular space,
may prove to be very complex. One can well imagine the problems raised by actual media
....:.. (see Plates 1 and 2). In addition to this intrinsic complexity of commonly found pore
.-'
; ·'
spaces is the problem of the three-dimensionality of pore spaces as opposed to the two-
dimensionality of our means of observation and analysis. Even in the rare cases in which
'"<>-
~ partial (caSting) or total (serial sectionst three-dimensional data are obtained, overall
I
:~
·;::
methods are lacking to describe and. even more important, to quantify the pore
geometries.
i~ To attempt to resolve this major diftkulty in microscopic description, several methods
i
I ·- have been developed and are derived from a wide variety of theories. We shall provide two
contrasting examples. The ftrst consists in a classiftcation adapted to carbonate rocks,
whose pore spaces are likely to display an extraordinary variety due to the chemical
~:r mobility of carbonates, among other factors. The second example corresponds to an
approach based on the principles of mathematical morphology.
...,
'--
-~
4
-1-~~
~
-~
~
1
PLATE 1
· . .J
Before making the thin sections, the rocks were saturated with dyed resin. Hence the pore
space appears in red in the photographs. Note that only macroporosity can be identified by
this system of photography.
FABRIC-SELECilVE · POROSITY
•
•
\.....
PLATE 2
'-'
PORE CASTS
(Epoxy replicas)
Scanning Electron Microscope photographs
After the injection of epoxy resin. the entire mineral phase (solid) is destroyed by acids.
Only the resin , representing the pore space, appears in the photographs .
......
......
'-"
\.....
~,m I
Ground Pyrex Vuggy dolomite
(Compare with photo 3 Plate 4)
....
II ]soo ,m
...._,
II
I
.......
I
I
Nummulite limestone Altered feldspath
(Compare with photo 3 Plate I)
18 POROUS MEDIA 1
:-'
n
s,
a
d
IS
A t elevision camera placed behind the microsope (thin sections, polished sections) or an epidiascope
(photography) furnishes a video image which is exceptionally contrasted in the case presented
. (epidiascope). A gray threshold is selected to separate the phases. An image formed of black or white points
(around 400 x 400 points) is memorized. In the general case, this phase separation operation
· (segmentation) is often difftcult, and requires a whole series of ftltration operations.
,-
'Y
IS
d
e.
iP
)l
IS
• - Structuring element - •
)f ...-'
I),
)[ A series of additions/subtractions of translated images is used to determine the fraction of the phase
analyzed (black phase: grain) which may contain a given structuring element. The ratio of the area of this
l.
fraction (white in the photograph) to the total area of the phase is measured .
20 POROUS MEDIA l
direction oriented by the unit vector u. The assumption that the variables are stationary
requires that this probability is exclusively a function of h:
c (hi
I h
l Range
where R 1 and R 2 are the main radii of curvature ofthe interface. The + sign corresponds
to the general case in which the centers of curvature 0 1 and 0 2 are located on the same side
of the interface. The - sign corresponds to the case in which the centers of curvature are
lo~ated on both sides, as may be observed in convex/concave interfaces (Fig. 1.2). In
p*ctice, one mainly speaks of the mean curvature 1 Rm such that:
2 1 1
- =-+-
Rm Rt- R2
(1.4)
02
01
The existence, between the fluids, of this pressure difference, which depends on the shape
of the interfaces, implies that the equilibria existing within a pore space are not random.
The analysis of these capillary equilibria is very useful from several standpoints.
·--· · - - · · - - - - - - - - ·
I I POROUS MEDIA 23
In the experimental procedures which attempt to reach stable and significant states. it is
not possible to control fluid saturations completely. (The fluid saturation is the ratio of the
volume of fluid f to the total pore volume.) For a given experimental procedure, in fact,
saturation can only vary between defmite limits. The capillary pressure, and hence the
shape of the fluid clusters, may also depend closely on the fluid saturation technique for a
given saturation. This shows that these capillary equilibria are important factors in the
n general behavior of a sample, because they interact with the other physical processes
,_ affecting the combination of solid and immiscible fluids.
r. Capillary equilibria also offer an excellent means to investigate the pore space itself.
s These capillary effects enable us to measure a number of characteristics of the pore space
e (porosimetry) or to transform the porous geometry allowing measurements on simpler
volumes than on the initial space. We shall merely review a few definitions. The interested
e reader can fmd a detailed description of capillary effects in Morrow (1970) or Dullien
.. (1979).
Wettability. The concept of wettability has been d~fmed above empirically by the
variable aft'mity of a fluid for the solid. It is customary to quantify this affmity by the value
of the contact angle (} between the fluid interface and the solid (Fig. 1.3). This
simplification is only valid for perfectly regular surfaces. In actual pore spaces, this concept
of wettability may become extremely complex (refer to Morrow, 1975).
We shall restrict ourselves to the case of perfect wettability (0 = 0), i.e. where a fluid
shows a dearly preponderant affmity for the solid. For commonly encountered clean
porous bodies (rock, glass, etc.), this often occurs for a liquid/gas mixture, in which the gas
is the non-wetting fluid.
Drainage and imbibition. The term drainage is used when a non-wetting fluid, under the
effect of a pressure which counterbalances the capillary forces, invades a porous medium,
expelling the wetting fluid. If the saturation with wetting fluid increases (following a drop
in pressure), the process is one of imbibition.
J
24 POROUS MEDIA 1 1
Pr-.wizedgn
...........
...........................
:. :. :. &a;np..·.:.:.:
...........
.................................
................
................
..........................
. .
P .. uw _ . Water
The water expelled by the air (drainage) flows along the ceramic and the curve of
capillary pressure (Pea) is plotted against water saturation (S..) (Fig. 1.5).
The fmt drainage or initial drainage (from a water-saturated sample) only begins at a
given capillary pressure (Pace) (threshold pressure). This is the pressure that must be
reached for the air to be able to penetrate into the largest pores of the sample.
By raising pressure Pea• the sample progressively empties, and drainage tends to stop
before the wetting fluid (water) has been completely expelled. Although the pressure is
raised, the water saturation no longer decreases. The wetting phase configuration is such
that fluid movements therein become impossible. The water is found in the form of small
clusters interconnected by water films that are so thin that their viscosity is very high. The
sample is in a state of irreducible saturation with wetting fluid (S,.J
J l I'Oit.OUS MEDIA 25
.~
he- e
,,,,,, i•
:n
.rv
:ti-
" \\'
;Q
u
j
;
!
\,.,.
,, 1.!: .!I
Ifl.
\ '\ il
l
\~ il
\ \ ,, I
I
lk \ \
_ Wetting Fluid: liquid
if ~ - - - Wetting ~Juid: men:uty Y..,of
of \
t PCOs8
5
\
-pressure
0 20 40 60 .., 100
Wetting fluid 11tur1tion
J
26 POROUS MEDIA 1
On the other hand, imbibition corresponds to a progressive increase in the mean radius
of curvature of the wetting fluid 'non-wetting fluid interface. Marked discontinuities may :c
appear, since fractions of the volume of non-wetting fluid may separate from the main - .d
mass. This can occur, for instance, if certain areas of the pore space are not of sufficient sar
radius of curvature as would be required to allow the expulsion of the non-wetting phase "h
located" upstream". These relative narrowings play the role of a capillary valve. When the '11fi
capillary pressure drops to p1, function of the largest allowable mean radius or curvature
at the narrowing, the non-wetting phase remains upstream, is disconnected. and forms a
trapped cluster at pressure p1•
We have shown that, when water is drained by air, an irreducible saturation zone exists
at high pressures, corresponding to the immobilization ofthe water phase. This zone does
not exist if the wetting fluid is a rarefted gas(" vacuum") which disappears with the gradual
penetration of the non-wetting fluid. This applies to the mercury (non-wetting
fluid)/mercury vapor (wetting fluid) pair. If a vacuum is previously applied, one can cause
drainage by the penetration of mercury into a sample. This is the principle of mercury
porosimetry. Initially popularized by Purcell (1949), this method has formed the subject of
an abundant literature. Wardlaw and Taylor (1976) can be consulted on this subject.
To interpret mercury porosimetry, the porous medium is treated as a network of
capillaries whose mean radius R is calculated by J urin's equation:
2t. cos ()
Pe= R 11.5)
J
1 POROUS MEDIA 27
ius figure l. 7 shows the porosimetric spectra of various porous media. A single type of
13 access radius can be seen to exist in certain cases (for example chalk). On the other hand,
!lJ: many other porous bodies display very clear bimodal spectra (bioclastic limestone, shaly
enl sandstone). The existence of three or four types of pores can be observed in some cases.
!l~. This shows why the interpretation of the physical properties of these media is heavily
tb influenced by the consideration of this diversity of pore types.
ue
s ·....
,.' 0
100 10 0.1
Injection pressure (MPal
n
Le-.
'r
(b)
e' §
Ll
e
li
01
I..
Jo
.l:
...I
Porosimetric radii (.um)
q, K
0.1 1 10 100 Rock type (%) mO
j
White chalk 42 6
ra
Micritic \u
23 24
limestone to
.• IC
Pelletal
limestone 30 20
•. 3
Crinoidal
limestone 24 250
- -1
m~
Oolitic
limestone 33 700
N
~i~
Bioclastic 37 2000
~~
. limestone
·e,
th
Bioclastic 10
44 500
limestone
tS
Oedolomitized
33 7000
._,
limestone
dJ
j(
~~
Slightly shaly n
sandstone 25 600
d
Kaolinitic
sandstone 20 1700
Silt 30
0.1 10
v
100
c
f
.(
Fig. 1.7 Example of porosimetric spectra of sedimentary rocks.
..I
POROUS MEDIA 29
M
30 POROUS MEDIA 1
In a more general manner, the air/resin pair can be used in many cases to simulate the .. r
experiments conducted with air/water and oil/water pairs, to observe and to quantify the 'fa1
geometries of the clusters of the different phases.
.;OJ
he
1.3.4.2 Application to the geometric description of pore networks i be
Capillary equilibria depend primarily on the geometry ofthe pore spaces and not on the I ,iz
pair of fluids employed (provided the wettability contrast is clear). We have discussed this
point for imbibition. It is also the case for drainage (apart from the irreducible saturation
zones) if one uses the parameter Puft. cos 6. Based on a very complex pore geometry, it is 1.·
then possible to subdivide the space into several fractions corresponding to the capillary
phases. Our investigative resources (thin sections, polished sections) allow only a two-
dimensional observation, but the capillary effect, even seen in these conditions, integrates l.•
part of the data relative to the third dimension. Two types of preparation are normally
employed:
flc
Drained samples (Plate 4). This helps to analyze the fraction of the pore space connected ch
by a porosimetric access radi1ls that is larger than the mean radius of curvature i,n·
corresponding to the. drainage pressure. Using a porosimetric curve for a sample, one can co
select the fraction of pore space related to the process analyzed, and then separate this
phase by drainage to obtain images that are much more easily quantiftable (for example,
by the image analyzer) than the total pore network.
Totally imbibed samples (Plate 4). We have shown above that, after total imbibition, the wl
non-wetting fluid occupies the zones of the pore space whose maximum mean radius of
curvature was large in comparison with that ofthe "accesses". This reflects a defmition of
the "pore" considered as a widening of the pore space. This notion of a pore, although
very familiar, is actually very complex because it is three-dimensional (this point was
raised in Section 1.2.1 for regular packings of spheres). Bubbles of residual non-wetting
01
fluid show the complexity of the pore space. In pore size analyses based on two-
dimensional observations, it is often advisable to distinguish this fraction of the pore
space.
w
m
er
e<
1.4 FLUID FLOW IN POROUS MEDIA m
tr
Fluid flow in porous media has formed the subject of intensive theoretical and d
experimental investigation, and Dullien (1979) can be referred to in this respect. We shall
restrict ourselves here to reviewing the points that are useful for the rest of our study, and
to provide measures for order of magnitude estimates of permeability.
From the outset, it must be stated that, more than any other petrophysical property, -1:
permeability is sensitive to the scale factor. If one measures the flow rate of a fluid through .r
i
I
,I
---------- ------------------------------
'-
l POROUS MEDIA 31
t~ a rock formation at meter or hectometer scale, one can realize how rare discontinuities
t (fault, fracture) can determine the behavior of the formation. These bulk permeabilities or
in situ permeabilities are frequently virtually independent of the type of rock. The reservoir
engineer or hydrologist calculates these transmissivities. If, however, one is interested in
the petrophysical behavior of porous media, the natural permeability of these media must
be considered. This is often called the matrix permeability, and is measured on centimeter-
tJ- - sized samples free of discontinuities. Our discussion is restricted to this scale.
I.'S
:v (l) The expression of Darcy's law given above corresponds to the isotropic case (i.e. " independent of
direction). In practice. however, it is important to note the strong dependence of permeability on direction for
~ll- many pore spaces.
I
,j
PLATE 4
The very small access radius zones (blue resin) correspond to microporosity in the crinoids
(invisible in transmitted light) and also to intragranular macroporosity. A good intergranular
porosity (red resin) is connected by flow channels smaller than 1 ~m. This is frequently
encountered in well-cemented bioclastic grainstones.
'·
Afl
.J
- A
tnOJ
";l
L
m
~ .. -.
'0
"lS
t :11 J-"1cl - t 3H:JNV1d
l POROUS MEDIA 33
11 Sample
• I Calibrated tube
(2) Note that Poiseuille's equation relates the flow rate a to the pressure difference per unit length Jp/ .1/. For
a capillary tube of radius R, this equation is written :
a= 1tR~ Jp
s, dl
Isee, for example, Mandel, 1950).
34 POROUS MEDIA 1
5 tO 20 30 40
to
to· 10"1
to· 2 t0" 2
~ to· 3 to•3
e."'
~
.
:c
§
10" 4
"'
a.
tO. 5
to• 6
10" 7
"'
~
~
tO," a ~
(.)
0.5 2 5 tO 20 30 40
Porosity (%I
The problem of </J-K correlation lies in this ambiguity: porosity is the easiest parameter
to defme and to measure, so that priority tends to be assigned to it in correlations, as
opposed to the access radii, which are more difficult to defme and to measure. Moreover,
for a given type of porous medium, the pore "radius" itself varies with porosity, and it is
above all this correlation which induces the </J-K relationship.
In practice, it is necessary to proceed in two steps to understand the
porosity permeability relationship of a given medium: firSt by identifying the different
types of access radius existing in the medium, and then by relating the permeability to the
-------------
I POROUS MEDIA 35
porosity fraction corresponding to the largest type of access radius. The simplest means of
identification (but experimentally the most costly) is mercury porosimetry. Figure 1. 7
gives examples of porosimetric spectra among which many are bimodal, with differences
in radii often exceeding one order of magnitude. Obviously, only the large access radius
family influences the permeability.
In many cases where mercury porosimetry is unavailable, an attempt can be made to
identify the different types of porosity by direct observation on a thin section or a pore
network casting (Plate 5), followed by a quantitative estimate on a thin section. Once this
analysis is completed, it is generally easy to explain the t/J-K relationship by relying on a
pore geometry model such as the intergranular model, which is the most widely used.
A 2
K = r(t/J) Rh tP (1.9)
(3) The tonuosity of a capillary model quantifies the mean developed length (I~) of a current line joining the
two ends of the model, in relation to the real length of the model (I..):
'~
rlt/>)=-~ I
1..
The exact expression of tonuosity varies with different authors.
36 POROt:S ~IEDIA 1
The parameter K/d 2 is a function of lj>", with n varying experimentally in accord with
porosities from n;;?; 7 (l/> < 5~o) to 11 ~ 2 (l/> ~ 30%). In the Carman-Kozeny equation, if
tortuosity is constant, the exponent n is 3. and this is observed in sintered glass and
Fontainebleau sandstone for porosities ranging from 15 to 30%. Many natural
intergranular media display porosities between 10 and 25%. Hence an exponent
between 4 and 5 is often used for these media. Ghen the wide scatter observed in
permeability measurements. this value of n corresponds to a" mean" between the low and
high porosities.
></d2
lx1o-•l
4000
400
40
Sintered giiS$
I
• 280 pm spheres
o 50 pm sPheres
4
•
0
10 20 40
Porosity (%I
The high exponents observed for low porosities are related to a threshold effect. For the
pores to be interconnected, a critical porosity must be reached (this point may be
statistically modeled by the percolation theory). Experimentally, this critical threshold
appears to lie at about 5% in clean sandstones and some sintered glasses. A certain
terminological ambiguity of this threshold must be clarified. The threshold does not
correspond to a transition from disconnected porosity to connected porosity (see
Section 1.1.2) since, even at very low porosities. physical connections often persist between
the pores. But these connections are so thin that they ~orne insignif1cant in relation to
fluid circulation.
PLATE 5
...
TI
10 ~-tm
20
l
~-tm
>
~
1
Non-wetti119 Fluid
B. 0.6
.-~
~
a:
0
0 SW; sr 100
Water saturation (% l
l l POROt:S MEDIA 39
Note ftrst that, as defmed above, the experiment can only be performed between two
saturation states defmed in Section 1.3.2: irreducible water saturation s. . . and residual
saturation of non-wetting fluid S,. When the sample is in a state of irreducible water
0 saturation, the water is by defmition immobile and has zero relative permeability. The
n water is also limited to very thin ftlms on the walls or to clusters within menisci of very
y small radius of curvature. This does not hinder the flow of non-wetting fluid. whose
p relative permeability is close to l. In a state of residual saturation with non-wetting fluid,
r - the situation is reversed, but not symmetrical: the non-wetting fluid is discontinuous and
ll immobile and exhibits zero relative permeability. Moreover, it occupies the central parts
s of the pore network and considerably hampers the flow of water. The relative water
i) permeability of a porous body in a state of residual saturation with non-wetting fluid is
generally much lower than l (see Fig. l.ll).
Between these two extreme cases, permeabilities depend on saturation and the fluid
setting method. We have shown that, for the same saturation, the shapes ofthe phases may
vary. For the relative permeability to non-wetting fluid, this is generally greater in
drainage than in imbibition. In the latter case. in fact, the non-wetting fluid is partly
discontinuous (clusters of trapped porosity). For relative permeability to water, which is
usually very low, this difference is difficult to pinpoint.
Table 1.3 gives a number of values of relative permeability to water and to oil (non.
wetting) for natural media in a state of irreducible and residual saturation.
TABLE 1.3
ExA~fPLES OF RELATIVE PER!IfEABILITIES
Irreducible Oil
Single-phase water saturation residual saturation
Type of porous Porosity permeability
medium % (¢) (water) Relative I Relative
"(mD) Sw) permeability s, permeability
(% (%1
to oil to water
I
~:
1
Bioclastic limestone .... 34 1100 30 1 20 0.1
Note that, in a state of irreducible saturation, the relative permeabilities to oil all
.
f
J
approach 1. It is not rare to exceed 1 experimentally when the permeability to oil is
slightly improved by the presence of a ftlm of water on the walls! On the other hand. in a
l• state of residual oil saturation, the relative permeabilities to water are low and variable
~
• from one rock type to another. No clear relationship exists between single-phase
permeability and relative permeability. For example, compare chalk to fme limestone. for
f which the relative permeability is much lower, despite a single-phase permeability that is
ten times greater. These two types of permeability do not depend on the same geometric
characteristics of the pore space.
40 POROUS MEDIA l 1 l
The application of the macroscopic laws of mechanics to porous ltl'"..dia implies that
these media are continuous, in other words that physical values can be defmed at each
·point; such as porosity. permeability, saturation etc., in the form of derivable functions of
the point concerned. In fact, discontinuity turns out to be the basic characteristic of a
porous medium, since, at the microscopic scale, a point lies either in the solid or in the
pores.(limiting the matter to the porosity variable). The discontinuity problem is a classic
one in physics. The originality ofthe porous medium resides in the fact that the dimensions
o(the tlementary volumes, necessary for taking care of the discontinuity effects, may vary
substantially for a given medium in accordance with the parameter analyzed.
.M
1 1 POROUS MEDIA 41
e 1
t 1-----C
t
'
•
I (
Cc
0111
,.. :z:
i
j
~-fd
c
~
•en.,_
z~O
I -!iii
100
80 , ....,
2::1
16 •
••
t;
~
l \ - fi
-·
60
~
·g
0..
40
I
/
II ''---------
12
8
.i: ~
.t:; :I
20 4 u
I
0
• 0
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .g 10
Diameter of meaturement circles
that the drawing is not sutTtciently large to clearly defme this saturation. If we had a larger
J
I observation fteld to measure the covariance function, it would exhibit a clear nugget. effect
(C(h) = 0 between O.Sd and 3d).
Hence, for the same very simple medium, a sharp variation is observed in the size of the
homogenization volume for the "porosity·· parameter and one of the "saturation"
parameters. This may apply to all the remaining variables. As for permeability,
quantification is far more ditTtcult because a two-dimensional simplification is unfeasible.
However, it can be understood intuitively that the volume required to defme permeability
is greater than that defming porosity in many cases. For the mechanical parameters
.. _,.
!
42 POROUS MEDIA l f l
(moduli), it is possible in principle to use a volume equivalent to that required for porosity,
as long as the material is not cracked. But, if the medium displays cracks, it is the cracks :-!
that are essential for the "'echanical behavior and,. once again, the minimum j
homogenization volume may be significantly greater than that corresponding to porosity. ·
'
volume, the vibration behaves effectively as it would in a homogeneous
··macroscopic" medium. The vibration is not sensitive to the microscopic
discontinuities of the porous medium. f
(b) If the wavelength is of the order of magnitude of this homogeneity dimension,
diffraction effects occur, radically altering the behavior. The main homogenization
volume (which is no longer the right one) must be divided into smaller cells (which
are themselves homogeneous), at the scale of the grain~ for example, and these cells
must be used as the basis for analysis.
(c) If the wavelength is much smaller, one is virtually faced with the initial problem: the ·i
porous medium no longer exists as such, and the analysis must be resumed at a
much smaller scale. The medium to be analyzed in this case consists of the
individualized grains and pores.
This contrasting behavior of the relationship between the scale of the medium and the
wavelength does not raise any basic difficulties as long as the homogenization volume
does not vary during the experiment. However, this is not always the case, and a delicate
·problem may be faced when a parameter such as saturation is adjusted. The example in
Fig. 1.12 shows that, in some geometric configurations, low saturations may give rise to
homogenization volumes much larger than that of the pore space itself. In a desaturation
. experiment, the homogenization volume may thus vary until the scope of the
wave/medium relationship is changed, with the experiment passing progressively from
·'homogeneous medium" behavior to "diffracting medium" behavior.
-----------~---------------~
1 POROUS MEDIA 43
ty,
k•
11'
:y. I 1.6 EXAMPLE OF A NATURAL POROUS MEDIUM:
FONTAINEBLEAU SANDSTONE
We have shown that no global approach is available for the analysis and description of
porous media, but rather a set of methods, whose common feature is undoubtedly to
describe the particular features of the medium, analyzed in relation to simpler or better-
-,
~ known typical examples. For practical applications, it is therefore useful to have such
1e models. We shall now give a simplifted description of a typical example of a granular
ill'-~
porous medium, Fontainebleau sandstone, which serves as a basis for many rock physics
I~ experiments.
i~
·-~
\ __ _
I
'
rilonocrystalline sub-spherical quartz, around 250 ~in diameter. Following a geological
evolution, still not fully understood, these sands underwent cementation (more or less
intensive) by silica, which crystallized around the grains in the form of quartz in crystalline
'
I,
l
continuity with them. Fontainebleau sandstone thus displays exceptional chemical and
[)'- crystallographic simplicity, and contain more than 99.8% quartz.
lt f
sr j
•' 1.6.2 Pore space (Plate 6)
e'--
\
• Associated with this exceptional simplicity of the solid skeleton is a pore spaCe that is
l·, I
t itself rather simple (apart from the problem of microcracks in certain samples, which is
~
discussed in Chapter 5 Section 5.1.1.1), making Fontainebleau sandstone a good example
\_
i of an intergranular pore space, especially since the cementation, which was highly
"
~-
'-·
I.
~ l
variable, provides an uninterrupted range of porosities between 3 and 30%.
I
100
c
.....
0
80
\\,·..:\.
lj ,..._~
--- ~= 23%
!8
0 c
C.\!!
O.!
60
\
,',··.... .•.
·. .
~
'
··•··•· ~= 16.5%
--- ~= 9.5%
..,
s,! - ~= 4.5%
40 '·····.. '\..
.. 0
~~
c ..
~;e
.ti
',···..::--.
'·.. , ~
,. ·~
---~ .:':":':--
'....:··.'...._:·~.:::::__
20
~ ........·
~
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
"Radius" of reference hexagon (j.tm)
~
sandstones for the porous phase.
; = 21%
\I ·~
~
.2
~
! ~ = 14.5%
4 '
..
H ~
c
. -~
0"'
~
!
&. • = 9.5%
0 1.
~ I
I
I
• = 5.2%
I
I .J
0.1 10 20 100
....
~
Pore access radius (j.tm)
500 11m
¢ = 28 %
r ¢ = 21 %
/
r'
·r
r
r
r
¢= 5 %
r
r
('
,..
(
46 POROUS MEDIA I
i
,I
n=8 ://
/ ),,.,n=3 !
1000 '
I ."1'
; ...y··
s.§. 100 ,r·
~
I 4!
10
I- ·=···
f:•
..f:•· 't
'1
$
'
-"<
t
10"1
1----;---~~-----.....-·
2
•
5 10 15 20 25 30
Porosity(%)
1
Fig. 1.1! Porosity/permeability relationship in Fontainebleau sandstones.
15
/
~
l: 10
l .//
~
u. 5 ./··
./-
0 ~
0 5 10 15 20 25
Tot1l porosity(%)
'
'~
'--- '·
---~-------------~ -----
l POROL"S MEDIA 47
Fontainebleau sandstone. Slight variations in grain size distribution explain the splitting
of the curve, which nevertheless offers a rare example of good correlation. Note the
variation in exponent n of the equation" = f((jJ") discussed in Section 1.4.1. Between 8
and 25% porosity, the exponent is very close to 3, as in the Carman-Kozeny equation.
This point should be observed in the light of the linearity of the 4J vs porosimetric access
i radius relationship, and of the equation K = a(j)R 2 for flow in straight capillaries. At lower
porosities, n rises to 7 or 8 (for 4J < 5%1. This can be related to the problems of
t'
percolation threshold already discussed.
1 Threshold effects at low porosities are fairly common. For intergranular spaces
(Fontainebleau sandstone), the thresholds appear to lie between 4 to 6% porosity, but for
bimodal pore networks, they may occur at a much higher value.
l
r:·
-- ---------------~-
'-
2
~
wave propagation
~'
i in saturated porous media
•
t,, " .
t
~
INTRODUCTION
. ;f
~ The application of the general results of continuum mechanics to heterogeneous
materials implies that the wave phenomena are observed at the macroscopic scale. Hence
~ the parameters introduced in the previous Chapter are presumed to be defmable on the
elementary volume dx 1 dx 2 dx 3 employed in the mathematical description of this
Chapter. In other words, porosity f/>, permeability "· etc., are continuous functions of
point Mat the macroscopic geometric scale considered (i.e. f/>(M), K(M) ), while their local
values depend on the microscopic, physical and geometric characteristics at point M.
This Chapter is intended to broach the study of wave propagation using the tools of
continuum mechanics. The first part reviews the results ofCiastodynamics Ul, which can be
applied to porous media if the dissipative character of propagation is ignored. The second
part shows how the two-phase character of saturated porous media introduces a
dissipation, and how this factor can be taken into account. We shall then show the
importance and the limits of the model introduced, and the need for further developments.
(l) It is well worth consulting the works of Landau and Lifchitz(l967), Ewing et al. (1957), Achenbach (1973),
Germain (1973), and Mandel (1974).
50 WAVE PROPAGATION i~ SATURATED POROUS ~EDIA 2
I 2
j
represented by vector x'. Displacement during transformation is therefore characterized 1
by the vector (see Fig. 2.1): d
-i
u = x'- x (2.1)
'
I
,, ----- ...
.....
'
''' . , 0
: ; ; -M /M'
...
I / ' \
I ""- \
I
E
';
{ '/" " X' I
I
'\ I
'
I
~-
A
I
,/
I
I •
,,
I
..... ___ , , .~
li
- VI
Fig. 2.1 Deformation of a solid body. ~ g
t
The distance between two infm1tely close points before deformation was:
1 11
d/ = (dxf + dx~ + dx~)2 (2.2)
·~ ..... Jo
After deformation it has become:
A
1
dl' = (dx~2 + dx22 + dx32 )2 (2.3)
which, according to (2.1), is written:
1
dl' = [(dx 1 + du 1) 2 + (dx 2 + du 2 )~ + (dx 3 + du 3 ) 2)2 (2.4) a
Substituting du 1 = u1.k dxk where the summation is considered to be on the repeated
subscripts, as in the rest of this text, one then obtains:
d/' 2 = d/ 2 + 2e1k dx 1 dxk (2.5)
v
where e1k is defmed by:
1 c
e;k = :;- (u;.t + uk,i + u;.iul.k) (2.6) p
tl
(e1k) is called the strain tensor. For small deformations, the only case considered here, the
variation in distances between material points, and hence the variation in displacement, is tl
small compared with the distance itself. In other words, the products of derivatives can be
ignored in comparison with the derivatives themselves. Hence the linearized strain tensor
is written:
1
eit = 2 (u 1,k + uul (2.7)
£1
I
j
2 2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 51
d Let us now consider the variation in length in direction l. This consists in making in (2.5):
I)
t d/' 2 = dx~2 , d/ 2 = dx~ et dxf = 0 if k -:I- I.
This immediately gives :
dx~
2
= dxi(l + 2£ 11 ) (2.8)
If b(x 1 ) is the difference in norms between dx 1 and dx~ divided by the norm of dx 1 , one
obtains:
dx~2 = dxi[l + b(x 1)JZ (2.9)
1
~
This shows that, assuming small deformations, the diagonal elements e;; are equal to the
linear dilatation in the corresponding direction i.
If we now examine the transformation of the scalar product ot two vectors dx and dy,
"' which after deformation become dx' and dy', a similar argument as the one leading to (2.5)
gives< 21 :
l dx'. dy' = dx. dy + 2e;t dx; dyk (2.12)
Assuming dx = dx 1 and dy = dx 2 , initially orthogonal, Eq. (2.12), added to the
interpretation of e 11 and E: 2 , gives:
'.)
(l - e11 )(l + ed cos (dxJ., dx2) = 2e 12 (2.13)
.-
Assuming small deformations:
(2) Equation (2.3) shows that :;;.-= strain tensor ~ defmes a bilinear form such that:
c:(dx. dy) = l/2(dx' . dy' - dx . d~ '·
...,.j
~
52 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2 ·t
The elementary volume, built on the principal directions, is d"'- = dx 1 dx 11 dx 111 and is
transformed into: ~;
d't"' = (1 + e 1)(1 + e 11 )(1 + e 111 ) d't" (.2.16) l
The volumetric strain e. to the nearest second order, is therefore:
8 = tr B = B1 + Bu + B111 12.17),
The trace of the strain tensor is a tensorial invariant. .;
Owing to defmition (2.7), we therefore have:
e= div u (.2.18)
Hence assuming small deformations, the volumetric strain corresponds to the i
displacement divergence. ·
~I I I
dz
J-t::=::...;;.;.;._-x
dx
J ; 6
I azx
v v v
Fig. 2.2 Stress tensor. Defmition of stresses applied to the faces of an
elementary cube dx dy d:.
The contiguous parts of the body exert elementary surface forces on the faces of this
cube. The j'h component of the force applied to the face whose normal is the ;•h direction is
denoted u 1i. The series of (uii) constitutes a tensor called the stress tensor 131 :
qJCJC Uyx
Uz:x)
q = Uxy Uyy Uz:y 12.19)
(
Uxz: Uyz O'z:z
(3) As defmed here, the tensor is the contravariant representative, whose components should be denoted u"" ...
In Cartesian coordinates, however, the contravariant and covariant representatives of a tensor merge and we '
adopt the notation u,.,. or u".
j
---------------------------
2 WAVE PROPAGATION 1:-J SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 53
Due to the tensorial character ofthe stresses (Mandel, 1974), the i'b component F of the
force applied to a face whose normal is defmed by the unit vee w tten:
F; = u;ini (2.20)
l
f
t
If the quantity F;n;. which corresponds to the projection of this force on the normal, is
positive, this represents a tension, and. if it is negative, a compression. Projections in the
{ plane of the face (such as u;i for j ¥ i) are called shear stresses.
r
Under the action of external forces, a stress f1eld develops within the solid. The f1eld
must satisfy the local equilibrium. This represents the case in which volumetric forces are
absent. Let us now write the equilibrium of an elementary cube (Fig. 2.3) subjected in the
dynamic case to inertia forces - pu; dx 1 dx 2 dx 3 where pis the density. In the 1 direction
this gives:
uu dx 2 dx 3 + 0'21 dx 3 dx 1 + u 31 dx 1 dx 2 - (0' 11 + 0' 11 , 1 dx 1 ) dx 2 dx 3
- (u 21 + u2 1.2 dx 2 ) dx 1 dx 3 - (0' 31 + u 31 , 3 dx 3 ) dx 2 dx 1 = pu; dx 1 dx 2 dx 3 (221)
• Hence:
+ a21.2 + u3,.3 = pu; (2.22)
t'
O'u.1
~ 0 23 + 11 23,2 dx2
x2
~ uu+ott,1 dx1
dx2
11 13+ 0 13,3 dx3
dx1
0
22
L--------:-----x,
)(3
(4) Note that, as it has been defmed. this stress tensor relates to the present (i.e. deformed) geometry. Strictly
speaking, the equilibrium equations are all related to this geometry. However, assuming small deformations or,
more precisely, small displacements, the initial and present geometries can be merged in writing this equilibrium.
I
I
_..,1
~
t
54 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATL"RATED POROUS MEDIA 2 .i
The equilibrium of the moments shows that, in the usual case without volumetric
i'
distribution of moments, the stress tensor is also symmetrical: ~"
~
(fi) = (jji (2.23) !l
t•
Equilibrium equations alone are inadequate to solve a given problem, because only
three differential equations are available for nine unknowns (six stresses and three
displacemc:nts). The constituent material is thus involved by its constitutive equation,
which links stresses and strains. The simplest equation is the equation of linear elasticity:
(fij = cijklekl (2.25)
This equation is the simplest for the case of reversible behavior. In fact, it corresponds to a
linear response around an equilibrium state.
Owing to the symmetries of the strain and stress tensors, the tensor Ci111 necessarily
satisftes:
ciJ'" = cjikl = cii'" (2.26)
Furthermore, we obviously have:
cijkl = c"lii (u;1e;1 = uk,ek1) (2.27)
This reduces the number of components of the tensor of elasticity Ciikl to 21 in the
general case. For the isotropic case, that is to say when all stress directions are equivalent,
only two constants are required, and Hooke's law is obtained:
where E and v are Young's modulus and Poisson's ratio, respectively such that:
J
2 WAVE PROPAGATION (]'; SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 55
·i £l· E
I or
). = (1 + v)(1-2v)'
v=
1.
J1 = 2(1 + v)
3). + 2p
E = J1 ----:---
(2.31)
2(). +pi" ). + J1
The quantities introduced all have a simple physical meaning. In a simple compression
(tension) experiment, where only one stress is non zero (for example u 11 = u, the other
u;i = 0), it is easily concluded from (2.30) that:
•I.. u = Ee 11 (2.32)
e22 = e33 = - l'£ 11 , t;i =0 ifi#:j
'I
''I
:ll
'!
Hence E characterizes the strain in the direction of the applied stress, while v
characterizes the relative extension in the orthogonal directions. This is represented in
Fig. 2.4 for a unit cube.
a 11 =a
,c l
1i
--,..,. )-.
I alE= En , ....
, ,' I
I! /
I
I )
v , ,J ,.. ,
, I
+t
-- -- - I _,-''
e22.,-w 11
Let us now conduct a pure shear experiment, in other words an experiment where, for
example, u 12 = u 21 = t, with all the other stresses being equal to zero. Equation (2.30)
immediately gives:
1+ v t
£21 = £12 = ~: = 2p' other ~:iJ = 0 (2.33)
2p) e = K8
31 tr u = ('I. + 3 (2.34)
.... 4
56 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
j
I
Equation (2.34) thus linearly relates the mean hydrostatic pressure< 5l (1/3 tr u) to the
volumetric strain. K is called the bulk modulus.
In conclusion to this very brief review, note that elastic behavior may be introduced by
assuming the existence of a strain potential 'V(eiJ). For an infmitesi~al strain de;j• the
deformation work is by defmition:
av
d'V = - deiJ (2.35)
OB;j
~
l
and the stresses are thus identifted with: ~~ !
0"··=-
av (2.36)
tl:t:
IJ 081j
In the case of small deformations, this potential can be linearized around a reference
state that is assumed to be free of prestresses by only using the quadratic terms, and
assuming isotropy, the potential Eq. (2.28) is written:
''
2'V = (). + 2J.L)(tr e) 2 + 2J.L(tr e2 - (tr e) 2 ) (2.37) i i
81
The potential is positive for any deformation, and thus imposes:
••
~
-~ I
2J.l
A.+-~0 { -l<v~-1 J;
3 or 2 (2.38) iii
{
J.l~O E~O Jl
I
This was evident from the previous interpretation of the different coefftcients.
''
(5) This denomination is due to the fact that (tr u)/3 = - p for a body subjected to hydrostatic pressure p.
.J
2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 57
a,
a,
1 M
fj
a2 =a3 :o
.~ Unstable crack growth a 1
?
"I Stable crack growth
CriCk initiltion
:f!
--------------
CriCkclosure
--------.q- ,, __ _
J! e1
.,
... 0 Str1in
Fig. l.5 Main phases in the behavior of a rock during a simple compression
t: ~
test (after Panet, 1976).
tl
;11
in the f1rst Chapter, has no a priori reason to be a linear function of stress in the crack
·I closure phase.
; I
I A linear elastic phase occurs for u 1 varying between o1 and uf, when the crack closure
! ! phase has been achieved. For stresses from o{ to u{-.,.a stable crack propagation phase
occurs. This phase is not reversible since cracks are created, and the material retains the
memory of this new cracking. These different phases are clearly exhibited in the curves
showing the volumetric strain 8 = 8 1 + 2t3 or transverse dilatation 8 3 as a function of u 1
lreversible only between 0 and o{ and linear only between o1 and o{). Unstable crack
t
propagation occurs above u{-, followed by fracture when u = uf'. The more homogeneous
,,
the material, the closer of is to uf'.
By using Eqs. (2.30) to (2.~). the different curves help to determine Young's modulus E,
the bulk modulus K, Poisson's ratio v, and the shear modulus p.. Some experimental values
at atmospheric pressure taken from Angenheister (1982) are given in Table 2.1:
TABLE 2.1
EXA~IPLES OF ELAmC MODUU FOR DIFFERENT ROCK lYPES
(from Angenheister, 1982)
K Jl. E v
(GPa) (GPa) (GPa)
.....
58 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
The lithostatic pressure of in situ rocks generally lies. between 11~ and 11f. The slight
variation in stress L111 due to the propagation of a wave is always such that 11 1 + L111 < 11f.
In fact. Winkler (personal correspondence, 1979) showed that the strain amplitude L1e of
conventional seismic sources (artificial or natural) was Jess than 10- 6 in the far field (i.e.
~
approximately two wavelengths from the source). Given the stress/strain relationship, the
corresponding variation L111 is thus less than 1 bar (0.1 MPa).
·;.I
'i I
Hence. by ignoring the effect of strain rate, it may be considered that elastic behavior -'!
can reasonably be adopted for the problem of wave propagation. This leaves the problem
of the linearity or non-linearity of this behavior according to whether 11 1 , the experimental ·; i
compression, is lower than or greater than cG·
Considering the minimum value of L111, the approximation of the non-linear curve 11 1 (e 1 )
by its tangent to the ordinate 11 1 appears to be perfectly justified 16 l. The remaining problem tl
is now that the different elastic moduli for a stress 11 1 < cG in the laboratory are not those
in situ (lithostatic pressure, 11 1 > cG). This explains the need for pressurized tests in the f:
laboratory.
It must be stated that the experiments described above are only static experiments (zero
frequency). The time dependence of the constitutive law for a given stress is a fundamental IJ,
> I
;J \
,,
factor in the dynamic measurements discussed in this work. This dependence will be dealt
with in subsequent Chapters.
determining the bulk elastic properties of a rock. It is easy to see why a .. spherical'' pore
will be more resistant to a uniaxial stress than a .. flat" pore or microcrack (see Chapter 5
for experimental examples).
For a given mineralogical composition, the .. bulk" value of the elastic moduli and the
effective value reflect the type and shape ofinclusions and pores in the sample analyzed. An
abundant literature exists concerning the effect of inclusions on the elastic properties of
solids. Eshelby (1957), Kuster and Toksaz (1974) dealt with the general problem of an
ellipsoidal elastic inclusion. Walsh (1965 and 1969) and Wu (1966) tackled the problem of
heterogeneities in the form of ellipsoidal cracks, and the results obtained offered a
satisfactory way to reproduce the behavior of rocks under pressure (see Section 5.1.1.1).
O'Connell and Budiansky (1974) and Budiansky and O'Connell (1976) resumed the same
type of investigation, using a self-consistent method: the effective modulus is obtained by
an implicit equation, with the pores already assumed to be included in an effective
medium. Finally, Mavko and Nur (1978) discuss inclusions of a more random shape.
(6) Note that, in a homogeneous linear elastic medium (no defects and invariable elastic constants), the relative
variation in wave velocity as a function of applied stress is totally negligible (the relative variation is comparable
to the deformation created by the stress. Marigo, 1981). In a rock, however, the only signiftcant factor is the
closure of the cracks.
....
---------· . ·------
2 W.... \"E PROPAGATION IN SATI:RATEO POROUS MEDIA 59
i''
use the same type of assumption, namely that each inclusion (gas or liquid) is a closed
system. Hence the result is independent of the permeability of the medium.
Biot's theory. which we shall discuss in Section 2.2, accounts for the permeability effects..
providing a so-called open system. Hence the theory of effective moduli is not a specifiC
case ofBiot's theory. but a different way of dealing with theoretical problems. For a liquic
inclusion (saturated rock) and a gaseous inclusion (dry rock), it is possible to determine
values of effective bulk moduli, but these two moduli are in general not linked by a
relationship such as Gassmann's equation (see Section 2.2.2.2).
The theory of effective moduli must therefore be used with caution when dealing with
f
.;,
\';
any process in which permeability plays an important role.
V,.=e: 2~-~y
1
(2.4:1
V 8
2
= ~~ iJ (2.431
These waves are also called P waves, where P corresponds to primary, because these aT!
the fastest waves likely to propagate in an isotropic linear elastic medium.
Let us now consider motion defmed by a vector potential , such that:
u = curl , (2.~'
...4
t
60 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2 !
~
'
Equation (2.46) defmes waves propagating at the velocity V5 . These are called shear
waves. They are also called S waves, where S stands for secondary, because they are slower '<
Now, studying the motion of material particles due to the propagation of the wave, by
using the change in variables:
1
a =t- V (lx + my + nz)
(2.48)
1
P= t + V (lx + my + nz)
+ m2 + n2 = 1, = Vp Vs
with (1 V or
··-
and noting that, for any function F(a, P>:
I
F = F,p +F.« F ,x =-(Fp-F' etc. (2.49)
v . ·"'
we obtain that a solution of (2.41) and (2.46) of the type F(a, P> will verify:
4F,,.1 =0 (2.50)
where F = 4' or '1'. When integrated, this equation implies that:
F= f(r- lx + my + nz)
v lx + my + nz)
+g ( r+---===v-- (2.51)
For f1xed t, F is constant for the plane lx + my + nz = constant. Hence the waves
defmed by (2.51) are plane waves whose wave fronts are planes lx +my + nz =constant.
For F = 4', Eqs. (2.40) and (2.51) show that the particle motion takes place
perpendicular to the wave fronts. The wave polarization is called longitudinal.
For F = '1', Eqs. (2.44) and (2.51) show that the particle motion takes place in the planes
constituting the wave fronts. This polarization is called transverse.
These results, obtained for plane waves, are actually generally applicable to any wave
fronts (see Appendix 2.1). Polarization is either normal to the wave front for P waves, or in
.J
~·~--
2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 61
the tangent plane for S waves. This is why P waves and S waves are also called longitudinal
and transverse waves respectively.
At this point, we have assumed that the medium is isotropic (see Table 2.2 for relations
between different elastic parameters). in other words one whose properties are identical in
all directions. This is not generally valid as the properties of a rock are often anisotropic.
'· The study of wave propagation in the most general linear elastic medium, thus satisfying
(2.25) and not (2.28), calls for a development other than the one carried out in this Chapter.
This development is given in Appendix 2.1.
'~
t
2.1.5.2 1 D wave equation (elastic case)
Let us consider a rod element of constant cross-section, lying between sections I(x) and
l"(x + dx) and bounded by the surface a..r, with the latter free of load (see Fig. 2.6).
I
l z
6I
;f ~
~' ~
l:(udxl
~
~n +a,,..,
f
'-
i 0
::::1_
xx
where
VE=l (2.55)
'
.....
TAIII.I' 2.2
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ELASTIC CONSTANTS OF AN ISOTROPIC BODY
(NuR, personal correspondence)
K E A. v pV~ pV~ = J1
31 + 2J1 A.
A.+ 2J1/3 - --- A.+ 2J1
Jl~ 2(1 + Jl)
K-A. ).
- 9K-- - 3K- 2). J(K- A.)/2
3K- A. 3K- A.
9KJ1 3K- 211
- K- 2Jt/3 K + 4tt/3 -
3K + 11 2(3K 1- 11)
EJ1 . E- 2J1 4J1- E
- Jl------ Ef(2Jt)- l Jt·- -
3(3J1- £) 3J1- E 3J1- E
3K -E 3K-E 3K + E 3KE
- - 3K-- 3
9K-E 6K K 9K-E 9K -E
). I+ v (I t-v)(l-2v) I -I' I :!1•
). - - ).--- ). ---
3v v v 21'
2(1 + v) 2v 2 - 2v
2/1(1 + v) -
Jl 1(1 2v) I' I ;>,. I' I 21·
I- v I - 21·
- 3K(I - 2v) 3K ~--- - 3K --- JK . --
l+v l+v 2 + 2v
..
F. F.v £(1- 1') 1\
- -
3(1 - 2v) (I + v)(l - 2v) (I + v)(l - 2v) 2 + 21'
( 2 2) 9pV~R~
pV,.--V
4 8 p(V~- 2V~) See below •
' 3 3R~ +I
---·---- - . ------ -- --------·--
,,'~.i.
··,-..p~r;.,·.--.,.' .:.r-~--,'!
. --~··
----~-----~-
Equation (2.54) corresponds to longitudinal waves (without shear) with velocity 1'&,
where E stands for extension. Note that, in comparison with an infinite three-dimensional
63
'
medium, in which this type of wave propagates at velocity V,. [see Eq. (2.42)], we have:
Vi (l + v)(l- .2v)
(2.56)
. v; = 1- ,.
Note that this elementary theory ignores the inertial effects induced in the oy and oz
directions by transverse deformations (2.53b). Hence the three-dimensional equilibrium
equations (2.24) along these directions cannot be satisfted assuming a uniaxial stress fteld.
i
In the case of sufftciently low frequencies (large wavelengths in comparison with the
transverse dimensions), these inertia effects remain negligible, and Eq. (2.54) can be
!:.
accepted as a fust approximation.
''
t
2.2 WAVE PROPAGATION
IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA: BlOT'S THEORY
i
At this point we have only considered single-phase (solids) media. We shall now extend
the study to fluid-saturated porous media. To do this, we shall present Biot's model and its
experimental confumation by Plona. This will help us to identify an attenuation
mechanism for compressional waves.
In dealing with the problem of acoustic wa'l'e propagation in saturated porous media for
dynamic analysis of the subsurface, two approaches are possible:
• The ftrst approach draws on homogenization processes, which help to pass from
microscopic laws to macroscopic laws. The term microscopic is used here to apply to laws
governing mechanisms at the scale of the heterogeneity (of porosity in our case), whereas
macroscopic laws refer to a scale related to the heterogeneous medium concerned,
identifted as representative of the mechanisms investigated. So far as we are concerned
here, this scale is in fact the measurement scale (see Section 1.5). In these preliminary
approach methods, our discussion will be limited, and the reader can refer to the works of
''"' Suquet (1982) and Andrieux (1983) for a more extensive review.
l.
Briefly, we shall note that two homogenization methods essentially exist. One of them is
based on an averaging process: a microscopic problem is fmt resolved at the level of an
elementary cell containing an isolated heterogeneity (a fluid-ftlled channel in our case).
:'
From the solution to this elementary problem, we then infer the mean value on the cell of
the quantity analyzed (stresses, strains, energies or relative flow velocity) as a function of
the macroscopic value imposed at the cell boundary (strains, stresses or velocities). The
actual heterogeneous medium is then replaced by a ftctitious homogeneous medium. The
response of the latter to an imposed force is the mean value previously calculated. The
function linking them depends spatially on the geometric and mechanical parameters of
the heterogeneities existing in the actual medium. This method is quite effective for low
and medium concentrations of heterogeneities, for which cell-to-cell interaction processes
..
64 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
can be ignored. This procedure was used in particular by Biot ( 1956 b) outside the
framework of the theory that we shall present here, to characterize the flow of a fluid in a
porous medium.
The second homogenization method relies on the assumption of periodic repetition of
the microscopic heterogeneous structure, imposing the periodicity of the solutions. By
making this spatial period tend towards zero with respect to the macroscopic scale (small
parameter asymptotic method, Bensoussan et al., 1978), the form of the macroscopic laws
is obtained. This method otTers the advantage of mathematical rigor, its systematic aspect,
and its absence of concentration limitations. It has been used successfully in recent years
(Lhy and Sanchez-Palencia, 1977, Levy, 1979)for the problem of saturated porous media.
In parti~ular, it h~l~d. to generalize ~ar~ts law in ~on-steady-state con~itions. The i
assumption of penodicity may appear hm1tmg, but th1s method seems to Withstand the fJ
comparison with experiments conducted in random media (see Suquet, 1982). The
drawback is that it furnishes only the form of the macroscopic laws, unlike the method
based on average procedure which can provide analytical estimates within its applicability
limits for geometries with simple heterogeneities.
• The second approach consists in deliberately ignoring the microscopic level and
assuming that the concepts and principles of continuum mechanics (existence of potentials
and stationary principles in particular) can be applied to measurable macroscopic values.
This older approach is discussed by Biot (1956a, 1962) for problems concerning our
subject. Strictly speaking, it is only justified a posteriori by the agreement of the results that
it provides with those obtained by the above homogenization method.
Despite its more heuristic appearance, we have decided to present the results
concerning porous media through this macroscopic approach, which has more physically
realistic assumptions. In the ftrst part, we shall discuss those assumptions on which it is
based. In the second part, after defining the strain potential and stresses and the
dissipation pseudo-potential and kinetic energy, we shall derive the equations of
movement using Hamilton's principle.
In a third part, we shall examine the propagation of waves, their velocities and
attenuations. We will also discuss the existence of a second compressional, or slow, wave,
in addition to the standard compressional and shear waves. We shall then see the extent to
which the mechanisms identified play a significant role, and the experimental and
theoretical developments that they suggest.
2.2.1 Assumptions
The f1rst assumption states that the wavelength is large in comparison with the
dimensions of the macroscopic elementary voluflle. This assumption, which is normally
always satisfied in geophysical applications, is required to make a description of the
processes analyzed by the tools of continuum mechanics. Hence the wavelength is large in
comparison with the dimension of the elementary channels where microscopic flow
occurs. It can then be shown that the stress distribution in the fluid is nearly hydrostatic,
although viscosity plays a major role in the flow (Mandel, 1950).
...
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
r-
f
t
Jf 2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 65
The second assumption is that of small displacements both for the fluid and solid
phases. This assumption is fully justified, as the strains in seismic studies (laboratory or
field) are less than l0- 6 • Hence if u; is the ;th component of the mean macroscopic
displacement, the components of the macroscopic strain tensor can be written to the
nearest second order:
1
2 (u;.i + uj,;)
ll;i = (2.57)
The third assumption is that the liquid phase is continuous. Thus the matrix consists of
,i the solid phase and disconnected pores. In the following discussion, the porosity under
~t
consideration is that of the channels in which the flow occurs. With respect to this
porosity, which we assume to be isotropic and uniform, and which we denote cJ>, the
medium is assumed to be fully saturated.
Let U be the mean displacement of the continuous liquid phase contained in the
macroscopic element. The elementary macroscopic flow rate dO through an area dS with
a normal n and per unit time is given by:
dO= w. D dS (2.58)
w = c~><iJ- u)
where a dot denotes a derivative with respect to time. The vector wis the filtration velocity
vector. Note that, for any macroscopic volume 0 with a boundary S, we have:
·. I w • n dS = L div w dO (2.59)
~ =- div w (2.60)
The fourth assumption concerns the matrix which is assumed to be elastic and isotropic,
with the understanding that the theory can be extended to the anisotropic elastic case.
Hence all the mechanisms of viscous origin related to the matrix (such as those due to the
presence of fluid in the disconnected pores) will not be dealt with. For the description of
these mechanisms, the reader can refer to the works of Walsh (1969) and Budiansky and
O'Connell (1976), or even the more formal work of Biot (1962). The anisotropic case was
examined in a general theoretical manner by Biot and Willis (1957).
The fmal assumption concerns the absence of any coupling and, in particular, the
absence of thermomechanical coupling. Note however that this coupling has been
discussed by Biot ( 1977).
......
66 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
Assuming small disturbances, the expansion of V can be limited to the quadratic terms
(see Section 2.1.3). The assumption of isotropy implies that this expansion only involves
(for example see Germain, 1973) the flfSt two invariants of strain tensor 11 = tr e and
e.
12 = 2(tr (8 2 ) - In, as well as the variation of fluid content One can therefore write:
2V = (A.I + 2p)lf + pi 2 - 2PMI 1 e+ M e 2
(2.63)
For P= ~ = 0, the single-phase case is obtained [see (2.37)].
The justiftcation of the form selected for the different coefficients will appear
subsequently. The "positive defmite" character of the quadratic fomt associated with V,
e.
as a function of e;i and also implies (Biot, 1962):
---,------
--,---
2 WAVE PROPAGAtiON IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 67
. 2
K o=l.o+3JJ. (2.68)
It is interesting to relate the four parameters {3, M, K 0 and K 1 , which are not
independent (K 0 = K 1 - {3 2 M), and the bulk moduli of the fluid K 11 and the solid
skeleton K •.
Let us ftrst consider an experiment at zero pressure in the fluid, so that p = 0, and at
imposed macroscopic hydrostatic pressure in the sample, so that - (tr a)/3 = u. From
Eq. (2.66) and the previous considerations, it can be inferred that the actual strain is:
q
tr e - { = (1 - f3) tr e = - (1 - /3)- (2.69)
Ko
In the fmal analysis, this strain is merely the strain of the solid and hence equal to
- afK •. This gives:
K 0 = K.(1 - /3) (2.70)
Let us now consider a second experiment in which the mean macroscopic hydrostatic
pressure - (tr a)/3 = p is also the pressure prevailing in the fluid. From Eqs. (2.66) and
(2. 70), it can be inferred that:
- p = K, tr E (2.71)
68 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
Replacing in Eq. (2. 73) div U and tr e by their values as a function of p [Eqs. (2. 74) and
(2.71)], we fmd:
1 {3-cp cp
-=--+- (2.75)
M · K, K 1,
1 1] 1 1
cp [ K,- K 11 + K,- K 0
Kf (2.77)
:0 [~. -:IJ + ~. [ ~. - ~]
This equation is known as Gassmann's equation ( 1951 ). Gassmann obtained it directly by
considerations of elementary elasticity, without requiring the use of p and M. The reader
can refer to White (1983 b). It should be emphasized. however, that it is implicitly
understood that the porosity is uniform throughout the sample.
Note that Eqs. (2.70), (2.75) and (2.77) are quite compatible with limit cases. For a solid
medium corresponding to P = cp = 0, the expected values K 1 = K. = K 0 and M -+ oo
are obtained. For a fluid medium corresponding toP= cp = 1, we obtain K 0 = 0 and
KI=Kit=M.
We have stated that a fluid medium corresponds to P= 1 and K 1 = K 11 = M ( = ).1
because J.1. = 0). These equalities can help to understand the significance of the
displacements U and u. In order for a medium to be a fluid. the macroscopic stresses given
by (2.65) must be identified with - pbii• hence:
().1 - {JM) tr t: = M~({J- II (2.78)
Since this must be satisfied whatever the local increase in fluid content eand whatever the
apparent macroscopic volumetric strain tr t: , the previously mentioned equalities are
obtained. P = 1 and i.1 = M. The value of P = 1 introduced in (2.65), jointly with (2.58)
and (2.601, where cp = 1 and tr e = div u, then leads to:
- p = M di\' U (2.79)
----------------------
1
2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROt.:S MEDIA 69
which corresponds to the equation of perfect fluid behavior, for small displacements,
where M is the fluid bulk modulus. This helps to understand why U, the average fluid
displacement, is not identifted with the macroscopic displacement u, when the medium is
totally fluid. In fact, ifU were equal to u, the rise in water content would be~== Oand(2.78)
would only yield ).1 = (JM. Thus (J would not ncecessarily be equal to 1 and one could not
obtain (2. 79). In fact. u is the macroscopic average on the reference geometric element
considered, while U is an average of the displacement oi the fluid contained in this element
and of the fluid which has left or has entered it 18 l.
Simultaneously, in the general case, u is not the average displacement of the skeleton,
but the average, on the reference geometric element, oi the displacement of the fluid part
and of the skeleton part.
The term pseudo-potential, due to Eq. (2.81b), recalls that the concept is only justified in
the vicinity of thermodynamic equilibrium. In the isotropic case, the tensor :K - 1 is
proportional to unity (-!" - 1 = :Kl) and the previous equations become : -
1 .2
[) = 2:£ Wi (2.82a)
1 .
--w,
X ,- :K (2.82b)
Darcy's classic law can be recognized in Eq. (2.82b) if :K is identified with the hydraulic
permeability of the medium and force X with the opposite of the pressure gradient. As
shown below, this identification is only possible in steady~state conditions.
(8) This difficulty stems from the fact that the macroscopic des."7iption is a priori Lagrangian, whereas that
concerning the fluid is Eulerian. Nevertheless only small displacemnts are considered for the solid and fluid and
the two descriptions are equivalent.
70 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROt:S MEDIA 2
The absence of terms such as w;wi is due to the assumed isotropy. The specific case in
which no overall movement occurs (i.e. w = 0) serves to identify p., with the average
density in Eq. (2.83):
p., = p = (1- c/J)p, + </Jp1 {2.84)
where p. and p1 are the matrix and fluid densities respectively. The terms Puw and p,.. will be
identif1ed subsequently.
D..=C-\1 12.85)
Hamilton's principle (for example, see Achenbach, 1973) ~tipulates that, among all the
possible paths between any two points in time t 1 and t 2 , the one that prevails will be the
one that makes stationary the integral over time and space of the Lagrangian density and
of the work ofthe dissipated forces, where the latter are derived from a (pseudo)-potential.
Ifl depends on the parameters q;, i]; and qi,i• and the potential of dissipative forces UJ on i]; . . -
the variational calculus reflects this condition by the classic Euler equations:
a aL a aa.. cL aiD
--+----+-=0 12.86)
at aq_l axj aqi,j cq; oiJ;
These equations serve to identify the parameters Puw and Pw· If there is no average
relative fluid movement with respect to the overall macroscopic movement (i.e. w = 0): the
f1rst equation is reduced to the equation of movement in a continuous medium (see Section
2.1.2), while the second must be reduced to the equation of movement in a fluid. thus
Puw = p1 . Now if the fluid is at rest (w = - </Ju). the second equation is reduced to:
-- - ~- - - - -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
t
'~
r
I
j
2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED I'()ROUS MEDIA
This shows that, if overall acceleration occurs. ~ force must be exerted on the fluid to
prevent its average displacement. For its inertial rart, this coupling force is:
(p 1 - p,..</>)iif
71
(2.89)
To describe this coupling effect, similar to the qtass effect added in the analysis of the
movement of an obstacle in a fluid, it is usual tO introduce a parameter a called the
tortuosity parameter 191 such that:
a
Pw=;pP! 12.90)
I
a
1[1 i:]
= l ;j; + (2.92)
As already observed, the equation linking a w1th <P is not biunivocal and Eq. (2.92)
relates only to the geometry analyzed. Other au hors (Archie, 1942, Johnson and Sen,
1981) related tortuosity a to the concept of form. tion factor F(c/J) by the equation:
a= F(c/J)c/J, (2.93)
(9) This tortuosity related to a dynamic process is differenl in principle from that defmed in Secuon 1.4.1,
which is only related to the description of the porous mediuiil· In reality, these two quantities are of the same
order of magnitude, because the same geometric characteristjc is involved.
72 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
Hence it should be noted that, even in a case of a zero pressure gradient, a fluid flow can be
generated by inertial forces alone.
It is customary to derive the classic Darcy's law (in steady-state conditions) from the
Navier-Stokes microscopic equations for a fluid of viscosity '7, by making an analogy with
Poiseuille's 'law (Mandel. 1950). This gives rise to the expression of the hydraulic
permeability or mobility in the form:
K
f=- (2.96)
'1
where "· the absolute permeability, depends only on the geometry of the porous medium.
Note however that, as it appears here, Darcy's law only results from considerations of
linearity in the vicinity of equilibrium. Hence, as already pointed out (Mat heron, 1967), the
linear character of Darcy's law, obtained by the standard procedure mentioned above,
actually only results from the linear character of the Navier-Stokes equations for flows at
sufficiently low velocity. Only the form (2.96) of f involves the law of linear viscous
behavior which these equations imply.
To conclude, this law in the form of(2.94), as noted in the introduction, can be obtained
by a rigorous homogenization method, once again based on the validity of the Navier-
Stokes equations, but in this case in unsteady-state conditions. Moreo,·er, this method
shows that for wavelengths that are large only in comparison with the dimensions of the
elementary flow channels, and no longer in comparison with the dimensions of the
macroscopic element, as required in the method developed here, the permeability is no
longer absolute, but related to the frequency of the wave which generates the flow.
Previously this result had been qualitatively found by Biot (1956 b).
Note also that Eq. (2.97a) disappears naturally and not by assuming U = u (see Sec-
tion 2.2.2.1 ).
Now, if the medium is solid, letting P = (jJ = 0, a -. + oo, Eq. (2.97b) then gi\·es:
,o =- a<fJp1 ii + a<fJp1 ( ) - b(u- tJ)
I while Eq. (2.97a) gives:
(2.99)
~I
Equation (2.100) is clearly the equation of the dynamics of elastic solids, since the second
member is cancelled owing to (2.99). Note that this cancellation takes place independently
of the manner in which tortuosity tends to infmity and permeability to 0, since the
equations are not related to these asymptotic behaviors.
Moreover, if decoupling occurs (see Section 2.2.4), P= <P and hence r = 0, coupling
between the movements only effectively occurs by inertial effects (a ::F 1) and permeability
11 effects (Jf' ::F oo ).
ij
2.2.3.1 Existence of a slow P wave
Let us f1rst examine the case without dissipation (b = 0) and let us consider waves such .
that:
_I 0)
can then be written :
J72cJ)* -
( v~.
o v2P2
_1_ iD• = o 12.104)
wave corresponding to the latter case is called the slow wave or the wave of the second 1
kind. This terminology derives from the fact that the associated velocity Vp,, as shown 1·
below, is much lower than the velocity Vp, of the in·phase movement waves, called waves
of the f1rst kind. These waves correspond to classic P-waves, with which they merge in the
I
absence of fluid. I
Now let us consider the shear waves (S waves) or isovolumetric waves
(div u = div U = 0) such that:
Vs =( ~ P12)i
P11 P22
(2.107)
Since the fluid does not respond to shear forces, it only influences the shear wave
through inertial effects. Its movement is evidently in phase with the overall movement [see
(2.106) where P121P22 ~ 0].
We have only discussed the isotropic case here. For the non-isotropic case, the results
naturally extend as follows: along the principal anisotropy directions if a compressional
wave exists in the purely elastic case, two compressional waves, one slow and one
· standard, must be considered within the framework ofBiot's theory. From the qualitative
standpoint, the shear waves are altered in the same way as in the isotropic case, in
accordance \\ith the processes that we shall now discuss.
A=(_:-:) (2.109)
Let us examine the case of plane harmonic P waves propagating in the x direction, such
that:
~~>1 = 4> 10 exp [i(kx- wt)]
(2.110)
~~>2 = 4> 20 exp [i(kx- wt)]
T
I
2 WAVE PROPAOATION.IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 75
where cf> 10 and c1>;z 0 are constants, and·w and k are the angular frequency and wave
number respectively. The introduction ofthese equations into (2.108) gives a system of two
equations for cf> 1 0 and cf> 20 • The Kramer's determinant of this homogeneous system must
be zero in order for cf> 10 and cf> 20 to have non-zero values. This leads to an equation
linking k with w. This equation allows two solutions k,., and k,. 2 , which correspond to the
flfSt and second kind P waves previously discussed, and which are now complex owing to
attenuation effects:
k,.,(w) = Re k,.,(w) + i Im k,.,(w) (2.111)
Introduced into (2.110), these equations show that the imaginary part is the attenua-
tion coefficient a.,., such that the corresponding wave amplitude is proportional to
exp (- :x,.,x). while the real part is related to the velocity v,.,:
(Re k,.,(w)) V,.,(w) =w (2.112)
The same procedure can be followed for the shear wave.
Figures 2.7 to 2.12 show the curves relative to these calculations. The P and S wave
velocities are normalized respectively by v,. and Vs whose expressions are:
1
V,.=C'I~2J.Ly (2.113)
Vs = (~t (2.114)
The attenuation coeffacients are normalized for the compressional and shear waves
respectively by :
21t/c
a,.=--
v,. (2.116)
21t/c
as=--
Vs
The curves in Fags. 2.7 to 2.12 represent the relative variations of velocities and
attenuations for the three wave types, with a constant ratio of fluid bulk modulus to solid
bulk modulus (i.e. K 11 / K. = constant) equal to 0.06. This value corresponds to a water-
saturated siliceous matrix (Wyllie et al., 1963). We varied the ratio ofthe open system bulk
modulus to the solid bulk modulus (i.e. K 0 / K. = 0.3, 0.6 and 0.9). The broken, solid and
dotted line curves correspond respecti\'ely to the porosities <P = 30, 20 and 10%. The
76 WAVE PROPAG.-\T!O~ I"!' SATL:RATED POROUS !\lEOlA 2
l PorosityT ~ % I
,
I
.0010 Li ...... I 10 I
,
...... j20 ·~ K
~- .9
K - .6 I
I
I
,,
- · - I 30 5
.9 •" ,- a/
ap1 .0006
•p
, , 2~
.6/77 ;', .3
.20 , . . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
.10
Vp2
Vp
.05
.00~----~------L------~------~----~
.00 .03 .06 .09 .12 .15
f/fc
.9 .6 .6 .9 .6 .3
I 1 1 1 1 1 I I
.6
.5
.4
ap2
ap .3
.1
.0
, ,.......... I
-----
20
30
1.004
I
Vs
V 5 1ol
Forany - -
Ko
_,
.,"" ""
Ks _,-'
1.002 .--'
.,.
,.,. .- "' ... -··
1.000
.00 .03 .06 .09 .12 .15
fife
.006 ~------------------------------------~
Porosity I ¢%
.005
10
20
30
.004
erg
.003
as
.002
Ko
Fig. 2.12 Attenuation of shear S
For any Ks ....
_.... -
;'
..
T
I
2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATuRATED POROUS MEDIA
remaining parameters of the theory are inferred from the above by the equations of
79
Gassmann (2. 70), (2. 75) and (2. 77) for M, fJ and K 1 , and by Berryman's equation (2.92) for
·' tortuosity.
'Cl ~
().0\ For the three wave types, the velocity can be observed to rise with increasing frequency.
l"t~ This is explained by the fact that the inertial forces increase simultaneously. Indeed, these
inertial forces being different for the fluid and the solid part, they generate a differential
movement between the fluid and the fluid/solid combination due to permeability effects
(Darcy's law). It implies that the overall movement defmed by u involves less fluid,
whatever the type of wave considered. Hence as the mass involved in overall movement
declines progressively with increasing frequency, the velocity increases with frequency.
However, the differential movement thus facilitated by the increase in frequency causes
increasing dissipation. This dissipation is proportional to the square of the angular
frequency. For the three waves, this means increasing attenuation with frequency. Note
also the more highly attenuated character of the slow wave in comparison with the other
two (see scales), a characteristic that also limits the increase in velocity V,., corresponding
to the high frequencies. This leads us to the following paradoxical situation: the more the
phenomenon might tend to occur due to the velocity increasing as the frequency increases,
the more this phenomenon would be attenuated.
From the general standpoint, note also that permeability only affects the abscissa scale,
normalized by frequency f. defmed by Eq. (2.115). More speciftcally, it can be shown
numerically that, for commonly used fluids (water, glycerine, kerosene), it is the
l~ parameter ,, and hence the viscosity, that is mainly involved, independent of the density
or bulk modulus K 11 . As the permeability~ = K/'1 approaches 0 (or towards infmity), the
frequency f. tends inversely towards infmity (or towards 0). The rise in the curves with
increasing frequency on an absolute scale is accordingly less (or more) pronounced. This
agrees with the physicalevidence: the lower (of ~igher) the.~rmeability, the less (or more)
are the differential movements (fluid,'matrix) privileged and the less (or more) Biofs effects
are pronounced. Once again, however, a paradoxical situation results: the lower the
viscosity 'I and hence the higher the permeability ~.the greater the attenuation. This is
fairly easy to understand, because the lower the viscosity, the more the differential
movement may be pronounced (i.e. less fluid is involved in the overall movement) and
hence wis greater and the dissipation given by (2. 72a) (but tempered by the inverse of ~)
.I increases. Actually, therefore, there is no para<lox, because Biot's theory takes into
i
account only the dissipation due to mean differential movements (i.e. those characterized
by w) and not those due to absolute movements of the fluid (i.e. those characterized by U).
The latter becomes preponderant at sufficiently high frequencies, but cannot be taken into
account by the theory developed here, which is limited to the low frequencies (i.e.
f < 0.15/.). For rocks, this shows the need to stipulate the order of magnitude of f. (see
Table 2.3).
15
It may be observed for water that the frequency f. is extremely variable (30 kHz to
l GHz) but nevertheless always remains very high. However, the curves in Figs. 2.9 and
2.10 show that the slow wave effect can be neglected if the source frequency f is less than
0.15/. (velocity v,., is close to zero!). Hence it is necessary to have a frequency .f. that is
sufftciently low for the slow wave to have some noticeable effect in an infmite medium. The
influence on the interfaces is discussed in Chapter 6.
2
80 WAVE PROPAGATION I]'; SATURATED POROCS MEDIA 2
TABLE 2.3
SoME VALVES OF BlOTS CHARACTERISTIC FREQL"ESCY
~
~
Characteristic frequency ~ t
Porosity IPermeabili t y
(%) {mD) Water Normal oil Heavy oil
s 'I= I cP) 141 ('1= 10to50cP)(41 ('I= IOOto500cP)( 41
A glance at the situation depicted in the table tends to show that the very porous
Fontainebleau sandstone and sintered glass display the same behavior concerning slow
waves. In fact, the slow wave is also sensitive to the pore radius through the skin effect. This
fact will be discussed in the experimental veriftcation in the next Section.
The curves in Figs. 2. 7 to 2.12 also serve to analyze the influence of the ratio K 0 / K. and
of porosity </J. For the shear wave velocity l'5, since the fluid only responds to shear forces
through viscous effects, the ratio K 0 /K, has no influence. Porosity through the effect of
tortuosity plays a major role. Indeed this effect declines with increasing porosity (see '
Berryman's equation). Hence, at a constant ratio f/fc, velocity Vs increases with </J, and
the mass added by the tortuosity effect (see Eq. 2.90) decreases by the same order of
magnitude. ·
P 1 and P2 wave results can ftrst be considered at constant porosity. At rising K 0 / K, and
constant frequency, the ftrst kind wave velocity Vr, increases, whereas that of the second
kind decreases. This is explained by the fact that the increase in K 0 / K, at constant porosity
corresponds to a pore network in which the elementary pores statistically have an
increasingly lower aspect ratio (i.e. ratio of the smallest length to the largest). The fluid is
accordingly more difftcult to extract at zero pressure (see defmition of p = 1 - K 0 f K,). At
a given frequency, this results in a rising apparent bulk modulus for movements in phase
and hence a velocity Vr, that increases with K 0 /K,. For the same reasons, differential
movements out of phase between the fluid and the matrix are increasingly disadvantaged
with increasing K 0 / K,, and the curves corresponding to the second kind wave velocity Vp 2
have an opposite behavior with respect to Vr, curves. On the other hand, for both wave
types, as the ratio K 0 /K. increases, the fluid mass not involved in the overall movement
decreases. Inertial effects then increase the phase differences and hence attenuation
increases with rising K 0 fK •.
Now let us consider the situation at constant K 0 /K, and increasing porosity </J. Since
K 0 /K, is constant, the aspect ratio remains constant, but, as the porosity rises, K 0 and
thus K, are assumed to increase in absolute value (as well as K '" since the curves
correspond to constant K 1 ,;K.). Since K, rises, the qualitative effects are the same as those
described above, since the apparent bulk modulus increases from one curve to the other as
-----
~
!
I
2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 81
. ' a function of porosity. Note also that, as for the shear wave, the tortuosity effects decrease
with porosity (less mass added). This merely reinforces the effects discussed above, albeit
slightly (see shear wave).
A number of considerations can already be drawn from the previous analysis to identify
the existence of this slow wave experimentally. It is ftrst necessary for the system to be open
and for the permeability to be sufftciently high (low viscosity) for average fluid movements
relative to the matrix modeled by this theory to be possible, and for the slow wave to be
able to propagate at sufftcient velocities. A critical description of an experiment in which
this slow wave was identified (Piona, 1982) is given in Section 2.2.6.
A fmal remark concerns behavior at low frequencies. In this range, the term Mi:b,
proportional to jl, can be ignored in comparison with the term A$, which is
proportional to f. Equation (2.108) is thus reduced to: -
V2 $ = R - 1 A$ (2.117)
where
R
-
-1
~
-
- (i.
b
+ 2p)R -
(R + y
Y - Y- i. - 2p
-R- y )
i. + 2p + y
(2.118)
Knowing that Cl» = ( :J and substracting the two equations for cP 1 and cP 2 obtained
from (2.117), one obtains :
C 0 V 2 (cP 1 - cPz) = <P1- cPz (2.119)
where we noted :
I
82 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
which are the stresses exerted on the solid skeleton, and into hydrostatic stresses - pi>ii•
which are the stresses pre\"ailing in the fluid, so that:
(jjj = at -
pi>jj (2.122)
Accordingly, one may well ask what are the connections between Biot's theory and
Terzaghi's law. If an experiment is performed at zero pressure (p = 0), the total stress
tensor is identif1ed with that of the effective stresses. Equation (2.66) then gives:
p = 0 tr at= 3K 0 tr 8 (2.123)
For low porosities (c/> < .20%), by an elementary theory of effective moduli, it is
moreover easy to show that:
p=O tr at
= 3K,(1 - </J) tr 8 (2.124)
It is now possible to use Gassmann's equation (2.77) and Eqs. (2.70) and (2.75) to
obtain:
f3 = c/>
K1 = K,(1- c/>) + K 11 c/> (2.126)
K,z
i\1 = -
c/>
Using (2.122) and (2.1261 and Biofs equation (2.65), the following general identity is
obtained:
tr afi = 3(1 - </J)[K, tr 8 + p] (2.127a)
p = - K 11 div U (2.127b)
Thus Terzaghi's law is more restrictive than Biot's theory, since Eqs. (2.126) reveal the
presumably additive character of the bulk moduli. In a closed system, the rheological
model attached to the saturated porous medium in relation to compressibility effects
consists of two springs in parallel, with. constants K,(1- </J) and K 11 cj>, concerning the
respective contributions of the skeleton and the fluid. In an open system, only the skeleton
participates (spring with constant K,(l :.___ c/>) = K 0 ), while the share accounted for by the
increase in fluid content in the apparent macroscopic deformation is cf> tr 8 ({3 = cf>). This
assumption of additivity, which is implicit in Terzaghi's law, leads to a decoupling between
the fluid behavior law (2.127b) and that of the skeleton (2.127a). To evaluate the effective
stresses, it is therefore assumed that the medium consists exclusively of the solid skeleton,
leading to the average pressure K. tr e. The pressure effect is subtracted and the result
multiplied by the factor (1 - c/>) representing the effective volumetric proportion of solid
skeleton (2.127a). The fluid behavior law (2.127) involves only the volumetric strain of the
fluid, div U, which corresponds to the above decoupling. Note here that the strain tensor 8
concerns the average or macroscopic displacement on the solid/fluid combination (e is not
related to the solid part alone). Moreo,·er, Biot's theory concerns only small disturbances,
and in (2.127) 8 is assumed to be small, as well as U, which is a Lagrangian quantity.
_,
;f'
~at _ OX;
op = o (2.129)
cxi
and the action of the fluid on the solid skeleton is reflected by imaginary volumetric forces
of intensity - grad p.
It should also be noted that, with the implicit assumption ofTerzaghi's law (fJ = t/>), if
the fluid bulk modulus is much lower than that of the solid skeleton (K 11 ~ K 0 ), and if
tortuosity effects are taken into account and viscosity effects ignored, the wave velocities
are given by:
1
V. _ [ i.0 + 2Jl
P, - p.(l - t/>)
1
+ tf>p1 (1 -a ·>J
Vp
>
=[KJ,J
ap
(2.130)
Vs =
I Jl Jl
[ p.(l- t/>) + t/>pf(l- a •)
The equations (2.130) can hence lead to an experimental estimation of tortuosity, if a
sound choice is made of the saturating fluid (low compressibility and low viscosity).
As we have shown, assuming small displacements both in the solid part and in the fluid
part, Terzaghi's law applies within a more restricted set of assumptions than Biot's theory.
As we know, however, the central value ofTerzaghi's law lies elsewhere and concerns flow
problems. In fact, the decoupling assumption helps to analyze substantial fluid
movements (flow in an earth dam, for example) independently of small strains of the solid
skeleton. To do this, the pressure f1eld in the fluid is determined by Darcy's law (where
gravity effects may be accounted for), and the law of conservation of mass (101 for the fluid
which, in this type of calculation, is usually assumed to be incompressible (div U = O)uu.
110) Note that the laws of conservation of mass in Biot's theory are automatically satisfted to the nearest
second order, since displacements are assumed to be small.
I 11) In this case, U becomes a Eulerian quantity (fmite transformation), and (2.1~7b), which is only valid for
small displacements, no longer holds and is replaced by Darcy·s law.
84 WA\"E PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
By reinserting the pressure fteld thus determined in (2.129) (in which gravity forces are
taken into account). we can obtain the equilibrium equations for the solid part alone, with
considerable latitude in selecting the constitutive law.
Hence, apart from the Eqs. (2.130), which are interesting for the determination of
tortuosity, the respecti,·e values ofBiot's theory and Terzaghi's law are not concerned with
the same ftelds of application, and these theories are complementary rather than
competitive.
vzp, =
v!, + v•(!c)
0-
f
2
(2.131)
v; + v~(~)
where 1-'0 and V.., are the zero frequency and infmite frequency velocities respectively
within Biot's theor'y'"presented here (low frequency hypothesis).
By implicitly using Gassmann's equation (2.77), these authors obtain the following
expressions for V0 and Vx :
4 z
Kf+-Jl
3
).!..
V0 = ( p [see Eq. (2.113)] (2.132)
Voc=(p.(l-cf>)+~p,-ll-a- ) 1
P
t/>-a -1 + 1 - Ks
- I1
( K
0
)( _K(l_2cf>a-
K ' .
1
)])y
(2.133)
· 4 Pt K ¢
[ K, + J" + (I - K:- ~) K, + K''
where K 1 is giYen by Gassmann's equation (2.77) and p = (1- cf>)p. + <J>p1 .
It should be noted forthwith that, if tortuosity a is infmite, Eq.t2.133) is reduced to Eq.
(2.1321. because there is no longer any relative movement of the fluid and solid (infmite
"""
----~--~-------
__ , inertial coupling). and hence no permeability effect. Note also that Eq. (2.133) is reduced to
i Eqs. (2.130) using the assumptions:
' Ko
1- K =
•
t/J,
which have precisely been used to state (2.130).
K 11 ~ K 0
'"""
86 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
~
t.
·~
viscous, no viscous coupling force occurs at the liquid/solid interface, while, by contrast, if
the liquid is very viscous, a substantial coupling exists, preventing differential liquid/solid
movement. This clearly shows the importance of the viscosity of the interstitial fluid.
Furthermore, as we well know, the intensity of the viscous coupling force depends on the
incident wave frequency. At infmite frequency, a viscous fluid acts as if it had no viscosity,
whereas at low frequency even low viscosity can give rise to substantial coupling. In fact,
considering the intensity of this viscous force, it can be observed that it decreases rapidly
"ith increasing distance from the liquid/solid interface (Fig. 2.14). Moreover. this effect
can be characterized by a skin depth d3 • This skin depth:
d = {2i1 (2.134)
• .J-;;;;
is proportional to the square root of the viscosity and inversely proportional to the square
root of the frequency and of the fluid density. This clearly shows that the propagation of
the slow wave becomes even more observable as the fluid viscosity decreases and the wave
frequency increases. The density term in (2.134) is there to remind us of the inertial
·problems of setting any mass in motion. Hence it is very important for the observation of
·Biot mechanisms and for a given sample that this depth d. should be much smaller than
the average acces radius of the pores.
"'
2 WAVE PROPAOA110N IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 87
!I
j:
,, I
FLUID-
SOLID-
'l t<O
Fluid
at rest
't. v
!l
f: 0
Wall set
in motion
y
f
t>o
, ~ Tr-ient motion
v of the fluid
Fig. 1.14 Fluid velocity proCde due to sudden movement of the walls of the
capillary tube.
In sandstones, for example, the average access radius is relatively large, about l to 5 pm
for permeabilities ranging from a few mD to 100 mD. This implies that, for an ultrasonic
experiment, using water as the saturating fluid, the skin depth d. is about 0.5 to l pm. The
ratio of skin depth to access radius is hence too high to be able to observe the slow wave
directly, as the viscous effects at the fluid/matrix interface have prevailed over the
possibilities of fluid/matrix motion out of phase. This means that the slow wave must be
t, ,r observed indirectly, for instance by analyzing the changes in signature undergone by the
'lib- different recorded signals.
li. In brief, we have shown that the following properties are required for the observation of
th ... a progressive slow wave(l2):
itt;
l( (a) Continuity of liquid and solid phases, open system.
"-·. (b) High frequency content of the incident wave.
eet (c) Low saturating fluid viscosity (high hydraulic permeability).
(d) High saturating fluid density Oess important).
(e) High pore size and pore access radius, high absolute permeability.
:v For a clear observation of the two movements described above (in phase and out of
phase), the difference in velocities between fluid and solid must be high enough to ensure
a{\, signifacant separation between the two movements. Consequently, it is important to have
l t
a fluid that is much more compressible than the solid matrix.
lV 6
tiar
l ~
~~~~
....
~~
Shear wave
Compressional ~
waves in water
A 8 i 0
I Receiver I
Fig. :us Diagram showing mode conversions and refractions at the different
interfaces: the reflected waves are not indicated (after Plona and Johnson.
~ 1980 IEEE, New York, NY).
the angular dependence of the process. The transducers employed have a central
frequency of 2.25 MHz. The velocities of the different waves are measured with an
accuracy of 3%. Figure 2.16 (Plona, 1982) shows the results obtained with a sample of
sintered glass of porosity <P = 28%. The diagram in Fig. 2.16a corresponds to the
recording made at normal incidence. At this incidence, only the compressional waves are
generated at the different interfaces between isotropic media. Pulse A corresponds to the
direct arrival, and pulses C, E and G correspond to multiple arrivals (due to multiple
reflections within the sample). Arrivals D and F are new arrivals not observed in a non-
porous solid. Arrival D corresponds to the direct arrival of the slow wave. The difference
in arrival time between pulses D and F corresponds to the difference in arrival time
between A and C, C and E, or E and G. Hence arrival F is the first multiple reflection, but
with conversion of the slow wave to a standard compressional wave. This clearly shows us
that the slow wave is compressional (this occurs at normal incidence and the only waves
existing are compressional), and that the slow wave/standard compressional wave
conversion exists. The lower diagram of Fig. 2.16b corresponds to a recording made at
non-normal incidence. In this case the angle of incidence is smaller than the first critical
angle defmed by:
. vw
-1 _ _
(}~· =
~,
W-'er
A:OirctP 1 -
Sample I 11 1 C, E. G: multiples
0: 0°
1"'~1 m4t.
A C D E F G
W-'tr
A c E
Sampl•--+---,r-
--- Slow mode
0 F __ Normet mode
(b)
1
.... _;,.I A: Dirct P 1 wave
e< ep· ..A o.A
I
8: Oirct S wave
' '
c 0: Oirct slow wave
50 mY
I 5ps
A B 0
Fig. 2.16 Signals recorded at different angles of incidence for a material made
·: ~ of sintered glass spheres.
L 6 = 0". b. 0 < 6 < ~· (after Plona and Johnson. © 1980 IEEE, New
York, NY).
where
V.., = sound velocity in water,
Vp, = f1rst kind P1 wave velocity in the sample.
Three arrivals are observed, whereas, in the case of a non-porous solid, only two would
have been observed. Arrival A is the standard compressional wave, arrival B is the shear
wave, and arrival D is the slow wave. Figure 2.17 (Plona, 1980) shows the variation in
recordings as a function of angle of incidence. Fig. 2.17a and b resume Fig. 2.16. The
recording in Fig. 2.17c was made with an angle of incidence() between the two critical
angles related to the P1 and S waves, that is to say:
o:· < () < (P, (2.136)
where O:• is given by (2.135) and:
. - 1•:..
_
0: =SID Js (2.137)
r
(a)
I : ! I
9 =0° ~~ L. ,.; I
l ! i
I
I
iI I I
A C 0 E F G
A B 0
ofo<o: mIMIll B 0
d) l \
I I
9'<c 9 I A I
iI I
IV l i
50mV\
L___,__ .!_L.- L I 5 .•__
Plona's results were obtained using various types of porous material. Figure 2.18
(Plona, 1982) offers a glance at the different materials used. The ftrst class of materials
consists of different sintered materials I steel, titanium, Inconel). The second class includes
ceramics produced by different manufacturers (Coors, 3M, Filtros). These ceramics are
normally used as ftltration materials. The third class comprises materials manufactured by
Plona in the Schlumberger laboratories at Ridgefteld. They are sintered glasses whose
·--------- -----
2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 91
tP r v,., Ys v,..
Sintered glass
'1:.'
beads # 1 28.3 50 4.05 2.37 1.04
beads # 2 18.5 20 4.84 2.93 0.82
beads # 3 10.5 10 5.15 2.97 0.58
3 \f-55 34.5 55 2.76 1.41 0.91
3 \f-40 30.0 40 2.91 1.62 0.96
Coors 41.5 55 3.95 2.16 0.96
Porous steel 48.0 20 2.74 1.54 0.92
Porous titanium 41.0 30 2.72 1.79 0.91
4 Porous lnconel
Filtros # 1
36.0
40.0
90
60
2.12
4.65
. ·-
1.15
2.91
0.93
0.94
...,. ll> =porosity,
r = average pore size (IUJI),
I j. = fast compressional velocity (krn/s),
Is =shear velocity (km/s).
lj., =slow compressional velocity (km/s),
Fig. 2.18 List of the different porous materials analyzed (after Plona.© 1982
IEEE, New York, NY).
porosity can be varied. Figure 2.18 shows that all these porous materials display a
behavior of the type described by Biot. The slow wave is always slower than the wave
propagating in the saturating liquid, which is water in this case. The amplitude of the
measured slow wave may be very high. Figure 2.19 provides an example of a seismogram
recorded in a sintered steel with a grain size of20 ~tm. But~ we have seen, the amplitude
also depends on the ratio of the wavelength ofthe signal transmitted to the pore size, or, in
fact. for the materials analyzed, to the grain size. Figure 2.20 highlights this effect. To do
this. the frequency - and hence the wavelength - of the transmitted signal is kept
constant, while the pore size varies. In Figure 2.20a, the pore size is 15 ~tm. Considering
th..: ~kin depth [see Eq. (2.134)], a value of about half a micron is found. already
accounting for a significant fraction of the pore size. Thus an incipient viscous effect and a
tortuosity effect are observable (see the beginning of Chapter 2: as <P tends towards 0, a
tends towards infmity~ which prevent a non-negligible part ofthe fluid from moving out of
phase with the solid. The slow wave is hence less energetic. By contrast, in Fig. 2.20b, the
amplitude of the slow wave is high. The wavelength/pore size ratio is virtually ideal, and
the viscous effect at the wall is slight and scattering is negligible. In Fig. 2.20c, the pore size
is 175 J!m, while the wavelength for the standard compressional wave is about.! mm. The
substantial scattering ofthis wave obliterates any possibility of observing the other modes.
Another interesting study is the measurement of the variation of the three velocities
obtained as a function of the porosity of the medium concerned. Figure 2.21 gives the
results obtained on sintered glass spheres. It can be seen that the standard compressional
and shear velocities increase with decreasing porosity. This is easy to understand: the
medium becomes increasingly rigid and the P1 and S velocity tend towards the velocity in
the non-porous solid. The mechanism is reversed for the slow wave: a decrease in slow
wave velocity is observed with decreasing porosity. Measurements could only be
il'l
2 ~'f:
92 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA
~lmtt!.
Fig. 1.19 Refracted arrivals at
non-normal incidence for 20 J.LII1
sintered steel (after Plona and
Johnson. © 1980 IEEE, 1\ew
York, NY).
A 8 0
A: Normal P1 wave
B: S wave
0: Slowwave
n~.\tt=
A 8 0
pedormed with porosities greater than 10%, but a theoretical extension to the value 0 was
obtained on the curve. Since the slow wave is due to the presence of a liquid inside a porous
medium, it is perfectly logical for its velocity to tend towards 0 with decreasing porosity (a
tends towards infmity as 4>· tends towards 0).
The experiments described here concern artiftcial materials other than rocks. As we
have alrea4y emphasized, owing to the pore size of a usual rock, it is very difficult, if not
impossible, with usual fluids (such as water) to have a slow wave propagating within a
porous medium, and the slow wave is generally attenuated immediately. Experiments are
currently being conducted by Plona and Johnson and their colleagues to develop a
technique to resolve this problem. The general principle consists in using liquid helium II,
whose viscosity is zero, as the saturating fluid. The preliminary results obtained in these
conditions have revealed the existence of a slow wave in a rock.
The use of liquid helium as the saturating fluid is extremely interesting for two main
reasons. Johnson (1980) showed that the slow wave mechanism was actually the
2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 93
generalization of the fourth acoustic wave in superfluid helium II. Moreover, with this
material (i.e. negligible viscosity and fluid compressibility ~ matrix compressibility),
Biot's expressions for the velocities are simplifted and are given by Eq. (2.130), assuming
the applicability of Terzaghi's law (see Johnson and Plona, 1982).
Hence it is possible to measure tortuosity a by using superfluid helium. for which the
above equations are valid to the nearest 0.01% (Johnson et al., 1982). Johnson eta/. f 1982)
also showed that these equations are valid to within 10% for water-saturated sintered
glass.
Incidentally, this parameter can be related to other types of measurements, such as the
refractive index of the fourth wave of a superfluid He II (Johnson and Sen, 19811 or the
electrical conductivity or the formation factor (Johnson et al.. 1982).
~
6
Fused glaa beads
~
::!!.
~
l!
; 2
200m\D • •• •
_,,1..---'" • Slow wave
Ol,,~
0 10 20 30 40 50
Porosity (%I
Fig. 2.21 Measured velocities of·P, Sand slow waves vs. porosity for samples
of sintered glass, The P ~ave and S wave velocities in solid glass are 5.69 and
3.46 km/s respectively (after Plona. © 1982 IEEE, New York, NY1.
In conclusion, Plona demonstrated the existence of a slow wave very close to the one
predicted by Biot's theory. He showed that this wave could only exist as a propagation
wa,·e if the following conditions were satisfted:
(a) Continuity of the solid and liquid phases (i.e. possibility of differential fluid and
liquid motion).
(b) Sufftciently high incident wave frequency and sufl'lciently low fluid viscosity (i.e.
weak wave attenuation mechanism).
(c) Incident wavelength sufl'lciently large in comparison with pore size to avoid
scattering, while the pore size must be adequate to avoid viscous effects at the wall
(skin depth effect).
(d) Very different fluid and solid bulk moduli in order to separate clearly the two
compressional waves.
Moreover, Plona and Johnson (Eq. (2.130)] revealed the possibility of employing
approximate equations to determine the different velocities in the saturated porous
medium. The equations make use of tortuosity a characterizing the geometry of a porous
medium.
...
94 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
2.3 CONCLUSION
.j,:. '-
2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA
practical point of view, the laws used must always be chosen according to the specif1c
problem investigated (boundary conditions, geometries) to the tool employed
95
' (frequencies, wavelengths, energy), and to the parameters to be quantif1ed (water content.
permeability, porosity). '
One may be tempted to complicate a model such as Biot's model (for example, by
introducing the viscoelasticity of the matrix) to clarify a number of measurements. In our
opinion, this complication is extremely liable to be prolonged indefmitely, without any
hope of success. In fact, the complexity of the porous medium (see Chapter 1) is such that it
is totally unrealistic to try to construct a general model for porous media. On the other
hand, it is necessary to account for in situ conditions and for the frequency range to be
a investigated to adapt the theory to the problem at hand. To each problem corresponds a
different theory, which relies on a specific physical parameter to yield an observable effect.
In the laboratory, it is essential to press forward with a qualitative phenomenological
analysis of the problems (which is the preponderant effect in a given experiment?). an
adjustment of simple models to the experiment, and a suff1cient number of measurements to
acquire statistical knowledge that is virtually "rock type., by "rock type ... As we have
already stressed on several occasions, for the time being, the complexity of the natural
media under consideration dashes any hopes of a unique theory based on continuum
mechanics.
However, in the beginning of this Chapter, we pointed out that, for a given physical
phenomenon, a porous medium could be replaced by an equivalent homogeneous
medium with very specif1c properties. In other words, the porous medium is no longer ·
considered with its complexity, and only the result of its interaction with a given physical
phenomenon is important. This sets the stage for a new trend in investigating porous
media, which may fmally lead to a clear understanding of certain observed mechanisms.
For problems of acoustic propagation, and for certain types of process, the rock can be
replaced by a homogeneous and linear viscoelastic medium. The study of this type of
medium will be discussed in the next Chapter.
· Appendix 2.1
WAVE PROPAGATION
IN A NON-ISOTROPIC ELASTIC MEDIUM
The introduction of(2.7) into the constitutive law (2.25) of a linear elastic medium, and
the result of this introduction in the equilibrium equations (2.24) gives:
cijkluj.kl = pii; (2A.ll
For isotropic media satisfying (2.28), Eq. (2A.l) is merely Eq. (2.39) set in another form.
Let us now consider a wave front of unit normal vector n and normal velocity V at
geometric point M belonging to this front. If f(xt, t) is the equation of the wave front, note
that V is defmed by :
96 WAVE PROPAGATION IN SATURATED POROUS MEDIA 2
V= -j (2A.2)
1
[~ u:">2T-
and thus represents the velocity of a geometric point moving on the normal n between
time t, when it coincides with M, and a later time t + dt.
Let us now consider acceleration waves, characterized by a jump A of the acceleration
vector when crossing the geometric surface representing the wave front. We shall set:
[ii~c] = Ale (2A.3)
where(·] represents the ..jump" operator and consists in determining the difference in the
quantity· on either side of the wave front. If the second partial derivatives with respect to
time satisfy (2A.3), we know that the second partial derivatives with respect to a space
variable and to another space variable or to time must satisfy the equations of kinematic
compatibility stated by Hadamard (1949). These equations are:
[ U·~cl]=-A·.
n"n' . nt
U·~c= --A. (2A.4)
}. 2 1 V • }. v 1
If the second derivatives of a quantity satisfy an equation, their discontinuities or jumps
must satisfy the same equation when crossing the wave front. By applying the jump
operator [·] to Eq. (2A.l ), and taking account of (2A.3) and (2A.4), we obtain:
AljAi-pV 2 A;=0 (2A.5)
where (Alj) is defmed by :
Alj = C;"i'n"n' (2A:6)
This represents the acoustic tensor relative to direction n considered. This acoustic tensor
is symmetrical and the associated quadratic form is positive defmite. Consequently, the
endomorphism associated with the acoustic tensor has three mutually orthogonal
eigenvectors associated with the positive eigenvalues A1 = p Vj (J = 1, 2, 3) satisfying:
det (Alj - A 1 <5;) = 0 (2A.7)
Hence, at any point of a wave front, three mutually perpendicular polarization
directions exist, and each is associated with a velocity V,. These directions display a
complex dependence on the direction n concerned, through the associated acoustic tensor
defmed by (2A.6).
In the isotropic case, Eq. (2.28) leads to:
cii"' = i.<5;i<5"' + J1(<5;"<5i, + <5u<5j,) (2A.8)
The introduction of (2A.8) into (2A.6) and (2A.5) yields:
(A. + J1){D • A)n + (/1 - p V 2)A = 0 (2A.9)
This equation is satisf1ed either ifn and A are colinear, or if their respective coefficients are
zero. The former case corresponds to longitudinal waves. In fact, by setting A = An, which
corresponds to a longitudinal polarization, we have:
P v; = i. + 211 (2A.l O)
----------
..,....- ------------·--·---- .
Considering (2A.6) in the case of the orthotropy of revolution, it is easy to see that two
types oflongitudinal wave and two types of transverse wave can propagate. To begin with,
when n = nJ is oriented along the orthotropic axis OxJ, a longitudinal wave (A= LlnJ)
with velocity .jC 3333 /p and two transverse waves (A. nJ = 0) with velocity jC1313 /p
= JC 2J 23 /p are seen. Subsequently, if n belongs to the plane normal to the ortbotropy
axis(n. nJ = O),alongitudinalwave(A == Lln)ofvelocityjC 1111 /p == JC 2222 /pandtwo
transverse waves, one polarized along nJ(A =An) with velocity jC 1313 /p = jC2323 /p
identical to the f1rst type of transverse wave, and the second polarized in the plane normal
to the orthotropy axis (A= Lin x n3 ) with velocity JC 12 ufp. Finally, the four
independent velocities are:
• P waves:
n= n3 Vr==/¥
I
A= Lin
n . n3 = 0 Vp=/¥=FF (2A.l3)
• S waves:
n = n3 A • n = 0 } Vs == [C;;;; == rc;;;;
n . n3 = 0, A=LinJ ~p ~p
A. n =0
n . n3 = 0. A = Lin X OJ J's = ~
T
'
I
3
wave propagation
and vibration effects
in viscoelastic med1a
(unidimensional)
INTRODUCTION
We have shown in the previous Chapter that the average motion of the fluid with
respect to an elastic matrix led to invoking a dissipative mechanism and hence to wave
attenuation. However, we showed that, apart from the case in which boundary conditions
are involved, this mechanism could be considered as negligible in most cases. The cause of
dissipation is to be found in the absolute local motion of the particles, both solid and liquid.
This Chapter is devoted to the mechanical modeling of this phenomenon by the
introduction of viscoelastic models. It is not intended to provide orders of magnitude of
the parameters that we shall introduce (which can be found in Chapter 5), nor to discuss
the relevance of these models concerning the behavior of rocks at the passage of a wave.
We again consider the medium to be homogeneous. In other words, the models
developed take account, from a macroscopic standpoint (that of the measurement), of the
average dissipation on a representative volume of fluid and solid, without drawing a
distinction between the share accounted for by the fluid and that relating to the solid. The
fme analysis (microscopic) will be dealt with from a qualitative standpoint in Chapter 5.
The motion considered here is hence the average macroscopic displacement u of the
fluid/matrix combination introduced in the previous Chapter.
In Chapter 2, for the matrix itself, we considered a rigorously elastic constitutive
equation; in other words the material has no strain memory. This is the simplest case. Real
materials, and rocks in particular, macroscopically display irreversibilities of behavior:
they dissipate energy when subjected to deformation.
This dissipation, apart from the Biot type of mechanism (Chapter 2), stems from many
sources. The most probable mechanisms involved for rocks are discussed in Chapter 5.
They include capillary forces, thermal effects, intergranular friction, and local fluid
movements. These microscopic, irreversible effects are therefore numerous and complex,
100 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
and any macroscopic model (in the sense intended here) that would attempt to
describe them fully, even if available, would be of extreme complexity and of very limited
scope. Consequently, we shall only consider the simplest models here, namely linear
viscoelastic models. In fact, as we shall show in Chapter 5, these models are well suited for
the description of a broad class of dissipative processes, resulting from rapid, small-
amplitude variations in strain due to waves that propagate in rocks. These models require
the knowledge not only of the present stress and strain values, but also of past values, and
are therefore called memory models. To investigate and quantify these effects in actual
materials, it is essential to understand what is generally called their delayed behavior. In
this way, the time effects, particularly those associated with strain and stress velocities, are
introduced quite naturally.
The following study is deliberately restricted to uniaxial or unidimensional behavior of
the materials that we will examine. The reader interested in an exposition of the general
case can refer to several works (Fliigge, 1975, Christensen, 1982, Salen.;on, 1983).
.
3.1.1 Creep tests
In this type of test, the sample, previously at rest, is subjected to a constant load a 0 from
time t 0 • An analysis is made of the variation with time of the strain e(t), or its equivalent,
the creep function f(t) defmed by:
e(t)
- = f(t, t 0 ; a 0 ) (3.1)
ao
In the following analysis, we shall consider only materials whose properties do not vary
with time (non-aging materials). For the wave propagation experiments dealt with here,
this assumption can be accepted without restriction in view of the measurement time scale
(i.e. wave passage time). Under this assumption, the function f depends only on the
interval t - t 0 and (3.1) becomes:
e(t)
- = f(t - t 0 ; a0) (3.2)
ao
Figure 3.1 shows a standard creep experiment. The loading time sequence consists in the
application of a given stress a 0 which is kept constant for the time interval (t0 , t 1 ) during
which no additional stress is applied. The strain response is shown schematically in
Fig. 3.lb. At time t 0 , an instantaneous strain e0 is usually observed such that:
T
I
I 3 WAVE PROPAGATIOl' IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 101
ao
eo=- (3.3)
Mo
where M 0 is the instantaneous elastic modulus (Young's, shear, bulk, depending on the
experiment). After t 0 , the strain increases with imposed load, giving rise to creep. This is
the phase that determines the function f defmed by (3.1). At time t 1 , when the stress is
0 e Creep
ao ~--- p -----1,
=-~~---~-~ -----_1:::
--
0 to t 1 0 to tl
removed, an instantaneous unloading occurs such that, if e(tl) is the strain just before
n
unloading. and e(t just after, we have:
Lie = e(tn - e(tl) =- e0 (3.4)
Equation (3.4) is only true because the material is assumed to be non-aging (if not,
Lie :;C - e0 ). After time ti, the strain continues to decrease, leading to recovery. This
recovery may be partial, in which case the strain tends to residual non-zero strain e~ (see
for example Maxwell's model, Fig. 3.10a), or may be total, in which case e00 = 0 (see for
example Voigt's model, Fig. 3.10b).
Relaxation
E
~
oo
Eo 1---
0 (tl -,
0 to tl a., rOto--~
O(ttl 1----
(al Strain
(bl Stress
necessary to apply an instantaneous jump Au in the stress to be imposed, which, for a non-
aging material, is .Ju = - u 0 . Subsequently, the stress to be imposed becomes increasingly
low, and tends to a non-zero stress value (partial stress cancellation) or tend to zero (total
stress cancellation).
Equations (3.1) and (3.5) only assume the non-aging character of the viscoelastic
constitutive law. In addition, linearity consists in assuming that the creep function f and
relaxation function rare independent of u 0 and e0 , namely:
e(t) =
'f
- :o
du
f(t - r) -d dr
r
+ ~ f(t- r;)(Au);
1
(3.7a)
u(t) =
'f
-x:
r(t- rl
de
d
r
dr +~
I
r(t- rJ(Ae); (3.7b)
Equations (3.7a) and (3.7b) state that the history of stress u (or strain e) can be
considered as the superposition ofinfmitesimal steps du(r)[or de(r)] and fmite steps (Au);
[or (Ae)J at time r;. The term step means that the quantity involved is imposed and then
~
kept constant from time t considered. One can then formally write the Eqs. (3.7) more
briefly in the form :
e(t) =
'I -:r:
da
f(t - r) -d dr
r
(3.8a)
a(t) =
'I
-::c
r(t - r)
de
d
r
dr (3.8b)
where the integrals and derivatives are implicitly understood in the sense of
distributionsu 1• This convention for derivatives and integrals is always presumed in the
following discussion. Moreover, in accordance with geophysics convention, we shall use
Eq. (3.8b) and not Eq. (3.8a), although these equations are obviously equivalent.
Causality implies that stress a(t) will not be influenced by the future of the strain (i.e. by
e(r) for r > t). Equation (3.8b) can then be rewritten in the form :
_, d
a(t) =
I -x
r(t - r) de dr
't
(3.9)
where
dr
m=- (3.12)
dT
Equation (3.11) shows that a is written in the form of a convolution product (again in the
sense of distributions) that we shall denote more briefly:
a= m•e (3.13)
(1) A discontinuity .1/ at timer; for the function f corresponds to a Dirac mass Jfo(r- tJ for the derivative
df/dr, if the latter is considered as a distribution.
104 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
Conversely:
F(ro) =
f _
00
f(t) exp (- iwt) dt (3.14a)
f(t) = 21 f +X>
F(w) exp (iwt) dro (3.l4b)
1t -:10
The use of the Fourier transform in viscoelasticity problems is quite convenient because
we know that the Fourier transform of a convolution product is the product of the Fourier
transforms. Hence, by applying the Fourier transform to Eq. (3.13), we obtain:
I(w) = M(w)E(w) (3.15)
where M(w), the Fourier transform of m(t), is called the complex modulus. M(w) can be
separated into its real and imaginary parts:
M(ro) = MR(w) + iM1(w) (3.16)
For a linear elastic medium. Eq. (3.13) is nothing other than Hooke's law, which is
written:
u= M0 e (3.17)
This shows that a linear elastic medium satisfies :
m(t) = M 0 t5(t), MR = M 0 , M, = 0 (3.18)
where t5(t) is the Dirac function.
Equations (3.16) and (3.18) suggest that the imaginary part M 1(ro) characterizes the
dissipation of viscoelastic models, while the real part MR(w) is associated with the
instantaneous response (at angular frequency w). The following Chapters therefore will
develop the study of this complex modulus. Before dealing with the unidimensional
problem, it should be noted that the three-dimensional (isotropic) generalization of (3.9)
is:
I
+::c [ d de; .. ]
uii(t) = _"' J.(t- t) dr (tr e) t5ij + 2f.,l(t - t) d;J dt
(2) A capital letter denotes the Fourier transform ofthe function considered: F for f, M form, :E for u, E for e
etc. This transform is understood in the sense of distributions. Hence the Fourier transform of a harmonic
distribution: exp (iw 0 t) is 2m5(w- w 0 1(see Eq. (3.14b)]. However, this transform does not exist in the sense of
ordinary functions.
r
I
I
3
To return to the time domain, it is necessary to take the inverse Fourier transform of
Eq. (3.20b). The real stress a(t) is the real part of the expression obtained. The inverse
transform (3.14b) then gives rise to:
.
a(t) = Re [e'"M(w 0 ) exp (iw0 r)] (3.23a)
1
a(t) = Re { e'"[Mi(w0 ) + Mf(w0 )]2 exp [i(w 0 t + q>)]} (3.23b)
1
a(t) = e..,[Mi.(w 0 ) + Mf(w0 )]2 cos (w0 t + q>) (3.23c)
In the harmonic problem. stress and strain are hence out of phase by a quantity q>
directly related to the viscosity of the medium. This viscosity therefore causes a lag
between response and excitation in the steady-state problem defmed by (3.20a). As the
angular frequency w 0 tends towards 0, the influence of viscosity becomes lesser and the
static limit(41 is obtained by (3.22) and (3.23):
a= e..,MR(O) (3.24)
Equation (3.24) should be compared with (3.17). Hence it is natural to associate.
the viscoelastic behavior examined with the elastic behavior defmed by modulus
MR(O) = M 0 , called the relaxed modulus. However, it is very important to stress that this
(3) The complex notation is e'ident: the physical quantity is the real pan of the complex quantity
e(t) = £, cos w 0 t. This will always be understood in the following discussion, if not mentioned.
(41 Note here that, since the inenia terms are ignored in principle (sample of negligible mass). the term static
means that the time is suiTiciently long (pulsation w;;; 1/r very small) for relaxation at imposed strain e., to be
complete, and MR(O) is merely the relaxed modulus (Section 3.4.1).
106 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
in no way prejudges the elastic energy (reversible) that can be stored by the viscoelastic
material analyzed for a motion defmed by (3.20a) and (3.23 ). Thus it is not because:
a ( t, = 2mr
roo ; n = 0, 1, ... ) = e.,.MR(w 0 ) (3.25)
e(t,) =o
that it can be stated that the elastic energy at times t .. is equal to e!MR/2. The evaluation of
this energy can only be undertaken with additional data about the '1 iscoelastic behavior
analyzed. This could, for example, be the case of the rheological models that we shall
examine in Section 3.4.1.
Let us now consider the energy dissipated over a period. This energy is written:
!: ae dt
LIW =
f 0
since the elastic energy is reversible over a period T = 2n 'w 0 . Considering that the
(3.26)
quantities concerned in (3.26) are real, one obtains from (3.20a) and (3.23):
Ll W = ne!M 1(w 0 ) (3.27)
The energy dissipated per period is hence directly proportional to the imaginary part of
the complex modulus. Note that defmition (3.26) shows that Ll W can be measured by the
area of the closed curve described in the plane [e(t), a(t)] during a period. Eliminating
the time between (3.20a) and (3.23), it can be shown that this curve is an ellipse (Fig. 3.3). In
the plane related to dimensionless coordinates (e(t)/e ... , a(t)/em IMI ), the main axes of the
ellipse are plotted by the major and minor bisectors. The ratio of the half-axes is
1/tan 2 ({J/2, the major axis being plotted by the major bisector and equivalent to
2 cos 2 qJ/2.
CJ (t)
In the elastic case, the ellipse is reduced to the major axis because, in this case, lf' = 0 and
IMI = MR. The intersection of the ellipse with the major axis is given by:
e = ± e,.. cos lf'/2, u = ± IMI e,. cos lf'/2
The fact that A W depends on the frequency is characteristic of viscous behavior,
because this implies that the power dissipated depends on the strain velocities which are
proportional to w. For instance, in the case of dry friction, which depends only on the
limiting stress, this dependence disappears.
In conciusion, we must stress that, for harmonic problems, the expressions of phase
shift qJ (3.22) and of dissipated power (3.27) depend only on the data of the complex
modulus.
p(IMI- M.J
oc = Wo (3.33b)
21MI 2
1
where IMI =(Mi. + Mf}2.
Assuming weak viscoelastic effects, i.e. M 1 ~ MR, Eqs. (3.31) and (3.33) lead us to:
2oc M1
(3.33d)
-;:= MR
Thus the wave's phase velocity at angular frequency w 0 is given (to the nearest second
order) by the same equation as in elasticity, if care has been taken to replace M 0 [refer to
(3.17)] by MR(w 0 ). Moreover, the ratio M.JMR is again observed to appear in the
expression of attenuation deriving from the dissipati,·e character of viscoelasticity.
(angular frequencies. w 0, w0 -
Aw
T and Wo +
Aw) :
T
II ko+~
2
ko
~
ko-T
llx
-T
Fig. 3.4 Example of the composition of three waves. The result is given on the
lower curve [see Eq. (3.34)] (after Cohen-Tannoudji et al., Mecanique
quantique.© 1977, Hermann, Paris).
whose spectrum is different from 0 over a band Ak or .1w, this means that the narrower the
band, the more spread out the wave "packet".
Let us now consider a later time. Equation (3.34) shows that the maximum of lu(x, t)l,
which was found at x = 0 at time t = 0, is now at the point :
Aw
XM = Ak t (3.36)
and not at point x = (w 0 fk 0 )t = V0 t. The physical origin of this result appears in Fig. 3.5.
Part (a) of this ftgure represents the position at time t = 0 of three adjacent maxima (1), (2)
Ak
ko+T 1,,) 1(2) 1(3) 1(1) 1(2) 1(3)
Ak
ko--· 1(1) 1(2) 1(3) 1(1) 1(2) 1(3)
2 X X
0 0
(a) t
xM(O)
(b)
t
xJt(t)
and (3) for each of the real parts ofthe three waves. The maxima identified by subscript (2)
coincide at x = 0, and constructively interfere and therefore correspond to the peak
ju(x, 0)!. In the case of Fig. 3.5, where the velocity increases with k (the most frequent case),
the maxima (3) of each wave merge. After a certain time interval, the situation shown
schematically in Fig. 3.5b is thus obtained: the maxima with subscript (3) coincide and
give the position of the maximum xM(t) oflu(x, t)l. One can therefore clearly see in Fig. 3.5
that xM(t) is not equal to V0(t) but is given by Eq. (3.36).
In the more general case in which the signal corresponds to a Fourier spectrum of
amplitude U (k), varying slowly with k and being non-zero over a narrow band centered at
k 0 • the center of the corresponding wave packet can be obtained in a similar way by the so-
called stationary phase method. Without going into mathematical details, which are
unnecessary here, the displacement in the time domain is actually given by the transform
[Eq. (3.14b)]:
Since U(k) is assumed to vary slightly. the most significant contribution to the signal
corresponds to constructive interferences in time t at position x. or, for a properly
stationary phase:
c (3.38)
ck [kx - w(k)t]iko = 0
Hence for:
XM = V,(ko)t; V,(ko) = dw
dk I (3.39)
ko
where V, is the group velocity of the wave packet centered at k 0 and corresponds to the
velocity at the peak value.
One may well question the relevance ofthe foregoing remarks for the viscoelastic state.
The quantity U(k) is transformed into U(k) exp [- cx(k)x]. To apply the method of the
stationary phase, it is necessary for this quantity, U(k) exp [- cx(k)x]. to vary slightly in
the frequency band considered. This condition is satisfied if the value of cx~k) is small, an
assumption that has been experimentally justified for most rocks (see Section 5.1.2). In this
case, the foregoing argument leading to 13.39) is valid. If not, no conclusions can be drawn
without additional data.
Note however that it is the interference effects that led to the concept of group velocity.
The group velocity V,(k 0 ) is different from the phase velocity V0 when the phase velocity is
frequency-dependent. The medium is then stated to be dispersive. In elastic media, the
interferences leading to a dispersive character are of geometric origin and are generally
produced by multiple reflection effects (wave guides). Hence, in an infmite homogeneous
elastic medium, w 0 is always equal to k 0 V0 , the group velocity coincides with the phase
velocity, and the frequency content of a given signal does not change. For an infmite
homogeneous viscoelastic medium, this does not apply, because of dispersion due to
intrinsic dissipation. The group velocity does not coincide with the phase velocity, and,
3 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 111
V, = dw
dk I=
lo
V(ko) + ko dV
dk I ko
(3.40a)
or
_!_ __1 __ ~dvl (3.40b)
V,- V(w 0 1 V 2 (w 0 ) dw wo
where P is the power per unit area, and IHI the total energy density (sum of the kinetic
energy C and elastic energy V), while the notation ( ·) indicates that the average is taken
over a period T((·) = ~ tr· dt). In the unidimensional case, (3.41) would be written:
( uu '>
vg = (lf2pu2) ~,(1 '2u~) (3.421
On the other hand, since the stationarity principle of the Lagrangian C - \ no longer
applies to viscoelastic media due to dissipation, the energy propagation velocity of a
narrow-band centered signal is neither the group velocity nor the phase velocity. In the
two- or three-dimensional case, for a pure monochromatic wave (i.e. no interference
effects) that is not homogeneous (planes of equal phase not parallel to planes of equal
amplitude. see Chapter 6). the energy propagation velocity once again is neither the group
velocity [i.e. defmed by (3.40)] nor the phase velocity. Only in infmite homogeneous linear
viscoelastic media do homogeneous monochromatic waves (as always satisfied in
unidimensional conditions) have an energy propagation ,·elocity equal to the phase
velocity (Borcherdt, 1973).
From the experimental standpoint, with respect to rocks in an infmite medium where no
interference effects occur (as dispersion of geometric origin is obYiously possible in
viscoelastic media), one must consider the relative importance of the concept of group
velocity.
Since attenuations are often such that the parameter "1. is small (low or medium
attenuations), dispersion of intrinsic origin is also low, and the group and phase velocities
may be merged as a ftrst approximation. Moreover, ifthe ray path for a given experiment is
short, signiftcant dispersion, in effect, has no time to occur. Using Eq. (3.30b), the
attenuation of a monochromatic wave can be obtained by:
1 dA d
oc = - - - = - - - (In A) 16 ' (3.43a)
A dxM dx.\1
or
a:= _ _1 _ I n A(x.\1,) (3.43b)
for x.\1, < x.v,
x.\1 2 - xM, A(x.\1,)
where A is the wave amplitude, and x.v• xM, and x.v, different observation positions.
For a wave packet, the general concept of attenuation cannot be extracted from the
dispersion effects discussed above. For moderate attenuations. however, Eqs. (3.43a)
and (3.43b) can be appplied, taking the signal peak value equal to A. The attenuation
determined can then be considered as the attenuation at the central frequency of the signal.
Note that this defmition involves only the complex modulus. It also applies to any
medium modeled by linear viscoelasticity, although it does not draw on any particular
viscoelastic model like those which we shall examine in the next Section (Section 3.4). The
quality factor is dimensionless. Since the imaginary part of the modulus is zero for a non-
dissipative elastic medium, the factor Q is infmite. By contrast. a zero quality factor implies
an infmitely attenuating medium, without any transmission quality.
(6) The unit of attenuation is the neper per unit length. :x can also be expressed in dB unit lengtl:. and one can
write:
%dB ur:it len,C: = 8.686 2:~p unit 1entth
~
Note that deftnition (3.44) is intrinsic and makes no reference to experiments which lead
to its measurement, experiments which will be examined subsequently.
For the most general linear viscoelastic medium, the developments in the foregoing
sections enable Q to be related to other apparent parameters. The factor Q is fust related to
the phase shift cp(w) between stress and strain measured on a sample subjected to a
harmonic excitation [see Eq. (3.221]:
l
Q(w) = cp(w) Q~ l (3.45b)
~-1
Wo ~ (3.46at
a=l;,J2 Jl+ 1
Q2
or alternatively
Q = w0
2aV0
[t _cx ~~] 2
w0
(3.46bl
DiffriCted wave
z
,"::/
2r
'o,
... -,/
'.... _........
I I
(p) . . -.. ,
- .....
I,0 __ \
...
p --
,-
I
..... I I
I
0\I
""' _..... I ""'
Source l(
··o,
1
,_,,
'
-' .....
' .....
.,- .....
Receiver
' I
lo'
...
' _,
I 0\I
' _....
I I I
....
Let us now assume that an incident P wave (see Chapter 2) propagates in this medium.
The P and S wave velocities of the medium corresponding to the supposedly elastic matrix·
are denoted Vr and J--S. The incident wave is expressed by:
u = u 0 exp [i(kx - rot)] (3.50)
where kVp = w. The incident power per unit area is written:
P0 = Uxxu (3.51)
Stress u xx is determined from (3.50) by:
q xx = (A + 2J-t)U,x (3.52)
where A. and J-1 are the Lame constants (see Chapter 2).
The average incident power over a period, defmed by:
2"
POv = 27t
w
Jol"' P 0 dt (3.53)
When the incident wave meets a spherical cavity, an elementary scattering process
occurs. The scattered wave is the superposition of two waves, an S wave and a P wave. This
scattered wave radiates energy in all directions, and this energy is subtracted from the
incident wave energy. The latter is accordingly attenuated. To quantify the elementary
scattered power, it is customary to introduce the notion of scattering cross-section SE
which is the ratio of the average power scattered over a period to the average incident
power per unit area. Hence it has the dimensions of an area.
Many authors have investigated scattering effects by inclusions. Ying and Truell ( 1956)
in particular determined the expression of the scattering cross-section for a spherical
cavity. If the incident wavelength is large in comparison with the cavity radius r, they
found:
SE = gk•r6 m (3.55)
If the spherical cavities are sufficiently distant from each other, i.e. if the number of
spherical cavities n per unit volume is small (in practice, if the porosity is lower than 20%),
it can be considered that no interactions occur between the scattered waves (no
interference, and no multiscattering effects). The scattering cross-sections can then be
added (see for example Waterman and Truell, 1961). This additivity of scattering cross-
sections allows the approximation to the f1rst order of multiple scattering to be made (see
for example Ishimaru, 1978). In this approximation. it is considered that the direct wave is
no longer the incident wave defmed by (3.50), but a wave attenuated by the elementary
scatterers on the path already traveled. More specifically, consider a direct wave of
average power P"v per unit area. In the volume dx d}' dz, the number of spherical cavities is
ii dx dy dz. By defmition of the scattering cross-sections and from the principle of their
additivity, the average power lost - dP"r by the direct wave on a path dx satisfies:
- dP"v dy dz = iiSEP"c dx dy dz (3.56)
from which, by integration:
P"v = POv exp (- 2cxx), u = u0 exp (- cxx) exp [i(kx - rot)] (3.57)
where attenuation oc is:
1 -s (3.58)
oc=2nE
Equation (3.33d) and the definition of the quality factor Q (3.44) then give rise to:
Q-t = iiSE (3.59)
k
2+32 (V.)s 2 J 4]
g=941t ~
[ 3+ 40 L
Vs
nfVrYl
2
-2(vJ +3(vJ +16C,J
3 Vr 2 Vr 9 Vr
If the wavelength is no longer large compared with the cavity radius, the expression of SE differs from (355t and
the frequency-dependence to the fourth power disappears.
116 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
where ¢ is the porosity. This consists in isolating the cavities in the tangent spheres of
radius R = r/¢ 1 ' 3 • Combining (3.55) and (3.59) this gives:
Q- 1 = c/Jgk3r3 (3.63)
Equation (3.63) shows that Q- 1 is proportional to the cube of the frequency, and also to
the cube of the cavity radius. Hence, at the seismic to ultrasonic frequencies, scattering
processes are negligible. They only become important at the very high frequencies.
Emphasis must be placed on the fact that it would be misleading (or useless) to attempt
to reverse the law of viscoelastic behavior defmed by (3.63) in the time domain.
Apart from the high frequency limit fc of the analysis, other dissipative mechanisms with
far more importaJ.l,t effects occur in the low frequency ranges (i.e. f ~ fc), where scattering
processes are negligible. Thus, if the cavities are ftlled with a fluid, it is the viscosity of the
fluid that plays the most important role in dissipation. Walsh (1969) pointed out that a
fluid inclusion in a homogeneous matrix satisfactorily obeys the standard model
developed in Section 3.4.1. The central angular frequency c.o, [see (3.76)] is then equal to
ep.f'f, where e is the aspect ratio< 81 ofthe fluid-ftlled cavity, '7 the viscosity of the fluid, and J1.
the shear modulus of the matrix. Other authors investigated the problem of wave
propagation for a concentration of cavities ftlled with viscous fluids (in particular Datta,
1975). While these investigations are in themselves interesting in attempting to relate
macroscopic viscous models to microscopic effects whose physical origin is clearly
understood, they are nevertheless limited, because the experimental conftrmations are not
conclusive. This is due to the fact that many other dissipation processes occur. They are
analyzed in Chapter 5.
(8) The aspect ratio is the ratio of the two extreme dimensions of the inclusion: for a sphere this is l, for an
ellipsoid with a major axis a and minor axis c. this is cfa and e ~ l.
.,-
:I
i
3 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTlC MEDIA 117
If the force acting on the element is denoted by a and t denotes its extension, the
equations of beha\ior are:
• For the spring:
a= Et (3.64)
• For the dash-pot:
t1 = ,t (3.65)
In its simplest form, this equation represents a linear and viscous behavior which
linearly relates the force (or stress) t1 exerted on the element to the extension rate (or strain
rate) e to which the element is subjected.
We shall now examine the case of a commonly used model, the so-called u standard" or
Zener model, shown in Fig. 3.8.1f t 0 and t 1 are the extensions (strains) of the two springs,
using Eqs. (3.64) and (3.65) one obtains:
e = t 0 + e1
a= Eoto (3.66)
a= Ettt +'let
Eo
11
Fig. 3.8 Standard or Zener model.
118 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
where£ is the total strain of the model. It is then easy to deduce from (3.66) the equation:
a+ r'X)a = E 0 r 00 e+ E 00 £ (3.67)
where we have set:
'I I 1 1
= (3.68)
1:
cc E0 + E 1 ·Eoo
-=-+-
E0 E 1
The parameter r is called the characteristic relaxation time as it is representative of an
X>
experiment in which the strain is imposed [ d~:fdt = 0 in (3.67)] and in which the relaxation
of the stress (to be imposed) to maintain this strain is observed (see Section 3.1.2). The
parameter Eoo is the delayed elastic modulus; after an infmite time interval, it linearly
relates the stress and strain (a= t = 0). On the other hand, £ 0 is the instantaneous
modulus. It can then be shown that the solution of (3.67) can be written:
0£
I
t
a(t) = r(t - r) -d dr (3.69)
-oo 1:
r(t) = E + (E0
00 - E aol exp ( - r ~) t ~0 (3.70)
r(t) =0 t < 0
The function r(t) is hence the relaxation function of the standard model, which had been
defmed in general by Eqs. (3.5) and (3.6b). Proceeding as in Section 3.2, one can determine
from (3.69):
+oo
with
a(t) = _
I 00
m(t - r)~:(r) dr (3.71)
.
dr
m=- (3.72)
dt
(3.70) and (3.72) can then be used to obtain the complex modulus relative to the Zener
model:
1+r 00 r 0 w 2 • r 0 -r,
M(w) = M0 • + zM 0 w · • (3.73)
+ t
2
00 W
2
1 + ! 200 W
where we have set:
The quality factor is determined from the defmition (3.44) and Eq. (3.73) by:
Q= 1 + t:/0 t 0 ci
(3.75)
0(t 0 - t ,,J
The maximum 1/Q representing maximum dissipativity is obtained for the central
angular frequency rom:
w = .ytot:r:
~ 0.76)
m
and is therefore
to- tao
1/Q(ro,.,)= ~ (3.77)
2-y t 0 t 00
Figure 3.9 gives the variations of Q and MR(ro) as a function of angular frequency ro.
a-1
~MRP(w) 0.9 0.08
0.8 0.04
1
""'m == -;:r;;;:
I
I
0.7 1 -=r= I I I 7't: I 0
-3 -2 -1 0 2 3
Angular frequency (log IClllt)
The Zener model represents the network of three elements. Two other simpler models
are defmed by the limit cases. One of them is the Kelvin-Voigt model, obtained for
E0 ~ oo. This is the prototype of solid rheological models, because the delayed elastic
modulus Eoo is non-zero. The second is the Maxwell model, obtained for £ 1 ~ 0. This is
the prototype of fluid models. because the delayed elastic modulus tends towards 0; in
other words the delayed strain is infmite and the material "flows" indefmitely (see
Fig. 3.10).
i~ I
I
120 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
~~ 1-f
'I Eo
If-IN • a
;I I
~ I
Time lal
.E~
'I
I!
en
::!:J--- El
a
~=I I I
Time lbl
Fig. 3.10 Maxwell (a) and Kelvin-Voigt (b) models and their creep functions.
The Maxwell and Kelvin-Voigt models are very important because it can be shown
(Mandel, 1966) that any linear viscoelastic solid can be represented by a series network of
Kelvin-Voigt models and a spring (constant M 00 ), representing the instantaneous
elasticity (Fig. 3.11 ), or in an equivalent manner by a parallel network of Maxwell models
and a spring (constant M 0 ) representing the delayed elasticity. If the representation by
Kelvin-Voigt models is adopted, in a similar manner to (3.66), this gives the equations:
II
e = e0 + L e1 (3.78a)
i= 1
For harmonic problems, it has been shown (Section 3.3.2) that, for a harmonic strain
e = e,. cos wt, the stress is written :
u= Bm lMl cos (wt + qJ) (3.811
ir
-1 M_
----+ E1 eo
a
Ej-1 Ei
Mj
ei-1 Ej e1
Equations (3. 79), (3.85) and (3.86) then lead successively to:
=~
2 2
\1 2 [IMI " IMI £ 1 cos 2(c.ot + cp) IMI 2
4 e... M QO + L...j IMJ·1 2 + M QO
· 20Jt 1m M
(M2 + EJ M2)]
Mf
4 -SID • (3.87b)
1 e!MR
\1 = 4 + 41 e! Re [(M2 M2)
Moo + MJ £1 exp (2ic.ot) J (3.87c)
122 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
This expression had already been obtained by Bland (1960) and by O'Connell and
Budiansky (1978), but in a less direct manner. Equation (3.91) gives the maximum elastic
energy W""'" in the form :
oM ) -p:}
2 2
wmax = 41 e! { M R+ [r\ M R- w eM
CWR) + ( M, - w aw' J (3.92)
Thus, as stressed in Section 3.3.2, the maximum elastic energy, contrary to a classic error
which consists in treating it as 1/2e!MR, depends in the general case on the real and
imaginary parts of the modulus and their derivatives. Based on (3.91), however, the
average elastic energy Wau is written very simply in the form:
Wa., =
1
T
f 0
2Jt
T=c;-
\1 dt =
1
4 e!MR (3.93)
This is valid in the general case of viscoelastic models assuming a discrete breakdown as in
Fig. 3.11. Since the energy dissipated per cycle is (see Section 3.3.2):
JW = ne!M1 (3.94)
Eqs. (3.93) and (3.94) immediately lead to a new defmition of Q:
Q = 4nWa., (3.95)
AW
In the general case of a rheological model, Q can therefore only be defmed from the
average elastic energy and not from the maximum elastic energy. Nevertheless, this is
possible for low and medium attenuations (Q > 10). In fact, the quantities MR and M 1, the
real and imaginary parts of the complex modulus, are related, through their very
defmition, by the Kramers-Kronig integrals (Nowick and Berry, 1972). These
relationships are linear, and it can be shown that, if M 1 = 0, then oMRfow = 0 (see
Appendix 3.1). This result can be understood by noting that the existence of an attenuation
wr-
•1
il 3 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 123
in a material (M1 :f:- 0) imposes the existence of a velocity dispersion [V = V(w) or what is
equivalent MR = M~,(w)]. The functions M,(w) and c.\I.Rfow therefore display equivalent
asymptotic behavior when attenuation becomes low:
oMR)
Q > lO ou M, ~ MR <=> ( M,. ow ~ MR (3.96)
Accordingly we have:
1 2
Q > lO \/,.." ~ 2 e,.MR (3.97)
which is valid for only low dissipations, contrary to (3.95). Hence in the case of low
attenuations, an approximate expression of the quality factor is:
2n\/,.." Q 1 (3.98)
Q ~ LtW ; ~
However, the demonstrations that led to (3.95) and (3.98) concern viscoelastic materials
for which the representation by Kelvin-Voigt models corresponds to the discrete
breakdown of Fig. 3.11. The term discrete does not imply that the elements are fmite in
number, but that their characteristics E1 and 'IJ are isolated values on the positive real axis.
The creep spectrum is said to be discrete and the material is said to have a short memory,
because only the present stress and strain time derivatives are involved in the constitutive
equation [see for example Eq. (3.67)]. If this is not the case, the representation by
rheological modeling loses its value, since in particular, Eqs. (3.95) and (3.98) can no
longer be demonstrated (although often accepted) because the discrete summation (3.84)
of the energies by means of hidden parameters such as the strains e0 and e1 is no longer
possible. The material is said to have a long memory, because all the past stress and strain
values are involved in the constitutive equation which is available only in the form of a
convolution product. To overcome this problem and to account for experimental
observations that will be discussed, we can therefore, as in the following Section, defme
the model directly using the qu.ality factor, rather than infer it a priori from a rheological
model. The value of these models (for Constant or Nearly Gonstant Q) is obvious at the
operational level, but it must be kept in mind that. in this new defmition, we lose the
advantage of an explanation of apparent macroscopic behavior by hidden parameters, an
explanation that leads to the development of rheological models.
10' 8 10'4 10 4
0.01
r
1/0 0.005
4.8
4.5
10'. 10' 4 1 10 4
Frequency (Hz)
Fig. 3.12 Typical dispersion relations for the inverse of the quality factor and
velocity for the NCQ model (after Liu et al., 1976).
The same result is obtained if the Zener model superposition is no longer discrete but
continuous (Liu et al., 1976). The NCQ modc;l's dispersion equation is then:
V(wl) ~ 1 + _1_ In col (3.99)
V(co2) 1tQ w2
Other authors have reached this conclusion mathematically by assuming Q is independent
offrequency over a wide band (Azimi et al., 1968, Strick, 1970). Lomnitz ( 1957) also arrived
at the same result by using an experimental creep law of the form:
0 t<O
f(t) = 1 + q In (1 + td) (3.100)
NCQ { Mo t ~ 0
\
where q, d and M 0 are experimental constants.
namely the wave phase velocity at a reference frequency and the value of Q. The creep
function used by Kjartansson ( 1979) has the following form :
0 t~O
27
f(t) = 1 t (3.101)
CQ
{ M_rtl -1- ?v\ Co) t~O
where r is the classic gamma function (see, for example, Abramovitz and Stegun, 1972)
and M 0 is the modulus of the complex modulus at the reference angular frequency
w 0 = 2n/t0 •
This creep function has already been analyzed by Bland ( 1960). It implies that the
complex modulus is:
2 2
iw )
M(w) = M 0 ( Wo Y= w
M 0 I Wo 1 Y exp [i1t}' sgn (w)] 9
1 ) (3.102)
For the Constant Q model, it is shown using (3.33), (3.102) and (3.103) that:
(9) The sgn (·) function is the function which yields the sign of the quantity inside the parentheses.
126 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
0=1 0= 10
1.2
3
-! -8 1.1
-~ -~
c.
~ 2
..
c
i
c
1
-~
"£
II)
1 u; .9
0 .8
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
Time Time
0=100 0= 1000
1.02 1.002
i 1.01 "B
~
1.001
'a. c.
i 1 i 1
c c
·;;
~ ! .999
.98 .998
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
Time Time
The impulse response h(t) is then the inverse Fourier transform of H(w). This response is
shown in Fig. 3.14for a unit pulse(u 0 = !)emitted at x 0 t 0 = QV0 as a function of time tft 0
[see (3.101)].
An important property of the impulse response is i
1
TocLfoc-oc - (X )t"=""Y (3.107)
A V0
where T is the wave travel time for distance x, A the signal width, and A its maximum
amplitude. This relation can be written:
T
A= b(Q) Q (3.108)
~----- -------~~--~--
~
0.6r-----;:----------,
0=1 Oc 10
!G 0.2~'
0.2
II~
0 5
I
10
o'
5
1:
10
______ ,
15
,,
20
Time Time
0.6 r - - - - - - - - - - - - , 0.6r--------------,
I ..i
0=100 0= 1000
~
0.4 0.41
~
5 0.2
i
!c 0.2~
i
01....---'-...L.--===~---L..J 0· II::=-±- II
95 100 105 110 995 1000 1005 1 010
Time Time
Fig. 3.14 Impulse response for the Constant Q model (after Kjartansson.
(C) 1979 AGU).
Assuming that y is small (i.e. Q > 10), /(t) can be approximated by its ftrst order
expansion: CQ
Moreover:
1(1 + 2y) = 1 - 2yf3 to the fust order (3.110b)
where p is the Euler constant:
f3 ;;;;: 0.57721 (Abramovitz and Stegun. 1972) (3.110c)
and hence
In the Lomnitz equation (3.100), the quantity d. inverse of a time, is very large in
comparison with the time resolution of the experiment. Therefore 1 + td ~ td, which
when introduced into (3.1001, implies that:
1
/(t) ~ -M (1 + q In td) (3.112)
NCQ 0
The same thing may be observed by starting with the dispersion equation (3.106):
3.5 VIBRATIONS
IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA
0.4ms
.........
I I I I
I I I I
I T I
: • T .:. T --+--'--~
1 ms
...........
The function t/1 corresponds to a wave propagating in the direction of increasing x, while
the function q> corresponds to a wave propagating in the direction of decreasing x. These
functions thus correspond to the successive reflections occurring at both ends of the bar (at
x = 0 for t/1, and x = I for q>). More precisely, it can be shown (Courant and Hilbert, 1962,
for example) that the solution to (3.114) and (3.115) is:
u,.,(x,t)=f ( t - -
X )
vE
+L
•• 1
00
[
-f (
t+
v£
2nl)
v£
(
X - - - +f t -X- - -
vE
2nl)]
v£
(3.119)
The f1rst term represents the propagation of the signal imposed at x = 0, while the second
and t~rd terms correspond to the n•h reflections at the ends x = I and x = 0. The
beginning of the signal in Fig. 3.15 thus corresponds to the successive reflections of the
original pulse. In relation to (3.119), however, established for an elastic case, the dissipative
processes deform the signal in two ways: on the one hand, energy is lost, and the peak
130 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
amplitude decreases, and on the other, the signal spreads due to the dispersive character of
the waves (i.e. the velocity depends on the frequency). This spreading corresponds to the
one observed for a Dirac delta function and a CQ model in paragraph 3.4.2.2.
The question arises how to interpret the later appearance of the damped sinusoid. Letus
particularize the function f by a brief excitation modeled by a Dirac 15(t). Equation (3.119)
then gives:
( VEX) + L
u.x(x,t)=b t - - <r.
n;!
[ -b ( t +X --
VE
- +b ( t -X- -2n!'J]
2n/)
VE
- (3.120)
VE VE
Taking the Fourier transform [Eq. (3.14)] of this equation, we obtain:
GO
U,x(x, k*) = exp (- ik*x) + L (exp [- ik*(x + 2nl)]- exp [ik*(x- 2nl)]) (3.121)
n;l
where k*, the wave number, is given by: k* VE = w. The equation can be expressed
alternatively in the form :
:X:
1-
-!
.~
..
Q.
E
~ -
§
~
i5
Fig. 3.16 Schematic diagram of the spectrum in the elastic case for any
point x.
When introduced in (3.123), this expression shows that the incoherent part now tends
towards 0, and we obtain:
u = ucoh = cos k(l - x) (3.128)
k sin kl
Hence, in the viscoelastic case, U has a limit whatever the frequency, with local maxima at
frequencies close to:
w, m1t
k, = VE(w,) = -,- m = 1, 2... (3.129)
For sufficiently low attenuations, the velocity Vt:(w) can be considered as independent of
the frequency, and the Eqs. (3.129) give the local maxima to the nearest second order. After
a sufficient number of reflections, the signal is mainly composed of damped sinusoids of
angular frequencies w,.. ·As a rule, attenuation increases with frequency, and the
contributions of the sinusoids to displacement disappear sooner for larger values of m. The
results are shown schematically by the spectra in Fig. 3.17.
Note that the period T in Fig. 3.15 is simply 21t/w 1 = 21/Vt:, a time which clearly
corresponds to a round-trip of the transient wave, and explains the spacing Tofthe pulses
of the ftrst part of the signal.
One can thus qualitatively explain the experimental result in Fig. 3.15: the original
signal propagates, is reflected successively at the ends, and, due to dissipative effects,
decreases in amplitude. Only the frequencies corresponding to W 111 contribute significantly
to the signal, because they correspond to constructive (in phase) interferences of the
different reflections, and thus give a signal with a sufftciently high amplitude to be able to
propagate without being attenuated too rapidly. To directly attempt to derive the pseudo-
steady state asymptotic solution requires making a modal analysis ofthe system, in other
words ignoring the transient conditions and developing the solution on the normal modes
132 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
defmed by the characteristic angular frequencies w,. This modal analysis will be examined
in the next Section.
~
a
=a
~
E
~
§
"§.
i5
u,xx + k2 u = 0 k = (I)
(3.131)
VE
The solution is straightforward:
u(x) = A sin kx + B cos kx
To obtain the asymptotic solution for a bar free at both ends, it is necessary to satisfy the
boundary conditions:
u,..,(x = 0 or x = l, t) = 0 (3.132)
or A=O, sinkl=O (3.133)
leading to the characteristic angular frequencies (or eigenvalues) and to the normal
modes:
. mn mn mnx
k, = - -, w, = - - VE, u,(x) =cos - -, m = 1, 2... (3.134)
1 1 1
r
l
I
3 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA
which are precisely the angular frequencies ro, discussed in the previous Section which
correspond to constructive interferences.
133
The term .. normal modes" arises from the fact that these modes are mutually
orthogonal, in the sense of the integral scalar product:
(2/l) J:u,u" dx = { ~ m :F n
m=n
(3.135)
This orthogonality means that the inertial forces in modem, proportional to w!u,, do
not contribute to the displacements u" of mode n :F m.
Let us now consider a viscoelastic bar subjected to linear external excitation p(x, r). The
equation of motion is (Section 3.3.3.1):
a2 u
m(r) * ax2 (x, r) = pii - s1 p(x, t) (3.136)
where Sis the cross-section of the bar. By applying the Fourier transform we obtain:
d2U 1
M(ro) dx 2 (x, ro) =- pw 2 U- S P(x, ro) (3.137)
Let us now consider the associated elastic bar defmed by the modulus M(w) = M(O) = M 0
1
and the velocity VE = (.\10 / p)2. Let us break down the solution of the viscoelastic problem
to the normal modes of this associated elastic bar :
U= L a,(w)u,(x) (3.138)
"'
where u..,(x) is defmed by (3.134). We multiply (3.138) by u" and integrate. The
orthogonality of the normal modes (3.135) gives the following as the expression for the
generalized coordinate a,.(ro):
a.,.(ro) =
ff U(x, w)u, dx
(3.139)
u! dx
By similarly multiplying (3.137) by u., and integrating, we obtain:
M(wl
f
2
ddxU
2 u., dx = - pw
2 f Uu.., d~ - S
1 fPu., dx (3.140a)
M(w)
f
2
u dx
U ddx;' + pw2 f Uu., dx = - S
1 f
Pu., dx (3.140b)
1
f P(x, w)u,.(x) dx
(3.142)
a,.(w) = R,. [M(w)/M0 ]w!- w 2
where
R,. = pS f u! dx (3.143)
For the extension modes examined here, R,. = p Sl/2. However, we shall leave R,. aside,
because the previous developments remain valid for other types of vibration (bending,
torsion, etc.) which do not necessarily satisfy R,. = constant. These other types of
vibration will be analyzed experimentally in the next Chapter.
Let us now consider free vibrations, obtained by an impact. The excitation, assumed to be
exerted at x = 0, is thus:
p(x, t) = P0 b(x)b(t)
(3.148)
P(x, w) = P0 b(x)
Equation (3.148) introduced into (3.142) with (3.138) leads to:
U= L _!l_ u,.(O)u,.(x) .
(3.149)
,. R,.w! M(ro)/M 0 - w 2 fw!
Without any additional assumption about M(w), it is impossible to proceed further. Let us
therefore consider the case in which damping is slight. In this case, in the vicinity of an
angular frequency w,., one can write:
(f) ::: (1)'" ' M(w) ~ MR(ro,.)[1 + 2ie,.J (3.150)
r
I
3 WAVE PROPAGATION
2e .. ~ .\.f,(w.,.)
135
(3.151)
.\.f~~.(w.,.)
•
Due to the slight damping, the maxima of(3.149) are clearly separated, and it is possible to
invert (3.149) in the time domain:
u(x, r) = I
m:l
RPo 2
mWm
u..(O)u.,.(x) exp (- e. . w.,.t) sin co,..t (3.152)
This equation corresponds to the qualitative result of the experiment in Section 3.5.1.
Tm=211/W
·1 • m .-1 u ltol•- ~mwm(t-tol
•
-! Llto+T I /
£ ~mf
l
For slight damping, the quality factor is thus related simply to reduced damping and to the
logarithmic decrement. The quality factor is obtained in the vicinity of the characteristic·
angular frequency Wm·
In the case of the impact experiment previously described, the first characteristic
frequency is the ohly one to make a significant contribution [factor 1/w! in (3.152)]. Hence
only Q(wd can be determined. To obtain the quality factor at higher frequencies by the
logarithmic decrement, it is preferable fJCSt to subject the bar to forced excitations near the
desired angular frequency wm, and then interrupt the excitation. The free vibrations then
occur at the desired angular frequency given the adequate initial conditions.
Let us now consider the case offorced vibrations. Each term of the series (3.146) can be
placed in the form:
Po
u..,(x, t) = - R2 cos (wt - rpm)A..,u,.(x)u,.(x 0 )
(3.155)
,.w,.
where A.., is the amplitude term:
1
A,.= 1 (3.156)
[(Ma/M0 - w 2 /w!} 2 + (M.fM 0 ) 2 ]2
Assuming slight damping (Q ~ 1), we know from the Kramers-Kronig relations that
Ma ~ M 0 (see Section 3.4.1 and Appendix 3.1) and the amplitude term is reduced to:
1
A,.~ 1 (3.157)
[(1 - w2 /w;.) 2 + (MJ!Ma) 2]2
A!(Wr)
w..,
A!(Wu)
=
w,.
=
2
A (1)
2
(3.158)
----- ----------------------------
T I
3 WAVE PROPAG.... TION II' VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 137
E
1 0.4
~ 0.2
ol I
1000
. "' :r
1500
. =:e'
2000
1
2500
I J
Frequency (Hz)
0 F---;----=w-· I '
1
'
J r
: ~
1
The measurement of the phase difference between excitation and displacement offers
another means to determine ru1 and wu. In fact, for MR;;;; M 0 , the expression of tan cp.,.
(3.147) immediately shows that:
l
138 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 3
A({l)
1
a= 011 _n
AM(O} 1
VV2AM(0}
w
n=-
n, nu "'m
Fig. 3.21 Principle of the measurement of Q by frequency sweep.
The introduction of Eq. (3.155) for u,(x0 , t) into the foregoing equation gives:
Ll W = 1tP~ u!(x0 ) sin cp,.
R 2 1
(3.162)
,.w,. [(MR/M0 - ru 2 /ru!) 2 + (M1/M 0 ) 2 ]2
For rheological models, the average elastic energy V,., in the case of slight damping, for
which MR ~ M 0 , can be written from (3.93) in the form:
V,.,=4M
1 0 f' 0
s!dx (3.163)
Introducing the expression of s,., taken from (3.155), in (3.163), and substituting the
expression ofsin cp, deduced from (3.141), we obtain, after a few calculations:
47tV,.., Q~
Q ::::-- 1 (3.164)
LIW
~------ - -- ------~-
T
I
I
I
3 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA
This shows that the local expression (3.95) can be generally applied to the resonant bar
with the difference that Eq. (3.164) for the resonant bar is valid only for dampings such
139
I
that Q ~ 1, whereas (3.95) was valid assuming rheological models alone. Simultaneously,
it can be shown that:
27tV""'.x
Q ~ AW Q~ 1 (3.165)
Table 3.1 shows all the ways to deftne or approximate the expression of the quality
factor Q, whose reference defmition is M .. 1M 1, and notes which experiments underlie these
defmitions. Each of the experimental techniques (resonance or propagation mechanisms
using standing or traveling waves) allows the direct or indirect measurement of a speciftc
quality factor Q. In fact, every value of the quality factor Q = (M .. I M 1) is associated with
the type of excitation analyzed, and hence with the elastic modulus concerned. A bar in
extension allows the measurement of QE = E~./E., where E =E.. + iE1 is the complex
Young's modulus. A measurement performed on shear waves allows the measurement of
Q5 = JLRIJL~o where JL = Jl1. + ip1 is the complex shear modulus. We can also defme Q.c
= Ka/ K 1, where K = K .. + iK1 is the complex bulk modulus even if a direct experimental
measurement seems ditTtcult to realize. Winkler and Nur (1979) showed that, for slight
attenuations (i.e. by ignoring the products ofthe imaginary parts of the elastic moduli) and
by using the correspondence principle (Fung, 1965) (i.e. by replacing the relations between
real terms of Table 2.2 by the same relations but in complex terms), it is possible to obtain
simple relations between Qp, Q5, QE and Q.c:
3 1 - 2v 2(v + 1)
-=--+---:- (3.166)
QE QK Qs
1+ v
3(1- v) 2(1 - 2v)
~= Qp Qs
The Poisson's ratio vis obtained from the velocities by the equation:
v=
v~ - 2 v~
2 2 =
Vi - 2 v~
2 (3.167)
2(Vp- V 5 ) 2Vs
TABLE 3.1
SUMMARY OF QUALITY FA<-TOR (Q = M,jM1) DEFINITIONS
Parameters Viscoelastic
Possible experiments AnyQ Q~l Sections
concerned models
1t
15., Free vibrations on resonant bar Q~- All 3.5.3
15.,
-----------~- ---~~---·
3 WAVE PROPAGATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 141
2 v:(4 Vi - Vi)
V,. = 3Vi- Vi
V2 _ V~(3V~- 4V~)
(3.168)
E- v~- Vi
2 2 4 2
VK=V,.-3Vs
Q,.=
- "'' -2 v~ (3.169)
Q5 K 4 Vs
I+ Jill
Finally, it can be shown that one of the following relations always occurs:
QJt > Q,. > QE > Qs for high V,./Vs ratios (e.g. in dry or totally saturated rocks),
Q" < Q,. < QE < Q5 for low V,./Vs ratios (e.g. for partially saturated rocks),
Q" = Q,. = QE = Qs.
3. 7 CONCLUSIONS
viscoelastic behavior. It is clear that this is merely a model that may not necessarily
represent reality. Laboratory experiments nevertheless show that, as a ftrst
approximation, this model is satisfactory and can serve to analyze field problems, for
example.
The many causes of dissipation, and their relative preponderance according to the
frequency range analyzed, normally preclude any attempts to make a too sophisticated
defmition of a complex modulus. and hence a factor Q (and even more the creep and
relaxation functions), by refming the models developed in this Chapter. The procedure
required can be identif1ed clearly. It proceeds from a dual standpoint. experimental and
theoretical. From the experimental standpoint, it consists of analyzing the variations of
the quality factor for each type of rock, which appears to be the most interesting quantity
to measure, apart from velocities, as a function ofvarious parameters (frequency, porosity,
water content, etc.), for which care has been taken, as much as possible, to isolate these
effects in an ad hoc experiment.
From the theoretical standpoint, it consists of a careful study to understand the major
physical effects responsible for the observed attenuation at the frequency studied. This
makes it possible to model the processes, or rather represent them by viscoelastic models
such as those developed in this Chapter. These models thus appear more as working tools
rather than as an end in themselves. Adapted to the rocks analyzed, they can therefore
provide guidance for a mathematical modeling of the processes involved, not only at the
level of the laboratory sample, but at the level of f1eld seismics. We shall discuss these
points in their various aspects in the subsequent Chapters.
Appendix 3.1
THE KRAMERS-KRONIG RELATIONS
Since the complex modulus is the Fourier transform of min the sense of distributions:
+or:: dr
M(w) = MR(w) + i.\11(w) =
o::dr
MR(w) = r 0 +[ -d cos wt dt
0:: t
d
(3A.4)
f
+:x:
M1(w) =- ..!... sin CJt dt
- Xl dt
---
3 WAVE PROP:\GATION IN VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 143
since the discontinuity of the relaxation function rat t = 0 is a Dirac delta function r 0 c5(t)
for its derivative, considered in the sense of distributions. In (3A.4), unlike (3A.3), we deal
with integrals of ordinary functions. Similarly, one can introduce (see Section 3.3.2) a
function such that :
~>+ao
e(t) = I
.. -:o
j(t - t)O'(t) dr j=dt
df (3A.5)
M aW
2w
( ) = Mo+-
n:
1
io
00
M 1(«) d«
-----
« wl - «
2
M 1(w) =-
n:
i0
ao
(Ma(«) - Mo)
(l)
«2 - ( l )
d«
.-
(3A.8)
J•(«)
« d«
2 -
i"' (
.YJao 1t 0 OC - (l)
(3A.9)
J 1(w) 'w
= :_ 1 )
la(«)-- - 2d«
-- •
1t 0 Mao W -«
where the integrals are taken as principal values. Thus with Eq. (3A.8), one can show that,
if M 1 = 0, then Ma(w) = M 0 is a constant.
.....1
4
experimental techniques for
measuring velocties and attenuations
'-
INTRODUCTION
The prnioul Chapter attempted to show that the concepts of velocity and attenuation
were complex, even at the lewl of their dcf'mitiou. We have stressod that eac;h of these
definitions stemmed from a different experimental technique, and that. mathematically,
, __
the deftnitions could be coqsidered to be equivalent for low or medium attenuations. This
"--•
statement is true from the mathematical standpoint: in other words, for each experiment,
each measuriag metftOCI· was idealized formodeliil;.ln fact. the many interference effects,
or, more simply. experimental dift'tculties encountered, mean that the measured quantity is
not exactly the one anticipated or that it contains a substantial error. For instance, the
.....
·
l'DC81UleiDCIIIt of aueauatioa :M quilc d6cult. ovea ita the laboratory. It is nec:enary to
extract tho.._ we WMl ftoiD . a·Witolt.,..:of illlelfenuas-~ ~
multiple nleclioM. ........ etc.)wlaoletl'ccts MOIRORI or less foraeeable and imply
the aeed lor ~ This llmlals tlae impoetaace. of a souad knowledp of
expcriJnoaaalteeluaiquaforiiWUUriaavelocityandaueauaboaforaaoocJ undentancliDJ
'- oldie reliability- ~ oftbe .... aad to he able to GOmpue various sots of uta
found in tlac literature.
Three maia caM&oria o(.meuuremata can. be dist~: ·.
(a) Measurements us~ travolioa waVes.
(b) Measurements usin& vibratiaa systems.
(c) Measumnents usia& stress/strain curves which are distinguished from the second
catqory, althoup it uses an cquivttent ~~tation system.
For each~ we shall examine tbt·eom:ctions to be applied to the raw data;
~
~
146 TECHNIQUES FOR MEASURING VELOCITIES AND ATTENUATIOJI;S 4
4.1 MEASUREMENTS
'USING WAVE PROPAGATION
4.1.1 · Difficulties
Measuring methods using travdiag. waves are especialLy interesting because, by
defmition, the mechanisms involved are propagation processes.~imilar to those of seismic
exploration. Naturally, for laboratory measurements, the frequency range is totally
different (around I MHz) as compared with the frequencies used in the fteld (50 Hz in
seismics and 10kHz in logging) (see Ftg. 4.1). The wavelengths are hence quite different,
and the mechanisms responsible for the deformation of ultrasonic and seismic signals are
not necessarily the same. Furthermore, the velocity dispersion processes associated with
the presence of attenuations become significant. Exploration geophysicists are thoroughly
familiar with the problems encoun~.in tryW, to ~late a seismic section to a sonic
log (Goetz er al., 1979). The extrapolation of the results obtained in the laboratory to the
fteld is therefore a difficult problem.
· NeverthelesstJaemetllodsthat\Vemddcscrib'eareWOtrllall)ta,..blc·tof'llllet__..
aswellaslaboratorylifnals.lnthe'fieli.·a.--Gfeft'ectstlfstwebotltdle.,.....tioft
and shape of tksipal itself. ·For scillllic prGpaptkm, tile naaitt di«tcuuciee . .ra
from the
ignorance of the distance traveled by dlle wave. 11lil waw.ce.uinlfdtlft·not follow the
straipt ray path generally 8JIUM, 'but rather a eutVeCl path~ to''thc
... prOifeSSive variation in the acoustic pMpertiesoftlte formationsaw:ouatered. Moreover,
even if straight ray paths are assumed, the depth of the different interfaeet is unknoWb. At "'·
best, if the multiple refte«iOM have been elinlllrated cort11atly. one may determine the
travel time to the different interfaces. The int~~l vel~y ~t~~n two i~terfaces is then
determined by the maximum likelihood enctgy metftod. Fin-~:Y, iq ~g,J seismics, the
existence of a poorly-known weatb~ :z:one (WZ), w~icb, .is iDJwnioaen~us and .
attenuating, further adds to the djfftCul~ in ~Cnninins the vel()Qty. In brief, it is
assumed that we can distinguish variatiOnS of 1'Yo to 2o/o on seismic velocities, but that the
absolute value of these velocities .is only known widaill 100.4. ·As lot acoustic loging, the
formations encountered by the propaptins wave are better known, but mechanisms such
as wave scattering at the fractures may give rise to errors in the velocity (e.s. cycle
skipping). In the case of very high attenuations, the signal received may be very weak and
the velocity measurement very disturbed. We shall be discussing a laboratory example
below.
• j '
----T
-..__..-
·-/
•'~'
~· 4 l'l!dfNtQul!s POl( ~·~AMD1A'I"n!NUATroNs 147
I We have jUst descrit'Jed some- of· the dilfle'bltiet eac6Untered in the fteld in the
· · measurement of velocity; Hence itisdear that the~t ofattftuationwiHbe ~
- }t"·I motedift1cvltlto adlieft.lnfact, tile attenuation ofbtlerest to us is the tnrrlPISic attenuation
of the medium, namely that relafe(Ho·flle interadion between the wave and the porous
I medium and its saturating flui~ u opposed to the extrinsic attenuation. which depends
I on the geometry of the beds and on the source (scattering. internal multiples. geometric
divergence, etc.). In the fteld, in fact,•the simple propagation of the wave in the rock
formation is modified by,pttering. and by internal multiples that constitute energy losses
unrelated to the lois dUe 'to the iM1uticity c:Jf tfN,media tl"''fetsecl. It is~ difficult to
correct these drects (Schoenberger and Levin. 1974~ ~is why reliable attenuation
~
- ; measurements in the freld are taken either in well-known aDdllomoseneohs regions, using
well-to-weU propap~a. for cupaple. or by .~JeCOI'diaas obtained ia.t.he wella and by
~rial siinaJa that have. travclo4 . . . .._t.patbs. A second major source of
dilf~eulty is tbe ~of~ di-..- ItisacocraUY NIUDlCd that the initial
wave.ftoJ&til~whereK.U.:r.it~~tnJir~ Tbismattcris welllaaown
to sipal pr~l .ptb~ w~ to ~ tlaeir nKX)rdiags for seomctric
diver~, apply a U.. A»m!dioo·io r' (~here /l. f!l Oaad ~the t ~n«Pectcd
or
for a spboric:al wave. The ~- tbc qJIJDCrical value of the factor , remains
CJDpirical..AAotllef ~of problems io ~a. .ualio~ais4be biah·noise level in.
scisaait~ TM~of-.iad~~oot~lyrclatcdtotbe
desired~ For~plc.iathe~,..U~ica,~wavcs(pstudo-RayJeiab or
Stoneley) could constitute .. noise" if one were interested in the refracted S arrival. This
rapid description of the processes involved in the deformation of the signal points out the
or
extreme difr)tUky obtainina meaain,.ul resUlts in the raeld.
With rupect to laboratoryJDeUurements, some of the problems mentioned above c:an
·-- be eliminated. To beam "'tb, the ..-lium analyzed is well(!) known, the interfaces deftned,
·- and the ray paths relat~ely clc8r, pftll'llly yieldina accurate Velocity measurements
("itbin J'!. ~ Yet a 4iftlculty arilea ila ,..._.,accurately the dme or the.Jirst arrival in
,_
an atteJtuatina ~ Weshall.,....i~~~~t ttu.l.~ in detaiHt~ the next Sec:tion. As for
attenuatioa meuumpenta, multiple reflections-.cl iatcrference arrivals can be eliminated
(e.a. by usia& samples of *'*tuate size). For~ leas....._
1 MHz (for ccntimctric ·
'-._.../
saqaples), however, the lfODletric ~vcrpnce effect. ~Y ~important, and, as a rule,
operations are conducted at discanoes &om the ICtUfCC JUch that the emitted wave is
•
vi11UAUy a plaac wave. the raaJe Qt. this wOrk\fta iet~l de.pends on the site ·of the
transducer, tho waveleaath emitted, and the distance between the emission and
obsavatioapeints. In this zone, sinoetlle wave front is virtuaUy planar it is assumed that
the amplitude decay of the displaeement due to the anclasticity of the medium is
exponential.
If the wavelenath becomes comparable to the transducer diameter, diffraction may
occur. The correction required can nonnaUy only be made empirically (Trudl et al., 1969).
Another problem, typical of laboratory propaption measurements, concerns coupling
problems betweeaube·ttaasctucer AJMlthe sample(ltt6 a the reprodUcibility oflossts due
~
148 TECH:"lQl:ES FOR ME!,SUIUN(i VELOClT~ AND-~TIENUATIOl"S 4
depended on the inverse of the quali.Ut ~r ofthe ~rial used. and on the frequency
employed. A lars,c; part of~ diff¥:ul~ listed abQvct can be .solved experimentally.
Ne,·ertheless, attenuation measuremc:a.ts by wav• pr9DQ&tiOO remain a ~ult matter,
albeit easy to design and implemeat. The reliability of!~ methods and the acx:uracy of
the measurements of the quality factor are at bc;lt .10%.
-1 t"·'
t
t l
0 ......... . ."' . ,. '" . ?'lf'
-1
0 0.5· 1
T-. ..). -!
.......,.._.(MHZ)
Fig. 4.2 Signal in time (left) and in the frequency domain (right) used for the
model. i~. .,
i
J- ; '
Nevertheless. the p:oblem.. ~~ ·with wa~ riso .time JDoasurcmenu r"mains
uQSQlved. Let us consider two ~pies. <JiS~Yin& ~ant Q ~ypc behavior, with the
saUJevelocity 1'(, = 3500 rn/s.at~y fo*SO&kNJ,cfiffcnntquality{aqtors(Q == 10
and Q == 100)~-lnd the ~ thic~~ (40 mm), ia wJUc:h t1le sipal ahown in Fi• 4.2 is
propagated. this signal is conteNd at 500 kHz witb a passband of 200 .to 800 kHz.
~
;;,--
'-'
"-----'
"-../
.. ·~Mix.M_.,ItiYI~IitlMfli'WlMSAf.f*"'*tllliS 149
Note also that, for the Constant Q 1\,lQde~. d1e phase velocity is pven ))y:
'-
v- Vo(;;y (4.1)
'- with
'-~
l l
i' =- tan- 1 - (4.2)
7t Q
The greatest di«crence in phase velocity for the two samples is therefore obtained at the
'-
maximum sipikaftt bquency. Frequencies lbove t»0 /2n propapte faster in tile more
attenuatina . mediUm (Q • 10) than in the less «tenuatina medium
(Q • 100). The ()ppOJite occurs rot frequencies below m0 /2x. The lipal, which bu
traveled throUJh dMUDOCiiUDl orquality factor Q • 10 hence anivesbefore the ODe that bu
traveled tbrouah the medium or quality factor Q ... 100. and will be wider. This is lhowu in
'-
Fig. 4.3. To~~~~UU~Wdae~illpropapU. tiiDcbotwecn tbc twosipall.and hence
'---- the dilenmce in propaptioo velocity, it is necessary to set a level bdCMV which it is
impossible to distinpish the signal from the noise. H this level is set at 1°/o, the relative
'--
differeDce ill velocitic$ is 4.2%. whereas if the level is set at 4.%. tbis difference is .-educed to
'-- 1.7%. l'bis~ is obsetft'Me on actual slPIJs,lll<l it iS verj dftkult tomeasUR
the velodty accurately on a sipil that is even
ttiptly noisy(-~. 4.5).1t....., also be
._.,-
observed that the first amvaiS or
'ofeaCil tlte two sfaaals do not correspotr<! 'to the same
'- average frtqycmcy. After propaaa~~n, in,lact, .~ liaftali display a diffemrt spectrum
"-../
(FiJ. 4.4). . . . .
'-
·~--~~--~----~~----~----~_.----~~
,_ -
~
"--'"
'-
Ju
·~
~ oI 0 I 1.1 h2>r I
'-
'-
'- -G.I
~'-
'-
-1.' ' I I I I •g
1
I , • .. I I I I I I I I
~
0 5 "' tO . 15 20
TiiM (Ia)
'-
life. 43 Sipali recGrdedafter p~ itta,COMtat Q thateial. their
maximal amplitude being nonnalu.d ten.· ·
'---
L j
'
150 TiCMNIQUES FOR MtiASURJNG Va,OCITIES AND .4 TIENUATIONS 4
!
l
0.5
-- Initial signll
"
----
~
0•100
(l_·~"-
~,
0 '
0 0.6
F~CMtfal
"
Hence ia the~ of Q == 100. ~Jlc farst ~v~ cop-esJX>nds to an averaae frequency ro 1
higher than the a~ frequency Wa l,)f tJie second aiTival in the case of Q == 10 : The
contri.,utipn of the frequ.cncy co, ha$ ~smaller than the,averase nqtse. This makes it
very difticult to C<?~~e velodty ~sur~entS _obtained-for a given s&inple, whose
quality factor has varied (for example, by changins the saturatiot\). For average
attenuations (Q ~ 10 to 20~ an .. error" of the foregoing type of about l% can be t!xpected
due to the technique employed.
Nevertheless, the determination of propaption time remains the. CISSential problem.
Figure 4.5 shows an exnmee~ple. TJte actual signal emitted has propagated through
"
II o.s .,
0 - -----------
I
I
I
•I I•
-O.S .. ..... 51'S
_,
-1
s ~ ~ ~ a ~ • ~ G ~
Time ~Psi
"
'_,
,--
~--~--~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------_J
'-
__________
'~
"--'
.. ~~~...-.·-~~~ 1$1
'- Acot.dc
lftllliftlltlniiA ..-.
ChlnMIA
,._
'-' ) cl'nlctor
'--
........
'-._/ , .. ,,
•.-.l..tn(~) .·
'-
(4.3)
2L r ~~ ;, '
'-'
•
\_
'
lS2 TECKNfQUESFOR twt!AtiURDrGV!Lotmi!S' AN'D·ATI'ENUATIOMS 4
where
L = sample length,
A 1 = spectral amplitude of a multiple reflection,
A 2 = spectral amplitUde of the next trmltiple refleCtiOn. · ·,. '
,·
Note that, as we showed in Section 3.3.3.2, thisequan~~ valid only for tl:te QaSC of an
atteo.uation «that isJtQ~ t091alp"'and ~a m~odlr.o~tiC siB~.~ PlCthod 8$SWDCS
negligible losses. at the, d~ intc!f{ac;cs. e~i~y the. tr~/bOod/sample
interfac:es. ~ver, iUS4UI.QOS~ ~t l<.ls~ a conditio~t r_.y rcalizcd for
e~riJneats without any ~~ ~ FF1o 4:7 S:ehematically s~ws the
experimcatal setup. ~·
-,
f.
SLm:::I=~~- l
.>•
• I -~
l J ·'·
.' ~ '
thatthickness
th' thew.aveol the'tted
enu.·· .. by theFinally
sample. transducer.
the sample res.W..,~.&MCMCU.Vff\;'1 it
direct signal, 01' have negligible energy'm Com
·1i. .
hiply attenuating samples, be<:ause all tile energy, •.•bsc)rbed in t"' paths inside the
~pi~, 1'tle solution is to reduce the loo.llb of the sample. It is also . . . .., ~e lure
difticult to solve, and involves the theory of bounaecl ~- The interested reader can
refer _to HostCD and ~mP,fJ (l~f4~ . ; , •. ~v. ,.d . • . . ;r ,1.. , .
W10kler and Plona (1982) used a Jllodirtcation of'dlis technique; Tbaii' ·~pd consisted
in comparing the reflections obtained at the two interfaces formed by a fnt bUffer and the
top of the sample, and a second buffer and the bottom ofthe sample (Fig. 4.8~ The overall
system could then be placed in a hip-pressure ce1f. for dffs setup, attenuation is Jiwn
by.:
. F ·t·t~.Yt J4(f») ' 2' . I.
oc = 2L ln IR 12 (w)l :A'(ro) tt - R, 1{~)lt · (4.4)
where
L • == Jength of ~e,~ .. , ...
A(w).. A'(co) oo;,~~t~ of tpe tw~ ~1ons tQ be a>m~d.
~1 2 (w) = retlcct4oa ~t 1'1 ~rftce 1/2.
R23 (w) == reflection codttcicnt at interface 2/3.
It should be noted in Eq. (4.4) tha~ tbC ~tion coefficients depend on freq~y. This
is due to the anelastic character of' tlie materials concerned (see Section 6.2). Various
--..
-,
'\
•
.......
¥[. : .: ns
~1~··
'9L61 "sRWpwdwd .S) ~ ~ liDW ~,...'*!P 3!-11~ (:) pue q ._6.t "I!.:J)
as1l:) J(W UJ •laAta»J pn JOU!1D511~ ,qtuilii~ . ....., lUO»JP.P OIAl lOJ J)Op.JOOQJ
SfHI!I oql lupedQIO:) ~rp UOf,lRQll1t ·amttOQl. Ol a{qiJIOd l! Ia~ INJ. .lpOJCl
af.J1f , , 1IUOJ a1lp ~~r. .... ~~ ;.trr~J ut.~*-"~~·~··,.,.,
IMU~lct~t! ..-ftlt~Rt~WtJPftMJ~'IJCM1·11f·~
lft,Pl'«) pn ·~ • • ~~saoo~~ ui1lllb fPfi ~N 'M6t
'D!WfU?ft) poJ 1'3!JPU!fA3 8 .8f· ~
pua •. _ . " ' Q! 'lw.A ~ llf.dar~
Pm"'.
sr.-...
OJ BJ~ ~.a. p»JtDUal DA81A IK(l
~ 'M·t "1!.:1 uJ ~q!lftlla
p:llappao3 :Kl 08:) atefuan :M{l JO sap!5 ~ql UIOlJ SUO!P'IJN pUlr ·~ QJ U1lql lsaf
IJ' l(d1llal 01(1)0·~ Mil 86•t "~!.:1 UJ ·(n.\p:».t pn JOUJUII'Wl) UO!'~ Ja)t\p5U11Jl pue
ms:.rcfiiawforttlg.~~·-·~---A·*••*-*.tlJO-'tw•
aqi·ao ,.nq·~ub,sdlaoii.Mt1«'.fq ~~IJ·,..._,,.....WM·M.f·~ fJUO*·~
. .· • (Mip·,q.,,...,., ~),.,.., ...,.,....,.l 'q
d
·uOflvnuaue
lOJ o/e01 tnoqe pue %1 Jnoqe · SJ D!JJ."''(aA ~ :M{l JO tuauwnsam JO .(:)e.Jn:X)y
·~a~dum__.,..., .........._,UWJ•~'fqfnod aa suo~~ ·saovpaJUJ
JU~:,)JP.patp Jlt su~oo lu!Jdno:) puw iUJl:,)ll1tOS ft1pi\I~OO~ lsnm suo~
~)l:lel' --+k-...---tt
I I
I I
I I
~.1--~.....- :
l ..._ ,
-.-.~-~~~~~~~
.... AIICidJ--ov-·
~~·~----~====r
154 TECH~"IQt;'t!S l'<»t 'MEASURTNG VELOCITtES :"ND .4 TT£NUATIONS 4
Tarif, 1986). In fact. for all transmission methods, one of the most reliable techniques for
obtaining the atten~tion from the recorded signals consists in comparing the spectral
~lUnplitudes at dift'~ren.t frequencies. Because attenuation implie5 a preferential loss of the
h(gft" f~quencies. a change in the total spectrum will therefo~ occur. The spectral
amplitude of a wave can be written (Ward and Toksoi, 19711:
.4(/. Xo) Ill= Gx0 A,(/) exp [- 2(/lxo] (4.5)
where .,
G = coefficient including effects of ~ometri(: divergence,
transmission and reflection,
x0 = distance traveled,
rx(f) = attenuation coeft'tciettt.
A,(f) = receiYer response.
The ratio of spec:;tral amptit~<tes for two different distances is therefore written:
A 1(f, Xt) G1
In (f ) = rx(f)[x 2 - x 1] + ln -G (4.6)
A2 'x2 ;
,.
For a given source, the width of tM! 'frequency speCtn0n the transmitted signal is of
rela~ivelytitnited~ so1b·t~ft em lSt ~!Mto be iftd:epend'eM el'fteqBeftCY. WC shall
pro\ide an expet'bnetrtal jdifie:atift· Ofttfisiamtmpt'ioe itt Chaplet S; ·'Bquation (4.6) is
theref'ote' writtea·:' · ', "· ' ·· ·
.,,
.... -+•U x,> • (x
A2(f, :cJ), ,Qf
;1C · 1 .... :
.
~~v + 118 ~
G:
-' (4.8)
/''\
---.
..-..,
:;;,--
---~
'-.../,
4 ~'t'dlt-ill.iSiJ1IIMI~~-- 1St'
'-
!
'- c
lJ
\
.5
~
I I
I
~
l
.I
\
-
' .... ..... __
'-· i
i
'-
I s-w-
'---'
.,__
) 1.0t II
"
::® !
o.n: v\
I I 'I
c
~
"-- I I
.5
I I
I ...
~
I I s-w-
~ ot0 0.5 1.0 1.5 1.0
'--- Fr~CMHtl ,_.Mf!CY CMHzl
'-·- Fit. •Ut Example of attenuation measurcmenta by spectral ratio in Navajo
"---- sandstone (after Tok.Oz ettd., 1979).
"----'
'-- betomes annoyina. For sliJhdy attcnuatina materials, the spectral ratio method is
- inaccurate, since the llope of the rclfC$Sion JUte if _toot~. the main diftic:ulties or o.e.or
'-- these measurements lD the laboratory aacltb the faelchrites &OIIil eouplina problems. In
'-- the field. another difficulty may arise· ftOaa CIODtamiaatioD by iaterferina tipals in
borehola:,H...-ver,the major ~ty,~_ .,_$PDCIJalJ&tio tectmique..arisea
'-
-~
with pometMdiYfflllalll pr..._ ..........................
.-,~--J\on-planar
wave fronts. Corrections arc therefore Dledecl for ablolutc 0 measun:meots. These
•___, corrections are lbeoretically siJDple, bat involw: tedious c:aJculationa. Papadakis (1976)
'- computed these types of correction for bomopoeousliquid media and his mults do
'--'
not seem to tit the data for solid materials (Tarif. 1986). Hence. the abtolute accurac:y of Q
measurements Jiven in Table 4.1 must'- iaterpreted cautiously, especiaUy for hip Q
values.
It is also important~ mention d)e tilJC • -~Uf: bued on an empirical equation of
'-
'--
'--•
·~
Gladwin and Stacey (19741:
d~Jl41K . . . . on
r:
c {r l
·
ck - --
frequency and
.(4.9)
'--
--.·
'--
156 TECN~E,S Fell MEASUIUNG VELOCITIES AND ATTENUAl;IONS 4
0•2IDO
•--~ fi
i · I I I\ I
< I
I
-~.5b
_,I ... I I I I I I w I I I I I I I
0 5 ' 10 15 20
Tlmo Clal
O•U
I Or----__}
-OJ
·.· .:.u I I I ·~i' !,,1 e',~i:.,"f'•·•·c~- l I" •-'-'
0 :. Tlm!l""'
""
··?
l'uu4.t
0RDEil OF MAG~1Tt:'DE OF ACCURACY OS THE MEASUllEMENT OF Q BY SPECTilAL RATIOS
- ....
Q 3 s so 100
Remark Signal prac- Weak sipal Preferential The slope of the spectral ratio on
tically unob- operf.tint 'flllicb Q dcpl'llds il Vf6Y low,
servable be-
cause hillhl
- y
attenuated
range and itsI determination is :
inaccurate I very inaccurate
.--.
""
'"
'-------,---------------------------------~-·-~--~---
.,
~
"----
~
;4 :II!CDIN,...,,_.. .....,'""!!I~llttp_.~~~ IS?
-'-----'
"--'
I
Tm.
~
Kjartansson (1979), showed that a similar theoretical equation could be derived for the
Constant (2 model (i.e: a quality 'factor independont off~) and for a Dirac pulse,
·~- namely: - T'
Q =C- (4.10)
'-- T
where
--....-"---
Blair and Spathis (1982). showed thaf...guantity To is a flUlCtiOft of the source, but
cannot be relate4 simply to its rise time,t nil: ~o-constant C is a sliptly variable
function of Q (f~ Q > 20) and alsO depends ·on,_. source (Blair and Spatbis, 1982).
Stewart, 1984, theoretically calculated Eq. (4.11) for a llarae number of artificial sources
(window, Dirac, and intermediate sources). and showed that. the constant C could vary
from 2 for a Heaviside funcmon to 0.~ for a Dirac delta rui.ction.
Hence, assuming a relationship ofthc.type~.11) between rise time and quality factor, an
·---- attenuation measurement c:an be obtained from the rise time, if the values of the
'----'
constantl --r 0 and Care lalowllbya-tlpetimatoaa rd'erelltl sample. Uafortunatcly, the
relationship betWeen- me time and- quality -Mfer it· not as simple as Eq. (4.11) implies.
----- Figures 4.13 and 4.14 show a synthetic example (Tarif and Bourbie, 1986). The
relationship between r and Q is clearly a one-to-one correspondc~ and approximately
linear, but a chaaae oecun ·ill die slope C aM ill the ordinate intetolpl (t 0 ) with
dccrcasit'lg Q : T
Q < IS t ~ o.G7l + 8.295 Q
"-..-
158 TECHNIQL"ES FOR ME.,Sl"Rf:SG VELOCITIES' AND -' lTENL" ATIONS 4
j f ~
=i 0.5
l .1
Fi&- .C.U A theomical reference .,aiJOill used -in FiJ. 4.14. The central
frequency is 1.35 MHz. Time domain signal (left I. Frequency domain (right).
""'
11.8
~
1-
J1.2
T = 0.114 +0.311 T
0
a:
, T
•• , ,.-o~+o:~1e 0
"'
.. ~-
0 :r 3 "
,.,.., tlmlfQ .,., ' '
· ;s 8
Fit- 41.C Rise time t~t as a f..... of T/IJ. The diffenma rise times ~
computed using the Constant Q~ aD4 the signal of fig. 4.13.
In practice-; this makes the applieatioa of th4: method di~uk. It becomes necessary to
know the entire cur1·e t = t(Q) to be really able to obtain an absolute value oti Q in all
cases. Naturally it is always possible to compare the quality factor Q for two
measurements : the greater the rise time, the greater the attenuation.
Tarifand Bourbie(l986) point out a possible solution to this problem. They show that
the curvet= t(Q) can be simulated point by point using a Constant Q model. and that
~
"'
.,
-"' '
~~-------------------------------------------
-:;rr--
...___~
'--../
I _D ci_\-..~......:v-....,
'--../ 4 TECH~JQ~FOR ~~~l.ko V£i&!tiES ~ti ATTENtJAilONs c:=:::;; 159
'-.....-
this simulati9n is el~y comparable to ':the true curve, the essential point bcins tha't the
initial souni in the simUlation m~t bC as close as possible to the soul'<lC used in the
experiment. In the field. a Jood kno.1edF of the IOUI'<lC is often difticult to obtain.
Nevertheless, in the case ofacoustiC 10J8ihg tOots with several transmitters and receivefs: it
'--.__/
is always possible to usc, for example, t~ arriY~al corresponding to the shortest offset as a
,_/ to
soul'<lC sipal. In this case, the attenuati<ms observed are related the attenuation the or
ref'erenc:c olfset. ,
''-
It is also important to Stipulate that t~ numerical measurement of ri5e time depends
'-' coasiderably on the sipal/noise ratio. Hen<:e it is ,esSelltial to smooth the, first quarter
period uaed to measure rise time. It appatrs that smoothing by a fd'th desree
polynomial is
adequate (Tarif and Bourbie, 1986). Figure 4.15 compares the rise time and spectral ratio
'~ methods for laboratory samples of Fontainebleau sandstone.
,__ _/
~'
-- 1.8
1.4
'-.._/
1
11.2
~~
.!
a:
1
'--'
.8
~
.8
'-
... 2 3 .. 5 8
'- 0 1
'---' Trwet*-/Q . .
·, ~
'- Fie- 415 Comparison between spectral ratio and ri$e ,tbk methods to
c;alc:ulate (2. Measurements of Q by the spcc:tra) ratio technique are taken
from Bout. . and Zinszner, 198~.
'~ , I
It is oblervable that both ;mtt~ are more or less .valent. tn fact, the abscissa
'-
(value of Q) of the pob•tJ in r...
4.t'$1S o~taineC;l ~y lilc;aiuriDJ tbupec:tral ratio, whereas
the ordinate (t) is aleasured on the reCorded sipaJ. A one-t~ ~pondcnce is
obtained between t aDd T /Q which can be approximated by the straiaht line:
""' T
'~
t- 0.451 + 0.208 Q
""-
Note that for high values of Q (Q > SO) both methods are equally inaccurate. This is
because, at a Jive:n sampliaa rate, the rise time is too coanely sampled to measure slight
attenuation. Similarly, the slope of the spectral ratio is very low, and it is therefore diflicult
to make an accurate measurement, as we have already noted.
For values of Q < SO. the accuraey of both measurements appears to be more or less
identical. However for large attenuations, the rise time method, which utilizes only the ftrst
'-'
'-'
~'
'--'
,_
'---
160 TECHNIQL'ES FOil MEASURING VE!pCITIES AND ATTENUATIONS 4
quarter period, is much less subject to the pro~ of jnterfering signals that may influence
the spectral ratio method.. I~ must be. kept iq ..Und that a quarter period may not be
representative of, the frequency content of si,aluUs several periods in leilgth. Hence, the rise
time analysis before and after propaption ~)' not accurately measure the signal as a
whole. One physically unrealistic example is :sh'en in Fia. 4.16, in which the rise time
decreases after propaption throuah an ~tte~uating m~um. As a rule; however, the
situation is much more favorable. Let us recall that, as for the spectral ratio technique, ---,
aeometric diffraction (irregular wave fronts ~ue tp the fQ1ite size of transducers and
samples) remains a concemfor rise time measurements (Tarit 1986). Finally, in the fi~ld, it
appears that the application of the rise tune ptcthOd. yields better results than spectral
ratios (Arditty et al., 198.2). ·
------
'
I ·~
,, .cJH l ~ .-----
. vo
A 1\ I " ~
j·:·
>:, ~
''-',-.i_{+...
,_ "
,,,.
Fia- (.16 Schematic example of a sipa1 before and after propagation in an
at-.atiaa<JDOCtium.•
The frequency range for the application of these techniques(wave propaption) depends "
. on the type of cxpelinlent ~oncemed In the ¥1d, the freqUFncies used are around a few
kHz for well seism.ks. and a f'eW dozeJ'l.lt~ for cpnvepJioliil seismia,. In the laboratory, the
sources are generally piezoelectric trU5d~ aod their trequ~llCY content is about
500 i:Hz to S MHz. . . . . . ~ .
. ---......_,
-._
·~
·""'\
'
-...;p-
..
-~~
'J
4
'-.._/
ft!alf·--~~ l61
'-"
1'hese meth()ds have- OR1y becD used ia the laboratory.
: '
4.2.1 Diffacaldes
As for propaption methods, we shaH fint dalya the dift'tculties of application of these
·~ measurements from the aeneral standpoint. The main handicap of these methods results
from the fact that, by their very clefmition. they involve standing waves. whereas the only
waves anaJtaed in the ftetd ..-........ •aws. It may prove dift'teuk te apply the results
obtained for standing waves to traveling waves. espcfcially for attenuation measurements.
·~
Nevmhllea,tlte J*Yious.a.pter lhowedaat it •asf!OIIible torelaw
meatOfelllent eM a bid•••ioul• ...,_,__.rod
t._ two. t)!pCS of
if &be attenua&ioll was aot too
-·· great.
In practice, many ..iftt~M'fem~Ge" ll&tltl illaybee.,citidby ,_...... •vet. For-example.
in a poNMtatwated • ..._....._. Wbta1i1ataayaiw rile tor..-a,.W~DCDtsofthe
pen~ fluid ilt reletion to dae skeletal lluae or liot typo. aovemeats (W!Ute, 1983) w:~
influence the intrinsiC' at11eoalioa.••••Htt nt·(IIIM Section-4.2.3.2). However, it is
customary to operate at frequencia of about 1 to 10 kHz, which happen to be near the
'--' frequency of acoustic louinJ. It is .V.~ to operate at much lower frequencies near
SO liz which will be of interest in . . . . stta4ies.
·~
.i"'
·--·
"----' 4.2.2,. ~ ....~•..
Two methods of measurement are discuAed, one \ISing forced vibl'atiou and the other
Ulia1 free vibrations. For free oscillationl, the sample il vibrated at one of its NSOnant
frequencies for a short period of time. ~s the ~t of the decay in
'-- displacement amplitHe for,~succeuin )I!ICUdo-perioda, as ~ showed in Chapter 3
(Fig. 3.18), aives the value of attenuation u a function of the logarithmic decrement or the
quality futor Q: ,}c
"--
.. , 1C .
·~-
·~:·In-•;; (4.12)
", A2 'IC
'-....-
where A 1 and A 2 are the signal amplitudes for two consecutive oscillations. Assuming that
the displacement amplitude decay isexp (-Ill), which is reasonable for attenuations that
are not larp (see Section 3.$.3), one call also write:
'-....-
Q-::,·: -: J (4.13)
...__,.
'-
162 T~tQUES FOR MEASURING YELOCm£5 AHD ATTE!!Ilh\TIONS 4
Y=Af-....;.;......
2L/ (4.14)
. n
.- ( -~)
ror exteasionat modes v. - v. - ..;; · and me.r ~ _v- ~ -, 'VI'f
. (. - IP\
• - • ,· J.,. ' • • I <
In this equation, f is the ~-- f'reqacnc.y, A is die -viwatioft, waveliRt'h. E the
Y~smod'ulus,ptheshearlbOd..,,.aa,lhttbe~Theterm~·exteaeional
mode" means that the rod is subjected to a longitudinal extension/compression force. The
term .,.shear JBOde" mea~~~ that the rocl·it subjec&ed te a ·shear Ioree.
For the ftfturahnode-(the 1'0d issetJ.jeded m •lMDdi.q.foroe). the ~-vo no
lORBer equidilcMt.l'hc-tnPII8t. . :wlbcity is tllM of..lbe extouional w~ aJ14l,.&he
frequeneyfvelecity relationship is .Wen t., SdniiDer « al. (1~.7~: : .
where
-~
Y£ :;;. ,'·, -{J =-. -"fPFr
1111 .......;2'• '<, ~- ::.
-·
(4.15)
,. ..,.,.
. . . ••13! .for•=l .
, . . 7.8J. for n • 2 :L
To obtain the attenuation value with forced oscillations, whatever the mode anafyzed,
the frequency spectrum is scanned in or4tr to d~be the resonance peak entirely (see
Fig. 3.21), and the value of Q is thea given by one of the equations of Section 3.5, for
example; .
(t)
Q=~ (4.16)
where co is the resonance angular frequency and Aw the width of the resonance peak of the
displacement at 1/.j2 times the maximum height of this peak. ..--..
..._.-....._
/ ....
'
~~·T .. ~frbjl~~,--~~ lli3
'------' :
"-...--"
"-../
4.2.3.1 Pendulums
The farst category has been used for many years tor rocks (e.g. Pesclnick and
'- Outerbridge. 1961 ). The experiment consists or subjleting a vertically suspended rock bar
to a harmonic excitation, with a hip ..,... ofillatia mass, possibly attached to the
lower end to increase the resonance period of the system (the sample{mertia-mass
combination) (tee FiJ. 4.17). ~To avoid plal'inB tile 8l1llple uacler tellsion, some
experimenters balance the sample(mcrtia-mass ~bination by a co1111ler'WeiJht acting
through a pulley by \\'bich alterations of the vibration of the system are avoided. Two
vibration modes are possible, the torsional mode and tbe bcndina mode. In the torsional
mode, tbe fundamental resonance frequency oftbe ovenllsystcm is in~ly proportional
to the square root of the system's moment of inertia:
1-ft (4.17)
where I is tbe moment of polar inertia, and~ is a torsioa constant. The moment of inertia
"-../ and torsion constant are related to tbe cbaracteristicdimcuioas oftbe sample (length and
diameter). The veloclty is measured by means of the fi&i.4itY modulus which, for a
"----'
cylindrical rod clamped atone end and free at the otbcr one ~b Land diameter d, is:
'~
,~
Sl21L 2r (4.18)
3. p= '~ .
'-
The measured~· v··= .jiiiP is the phase ~It the ...... frequency f.
A$ we previously pointed out, the resoftiMI'. .. . , cap be deaeucd bJ incccuina
- inertia of the system. This system penDfts'it'Nit• ....... at ~ low frequencies
"-'
( < 10- 2 Hz), and is rlbt normally used for frequllltildl. . lhaft tO Hz. Theexprasion
for the resonancefrequencyoftbebendinl . . . . . . . . . . . . .~~oftbe
system is aaueb more corpplicatcd and theafeN will 1lOt t.e tiveft. The mtensted reader
can refer to the work'ofSehreibcr et al. (1973~
"- In cOildusion, the use of pendulums is relatively cas)', and ODe oftJae oftlJ dift'aculties
'--'
consists ofminimilina all tile encrJY losses other tbaa._.OCI.WIIiiaam the rock. It is also
possible to use small salftples and to make meuurements at ~ low frequencies.
However, the current trend leans more to the use of the resonant bar technique, which we
shall examine in detail below.
'---'
'-._,
4.2.3.2 Resonant bar
As we have just emphasized, thiS it aarretldy tbi Molt' widely used experimental setup
, __ today. The experiment consists in subjectiq a rock bar,ltept horizontal either by supports
or by suspensions (Fig. 4.18), to a harmonic excitation.
-...-
'---'
'-~
"--"
164 TECH:-.<IQl:ES fO~. r,I~Sl:RING VELOCITlES AND.-\TT£Nl:A TIOSS 4
'
" I
R«kiii!IPfe
L•gemoment
of inertia
,
•. ?J ;
sz:ti La..nns
L Simplified dilaru1 (by pc~n from Sf:lsmit waves: r(lt/imiM,
tTtm$111ission and 4ZUIU,UJI4""by WJUtc. C 1965.McGraw HilL SY). ----..
0
I
I
----..
f
~/~
.
~
I
I
I
fi
R. :•Rockllllllllt
A W1 W2 : We9!tund Inertia erm
1 ROCI<Mftlllle c ::Air- coli
2~. 4, ~-- .
SWe~encll*l.....-.
'· J
S
:: l'ivoc tnd IIIPIIbire
: Light source
•• 7 c.n. ............... M :!Minor
• Soriile clamp G :Scale
.(b) (c)
-~
'
'-------,-----------------------------------------·--~------ ... ---
•(.'
®
·.· .· .'
.
.··
..............
·piii.(IJu..........., It! JMIW -.met UOPwtPP n R
'*" aq OSIIIIW:) ~uq ~dW!S. 'sUO!...WUlJ IAOf.puw 1110!11lf1PIO INJ JO ;no ttp 10.:1
i6J't '1!.:1 all) IUOpWffFISO poo.IOJ 'PfA\ J0 (~"J ...S ~· J Act J*!W!I I! fwul!s
a~pu -n) SUO!PJIIPSO aq 11)J4l ~ *'· _, lflt{f110 -u -,a o-.ocJc1o a.p
Ol ~Uoq )(1!1' p:llS lfiWS V .<q p;ortpu! PJaiJ aJfllupft~ Aq 1»1»J• S! IUOUD08fdi!Q
"Jltq ~JJO pua pol~X~;~l OJ popuoq I! ~dlf1RUS.i 's!1P op 0~ i6L6l 'laJlf'I'!A\) p;ISft
AI~ 5! UQPWl~Xa 3p't~ 'q?Ol J0.:1 "UOJtlnl-.lflltls.(JM qp lfW!JaPRU
,JO sprpw JOJ ~'lSD ~(U.Q AIJBJaUaJ ~· SlaOJn,ps ~ JAOf Na~&~Jnq ~ 3fl8l'OJJ»P
JO (S~6J 'lUVH,O ~~Ul '.\quqn0J. ~~l.a!'i .(q palp~ aq 8'1:) IUOfl11.J'l!A ~'1.1
w:;;..===~-;~~-=----_-7,1
Q
Ii ~
---
1~
166 TECHNIQUES FOR MEAS\HUNG. VEL<)CffiES AND ATTESUATIONS 4
where
V = wave phase \'elocity. .---.,
L = bar length.
For a given sample, it is possible to alter the resonance frequen.:y by changing the length '
ofthe bar. As we have s,bown. three~ ~n be excited: the lolljitudinal mode (the rod is
subjected to a t.ensioa}c:olnprcssion ~~.~ torsio~;tatmoc,te ud the bendina mode. The
loagitudinaland headina modes cmable the tnC!MUrement of Y ouaa's modultll E thrOUJh
It may be observed that the effect is m~able (as)'Dlltl~ri4:&1 peak) iftbc quality factor
is less than or equal to 10. ~.
Other corrections must be m•de when working with rock samples To begin with, _,
differential movements may exist between the;fluid and solid in a saturated sample (see
Biot's theory, Chapter 2). Ia a resonan,t bar, f&teral exteasion processes are capable of
generating these movements (W..ite, lft3). f.ig.are 4.21 illustrates a test to identify this
phenomenon. The attenuation and veloctlyirl a homogeneous bar of Vosges sandstone of
porosity 22% and permeability close to 100 mD were measured accurately as a function of
saturation (solid curve). This bar was then cut lonjatUdinally into four plates. These plates
were then bonded together and a very thin aluminum foil inserted between them to
.---.,
'"''
·~
... ~ ..... . ..
OOl ,
• • 01.
t"L
"'
·-t-..............,... •• l
I'L I
I
I
................
00& 01
• 01.
• 01
OS
0
OOL OOO &
• OSL
L91
168 TECHNIQUES FOR MEA.WJJNO Vf&LOCITlaAND ATTENUATIONS 4
guarantee total impermeability from one plate to another. The attenuation and velocity
were then measured on this foliated bat (dotted curve). The lensth and diameter of both
bars (homogeneous and foliated) were the same. It may he observed that the attenuation at
very high saturations(> 85%) has~ by 35°/o, whereas for saturations less than
80%, the decrease is only 17%. Certain problems were added to the measurement, such as
rigidiftcation (and hence an increase in velocity) of the bar due to~the introduction of the
. aluminum foil Nevertheless, this result appears to ascribe some importance to the Biot
process in this type of experiment, with high water saturation (i.e. high relative
permeability).
One must also note that a rock is not a truly homopneous ()bject, and the velocity and
attenuation measurCd using the ~~91= peak may not necesSarily be indicative of the
average velocity and attenuation Of tllC'sample.
Figure 4.22 shows the manrement ·taba 011 • · •sample oonsistiq of a piece of
aluminum and a piece of plexipas oftbetame''fenath bonded tOfetber. The velocity and
attenuation measured on the ftrst harmonic are very close to the velocity and attenuation
of plexiglas alone.
It is therefore essential to have samplef·as homogeneous as possible, a criterion of
homogeneity being tlae regularity of the frequency distance bet~een resonance peaks.
(
3045
I
I
I
10.5 ~ R 12040 I ~
;I
I Jl c.·:.
I!
1020
o~.L
...,
3GIIIt
- .. ·-
':A
, _ _ (Hal
,.., ,.., 181100
Fig. 4.ll Experimental recording of resonance peaks vs. frequency for a two-
element bar (aluminumfplexipas).
.........
........ lOU 1! pmpita 'Jwq laftOIOJ ~l pn '=trn<*U
• ~ Ol ~!S$0dd. Apl\lJ!A~i! l!'((' > ()) ......WIH• .tfltl!q 1! 1lltlp1ll MpJ! •uA~
Z'
•suo!ltm~l· n II""' n la!l~ so:~·ot > JOj 'At {lftOqV pta ot < ~O.J D .;.,·otnoq•
: lUOJP3D 1!~ S!'P UJ top!OOJM ~~'(ON& ~(I'A A1pop\ MpJO hwlft038 ~tt.L
· -.sGf tm)!lftd1 llqlO
. ptJW UO!}V!PWJ JO S~ ~ Ol Ullm)WA »pUll ~npuoo ~ ptnoqs lDW!JadX:J
•(6L61
'nwu..A\ nt.JW) apt\)!fdunt U!'J.QI
... IJO!I.IOI U! UO!fii'Gallll . .
.<lpopl JO ~ n't 'lu
{ZHt kluenbai:J
..----.,
~
i.
' '
I
'"""
'"""'-
-- --.
I '"""
..
l
"
,..-..,
-~'""'
170 TECHNIQUES FO~ MEASURING VELOCITIES AND ATTENUATIONS 4
""'
These methods ~e qtJite silnilar to lhe foregoing. since the types of excitation are the
same. As we have already stated above(see Fig. 3.3), the ener&flosS per oscillation cycle "'
can be measured directly from the hysteresis of the stress/strain carves for different loading
and unloading cycles far from the reSonance of the system (Gordon and Davis, 1968.
McKavanagh and Stacey, 1974). The U$C ofthis method by these authors has been limited
-,
to torsion experiments and uniaxial stresses. The major diffu:ulty is that the adaptation of
this method to small strains requires very high measu~t aa:Uracy. To obtain a ~.
4nV.,•.
Q == L1W (4.20)
where V.., is the average energy stored during a loading cycle and L1 W is the energy
dissipated per loading cycle. "'
Spem:er ( 1981) (Fig. 4.25) directly measured ·the phase difference between stress and ',
strain at even higher frequencies and lower strains~ For the phase difference measurement,
the quality"fact()r is given by:
I "'
.......,
Q•tanqJ (4.21)
The velocity is obtained by measurilll the elastif; modulus relating stress and strain. The "'
ratio between stress all4l stnllti lives tlie uttplitude of Young's modulus (dilatation waves) I
from which the velocity is determined (Spencet, 1981): i
I
I ,,
V=!J with lui = lEI tel (4.22)
1,
""'
In this equation, p is the tkosity, u the st~ and e the strain.
This velocity Y is, slisll_.Y lower than the phase velocity: f
i
21EI 2 I
,
V.== [see Eqs. (3.31) and (3.33a)] (4.23) '-
~[lEI+ £a] I
_!
Here also, an accurate representation of the sinusoidal excitation funetion is aecessary.
These rnethods are relatiVely diff'JC'illt to implement, ·given the accuracy required for the
small strains involved (s <' to-•). lltetrequency range for seismic applicatiOn spans from '
a few Ht to a few dozen ·Hz(and eVeri a few hundred Hz for the Spencer apparatus). The ----..
accuracy of measurements reported by Spencer is le5s than s•;o for values of Q'of about 20.
Accuracies of 1 to 2% can be expected for velocity measurements though error increases
in the case of rigid materials. In this type of experiment, it is essential to operate far from ~,,
-,
"""""''"'
--.,
'---'-
-,_~
"-
., SECTION THROUGH
THE LABORATORY APPARATUS
B.,__......._,
A.ftoclc$1111111e
-,_~
C. m.lace:ment ltlnlduclr
D. Elaltromtldl...-. Jbaker
E. Shaker uble
F. Tllble extender
G. Tlble -.-nsfon
H. S1llel billet .
I. 8aetam _ . .
J. T.. tndplate .
K. Cleinping ri. .
'-~
........_..tubbar,...
L. Filllurefortlla~
M. Flelcllle
'-
_/
'-
~
-~
'---·
~
4.4·' CONCLUSIONS
'-.../
The many ttclmiques for measuring attenuatioa are dift'acult to ~pltmcnt, both in the
~
fteld and jn tile laboratory, and the accuracy or.-.ul11ment is atncrallY not very high.
"--' Moreover, Che freqt;ICilcy range uied in these methods varies, as well as the type of wave
involved (ltalldina or travelins waves). Velocities, however, can be measured quite
~
"-
'-·
~
...._)
r
TABLE 4.2
MeTHODS FoR MP.ASURtNu veuJCtTII'.S AND ATTI!NUATtoNs. SuM~ARY
) ' ) ) ) ) ) ) )' i )
) J
I
( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( { ( ( ( ( ( ((, (((\
---------------- -----
~
--------
Reliability Reliability
Type of method Method and accuraq and acx:uracy Corrections Remarks
oilY oaQ
Pendulum Yes Yes Yes but tabulated Torsion. bendina
0.5% ifQ > 20 - S •;. iCQ < lOOancl Q > 3 Low frequency measure-
I %ifQ<20 ments
Standing wave~~
Vibration lt.esollant bar Yes Yes Yes but tabulated Torsioa, bending
0.5% ifQ> 20 ... 5%ifQ < IOOanciQ > 3 Low frequency measure-
l%ifQ<20 ments
1 ifQ< 3
PuJie.eeho 2 .. 3% depeadiq 08 Q. Coupliaa problema''' Many and empirical = With buffers, possibility of
ReliabiB if Q aot too low. imply uareliatlility. difFICUlt study under pressure and
ltelatiw mees•rementJ Accuracy > 10 %. better reliability
more HOCUratc Relati¥e ntea!Mtremenl5
more ~KX-'Ufllte
Travelifta waves
Propaption Unreliable 111 > 1o-1•.
Traft~~millsion I to 2 ~. depeftdina on Q. Many and empirical = In the f~eld, ri5C time ap-
ltdiable if Q > 10 Accuracy depends on Q dill'lcull pc:11rs to he better
,,_,.cycle YCII YCII Sliafll if system very Fur from resona~nce
lto 2 ~. s to 10 •;. accurate Torsion and uniaxial stras
Stras/strain
Plwe Direct meuurement Yes YCII Sliaht if system very Far from resonance
difl'erence ofplwe lto2% 5%forQ~20 accurate Extensional
s <to-'
II) The aa:ui'IICy values ai\lefl for YtltltlltJflio: prOfl"plion MCthoola refer mtJf'C to ¥Blues ul' rcprodlleibility, sitK:c it ill very dill'oc:ult lu ublain 1he nh•nlull: value nl Q.
~
~
/i,}.:.;.!>"':!.:f. .. y:f~i' {!~I· ~:·!_J·J:jr'[_"f~"'
'---"
'-
5
'--
'-
WcNe propagation in porous media
'---' resu~s and mechanisms
'-
'---
'-
'--
'--.-'
5.J RESULts ANn 1\li'.CIU.NISMS
'- . IN THE LABORATORY
"- The earliest syltematic meuurements or variatioM In the acotlltic properties of rocks
appeaftld in die 1950(twos. At the·time, muy f1JIIrl1llis,illduditla Wyllie, GfiJory and
----- Gantner, inYeltiptedthe variations in the wlocitiet or...... waves in porous media as
a funcrioll of such pltl'lltftetert a porosity, ·aturat.ion aild prasuro. 'f'hey also cleak with
,___. the problems raised by the measurement of intrinsic attenuation. At the same time, Nafe
and Drake hepn anatp.ina ~tics. in 09IU RQOI' lledimcnts. with a partic;ular focus on
·___. the preblem of colllf)IClion. This type or ......... ~ down ia dae 19(i()s. but similar
ia~iJations were revived in the early t91Gs·by_ re~ inchtdina Domenico and
-"~ Nur, whose studies of variatiOns of velOCity as i fUnction of prdSure, saturation and
'-,...·
'--
176 RESULTS AND MECHAI'ISMS s
interstitial fluid viscosity are well-known. At the present time. many areas draw on the '""'
knowledge of velocities and, though more rarely, of attenuations. These include many
subjects in civil engineering and geophysics. Concerns and motivations are different in
each of these areas: they involve the analysis of thermal mechanisms for geothermal
energy, high pressure, high temperature and time measurements for nuclear energy, zero
pressure measurements in soil mechanics, and quality control of concrete for construction.
Yet the primary area for research on velocities and attenuations remains petroleum
geophysics. The considerable growth and the pioneering role played by the petroleum
laboratories arc nat rally grounded on the fundamental importance of seistnic reflection -~.
surveys for petroleu exploration, and on acoustic logging in wells. This also explains
why sedimentary r s, and especially sandstones (whose importance as reservoirs is well
known), offered the ost popular area for experimental research. In the following pages,
we shall try to avoid estricting ourselves to experimental curves available for sandstones.
However, it must pointed out that few investigations dealing with carbonate rocks, '""'
clays and shales exis in the literature. One must realize that the results presented concern
clearly defmed samp es, and that these~rnalts.can only be extrapolated to other samples
with all due precaut ons.
We shall fust examine the results obtained by velocity investigations, which will enable
us to highlight a number of •.v« trellds. We shall thea demonstrate the difftculty of
deflfting a siftlle "WJocitY'•parameter •oharactcri:re the bdha,ior of a giWil sample. We
shall then go on to ~ts of afteiR'Ja!Wn. The interpretation of theBe resUlts by
means of physical -meciNMtsms will follOw. FiftaDy ,..., ,shall take the .tewpoint el the
investigator and develop some empirical laws for velocities and attenuatioDI and give
their limitations, for various. in~. · ~
S.l.t
5.1.1.1 Velocities_. Jlllllt es •
Rocks in the earth's crust are srib,;ect't6 high stresses. To understand the processes
observed, it is therefore essential to understand the role of pressure on acoustic
parameters. To begin with, we shall examine the effects of different types of pressure on
velocity, namely confming pressure Pc (pressure to which the sample is subjected), pore . --..
pressure Pp (pressure of tJte. flp1.·4. i.,nsia.F the por~~ and the differ~ntial or ••effective
pressure" Pefl ( = p • ._ pP)fH. We Wilt~ ~bow the e1fes'Ct of a uniaxial stress. ...__
a. Effective pressure
Figures 5.1 and 5.2 aivo a ~"r of c~amplcs of V.Jriati<ms of velocity. vs. eft"octive -.
pressure for -ry and satwatcd. 5JUQ'II· ~ experiments were made by ultral9ftic
methods. In every ~.aa i~_in v~ocity ~s with increasina etrectivc pressure,
but this increase-dcpends.svb!;~ly ~n·~ type of rock co~oed. PractialUy no
(1) The eft'e<:tive Strc:IS is normaRy ~ U the stress to which the $01id skeleton is SUbjected, i.e. the
difl'eftllee betWeen the lithostatiC ·streu-...ct tk l)'drostetic prtSsure. This is derivWII from nrza,m.._ law
diKUSSed in Scetion 2.2.4. At • rule, tlais ~vc ~trcacaa be trtatca u tile differealial pressure, Wbic:h is~ ~---
diffefCJl<:e between confmins pressure. and the. ~re press!'re (see ~ ur and B~ :rice. 1971).
·-"
""
...... - T
\.....-
'-'
I
-;
l4
5
I ...............
v,
1
js
7
8 - .,..
Vp
::!
~ l:
8
~ 3
-- Vs
J.
2 3 Vs
2a.--....a......---'--......1'--...J
0 100 2110 300 408 0 108 200 300 400
EffectiM ,....,. CMhl (a) Efhctivt ..,_.. CMhl
7 1iI'Oytrlrutt
. (I)
v,
Webnlck 'dolomite
I
8
"
i::!
fs
...
I
~
'-c~
...
>
I>
'-
'--'
4
I -----'-· S.t.
4
Sat. llld dry
vs
~,
3"-----.,a.----'----..J
.,, .,....:..,__ .:., .
......_,,_..,.. .,
100 200 300
EffMtlve ,.._.. fMPal (a)
\_ 5 I
4 I
!3 l&
Sat. lftd dry Vp
~
I> 2
•
'4
'~
s.t.ll'id dry
3
0 ' • vs
0 10 20 30 40 ___.__
'- Effectlwe.,....,. CMPtl <') 2 • I
0 100 200
Effective,_,,. {Mhl
'-
-.___
4
Pierre shtle
Sit.
........ "'
.,.,. .. ",..P Dry
i
~'...
~
.~
!
2 _......-o--.......... - .. _-o Dry
Vs ~s.t.
Ch..k
3.5 •=306% sw
~~~~··-==;-1~
::::; - 10
3 seo
i }-,
,"1,<
fu
>
$w
s 0
2
10 .
40
20 80
~to
100_ _ _..___ _ _
1.5 .__ ~..- _ _ _;r..;,;.;_ _ _L---.....J
0 10 20 30 40
Effective ,..._,. IMflll
i".'.
h~: :Y~:r~en~
J
._.~
'----'
! ~A'MI)~ 179
'--~
'-
increase occurs in Solenhofcn limestone, whereas cbc P wave vcloacy rises from 4 to
~ 6 km/s for dry Westerly granite. 1'he iftereue in I' waw wlocily vs. e«ectiYe 9fC8IUie is
t
·:·
much smaller for a saturated sample than tot a dry ....,te.. and tbis applies to all the
'-
samples in Fia. 5.1. On the other hand, the shear waw veloCity is vinually unaffected by
'- the presence of water in the medium. Also observable is the existence of a maximum
pressure above which the Velocity reriWns constant Howewr in Piem shale (FiJ. 5.2), no
plateau can be obSetwd at maximum pressure applied:
The samples shown in Fij. 5.1 are 6lirfy weU4cnowtt porous media (see Chapter 1).
Granites, dolomite and Bedford limestone are well known for their essentially microctack
porosity. Solenhofen limestone and MusiiJon S8ftdttone, however; exhibit a pore apace
~.
consistina of pores with aspect ra1irGI dOle to t··.mc~~ we call ~·spherical" porosity, aad
cracts are uncommon. The samples in Fit. 5.2 display c:oniJ)Iel pen apaoea, eitber
because of the presence of clays or due to the pbysicc:M:hemical sensitivity of the c:alcite
making up the chalk.
'- Til~ Fig. S.l shows-that the effect ofeonftaiq ~is direCtly related to the number
'--
of cracks (two-dimensional pores whid'r tend to desteuily) existinJ in the sample. Denis
et al. (1979) measured the ultrasonic velodties of dry samples at atmospheric pressure and
succeeded in calculatiag a fraeturina index (eontinuity illdex). Fiptt 5.3 illustrates the
''-,_...-
0.&
'-'
~
o.•
~
"---
~ 0.1
~
Yo
~·
0.2
'--'
'--' . 0.1
1 2 S • 1 I
Crack~ tX tO~ol · •
"--"
F'IJ. 5.3 Influence of microcrack porosity on tbe velocity/effective pressure
--'----' relationship (compressional wave) (ultrasoaic: measurcmettts) Iafter Nur and
Murphy, edited by Brulin and Hsieh, 1981)..·
''-.--
Vo = velocity at atmospberic: pressure,
V1 == velocity at 1 OPa,
&V- V1 - V0 •
0, Oak. aJl ~tone; FO,, duqitt; Jl~.·. 9!~.ap; TO, Tro~· sranitc; WD,
Jl.
,_,....-..../
Webatuclt. dolomtte; WG, Welterly JfU'ife: "'-'• "Stone Jranitt: CO, Casc:o
gnmfte. ·
'-.-
'-··~ J
'----'
180 ~LTS. AND MECHANISMS 5
extent. of fracture porosity by the inc~·ia velocity ,with ~~·The .ordinate in the
diagram represents the normalizl0d4i&rcnce bctw,eeothe compressional velocity without
pnssure and that uader a prcuurc of 1 .PPa for dry samples: the ,greater the number of
crackS; dto more the velocity. v.aric$ with pressure.
As already noted, the P~rrc -.le.~pies used in FiJ. 5.l display a different velocity
function dllan Fis. 5.1. The~ RlateJu as a fuiKltion ofp~ure, which represents the
closure of its .. last" crack for the ~pic ;~nc::emod. is not oluervcd for this rock at
120 MPa. In fact, Jones and Waoa (l981) .obMfvcd this phe1lome.non continuing up to
0.4 GPL It is possible. &Nt tbc .~ in velocity as a function of pressure shows. in '
addition to thccontinuousdosurcofthc ~a.:ks,.an aJipment of the day crystals in
the miDimwa shear streaJtb plueflosaya, 1982)-;aa.Jk. tlae$CCOnd examplein Fia. 5.2. is
very c:omplicated ~ the stnacture 8f ~ material ~ ac:cordiq to the pressure
applied (creep). We shall .net 10 .into furtlaer
detail for Qjthcr Pierre shale or chalk.
assuming that the variation in velocity versus pressure are only important if the strw:ture
of the material iavestiptedis aot GMqcct itq:venibly: by the ~L For clays as well
as c:balk, tbore is goect reason. to s~ :At~ in the CUfVe of velocity vs. cft"~ive
pr.essurc. .
We have mown that the increase in velocity with prasure resultS from tbc closure of the
cracks, and that this closure is reflected by a greater rigidity of the material under pressure
(i.e. an increase in the correspondins elastic modulus~ In fact, it must be remembered that
any velocity V can be expressed in the form:
v= Jo/; (5.1)
~.
where M is the elastic modulus, aad p the density, and that, consequently, at constant p,
an increase in elastic modulus implies arise
in velocity. The behavior of cracks and pores
under confmina pressure was modeled by Walsh (1965, 1969) and Wu (1966) for a pore or
crack included in a matrix. The equations ~ by K, the bulk modulus. and p., the
shear modulus of the rock for the dry sample are- the follo\\illl: ~
_!_ == _1
K K1
(t + !.)e ,
A (S.2)
.!_
JJ
~ _!_
P1
(1 + !.),e
B' (5.5)
where .A.' llDd I!" arc consta~ts deP.eqd•rw on K 1 and Jlt ($D4 ft,U.id bulk .modulus for A')
and close to l.lt can be seen that, if e = ·t, the eff'ect of the pore on the moduli is negliJible
-.,
'-'-
-
r
·f. ;
~
5 -- .. ,. 'lti!Siiii$ ~ M£Ct4ANiiMS '
for low porosities (about the order ofmasnitude of • ). However, i(e == to-
f8l
2, the effect on
the bulk modulus of the dry sample isconsiderable. On the other hand, it is nepgible for a
saturater.i sample. For a livcn sample, it i$ necessa11 to integrate the effects of type (5.2) to
' (S.S) for all the pores and cracks. The more pressure is applied. the more cracks are closed
and the less the moduli are altered.
EquatiOns (5.:zrn,~s.S,.als9 bclp to understand the di8'ercn<lc in ~havior between a dry
and a saturated sample. At a Biven paasure, a dry sample is less rigid than a satufated
sample. For a saturated sample, in flct, the compressibility of water resists the pressure
and increases the elastic modulus. At pressures over a certain threshold, however, for
which the velOCity is constant, the effects of water and air become equivalent. This
! thresbol4pasurc is obviously not the same for water and air. Ia tbccucohhear waves,
which do not propagate in liquids, the addition of water in the sample implies practically
no chanp, and the velocities are the same for dry and saturated samples, subject to density
effects.Satuntedsamplesdisplay.tiptlylowerveloeitiesthalldrysamplea[~eeEq•. (S.t)].
On the othet hand, Pierre shale (Fia. 5:2) exhibits silftilar;.,..Wor whoa .._lulry and
saturated. This may be due to the compressibility,ofthe clay minerals. Nevertheless, dry
measurements must bc~dered with some circumspection. The samples Were dried at
SO'"C under vacuum tor- months, and this coulct ha~ altered their characteristics.
Using the foreaoing curves;one.can calculate the variations ofthe PoiiSOJJ't ratio with
effective pressure. One example is pven in Fia. 5.4 for Berea sandstone. Note the
eMrcmely low values (which may evell be negative) for dry rocks at low pressure, and the .
abnormally high values for saturated rocks.
"'
o•ine .... lllldllone
0.35.,_,. A Dry
DW....,pp•O
;.·. • W..,pc•toMPa
0 20 ..., to' - .. 10
£ffwtlw ......... ......, '
'·'~· •• t '
...
u v,
..
~ 3» ~ Vp • ....
13.0
>
.1::
8
• Pc•80MI'I· _,
f
~ 2.5
- : 2.5
·a • •
2.oL,. ~·
Vs - 2.0
"s
1.5 1~.:,:...__ _ 1.5 '--_ _......_ _ __...._ _,.._~-------''-'
0 20 40 60
lttectM.,.... ....,
80 0 20
~
40
.......... 60 60
5.0
3.8
4.5
v, 3.4
i • .,p...,
4.0
13.2
~
13.5
St ,._, SlndttoM
13.0 Ys • ..,~o
> > •
3.0 2.8
Vs
2.5 2.8
L .J.l
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 110
Effective ..,._. MPa Effective .,.._. MPa
4
...... ....._
~Pett=Pc
13.5
~
PeffilinMJita
Peff=21 MPe
J Peft•14r.'IPI .
Peff=7 MPa
3
Peff=O -
fitJ 5.6 "••prn•ionat ,..w velocities in
. aetea ..-ollC VJ. ~fipjq~te and
. ~;
eltective p-cssure (ultr&sonic measurements)
(after Wjftie er lll., 19$8). ·
0 20 40 80
Confining pressure (MPal
r
,_.,-"
• J
--·-~
m·
4
3.8 . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
3.5
,, .. , ... -a
13.4
Pp""41 MP•
v, Drv
1
12 ""_,.,. t I. I --4 Pp = 0
~
p,•1MP•
-a
1.1L
"
"p,=41MP• Ju
fJA, • ,,•41 ...
lu .. , , .. 1 . ..
50 100 150 21 50 7t ••
Cclnflnlnt,...,,. ......"" IH.ctlw.....-MP8
c. ~ . , _ , - . . . . . . . .,_..~
The uriatioasofvelocity as a fuactic.aof"Miexial'ltn:ls_..doscly 4opeadeQt OD two
parameten:tlle rau.G'thisltals tofhefaih,....,...ofdle...aplcaadthedirec:tioaof
application ol&he atfeU in relldiDD.*the-lWOPI. . . . cliaetiaa 1oftbe waws analpled.ln
fact,dependialoo th&mapliUickof*cllHII~.._ theesistiqcr~ks aredosod
(low stress) or new cracks arc created (high stress).
184 RESUI..'R A!'fD M6CHANISMS 5
0
VN
1~ ------------------
'
a!WII p ' sv
3:1F-._ 3.t SH
\
-
i uf
4.8
30
25
20
~~
~ 4.4 ,,
·i
2.7~::
4.2 tO
:::4.015
~.8 L
3.1
o
L-.a..
o• ••
j_
..
;·····-·...................,...............
:?;-;;tee;:
:::· &
•• to•
At low stresses, the cracks perpendicular to the stress are closed preferentially, inducing
a clear anisotropy in the sample. In Fig. 5.8a, at stresses lower than half of the failure
strength of the Westerly granite investigated, the Wteeity inereases (closure of the crack-s).
It then drops sharply at high stressel. . . .mt ef craeks). The velocities are lllClUUrCid in a
direction perpendicular to the strea·la As. Ub, byeon.tnst, the wlocities are measured
in all the direeticms afid.at IDlJICh ..._. lttelacS (pndudias any aution of cradcs). The
anisotropy induced by the uniaxiAl sUms· is dearly shown by the diffe~WJCC in velocity
measurements in each direction.
-----
Stereoscopic setup
PAV, qJ= 6% sw 100%
() 1 Atm.Press : 5 MPa
v
(m/s} 5400 I 5435
1Cl0qo 32 20
500/).m
~ . t- GN£1SS-0ry ..V~ONfflii-Dry
~6 -~·
.\:~_ _
..,. ...............
f)t
' ·~~-·
o i~ ~·tl Unudalt
14 1 , 1 , tl· · , ' ,
~ .L•'AtiliaU.
Oil ~iatioft; l L........
'.:,'.~~:....:w
(J ' , ' ;;'a , 1
....,..... ~~"
.40 .: . • ' .,
er-------~------~----~~ ...........
Sw•100%
.-,·.~~
~
3
Vp4SO
5
.-v,4fSo
~ • _v33
l::':!. v22 = Vn
v21
~ 4 L:.'-: • 2
i> • v,3 =V31
't
2 0I I
"~
..
' )!rf.J .. J'il ·.. lioJ ,
Aaother~~-.pp&~~~ un~~~tC,.,of~~pvcn in
S.9. N-~--
po~ a·~·&fti:Jilatk:al chediiltry (99.9%q~;w.r.. ......... by
F" .... DI•n twoF~iaiD-~~able
ultrasonic methods at a central frequency of 500 kHz with and without uniaxial stress of
SO MPa. The velocities and atteauations behaved differently under the effect of the
uniaxial stress, and the velocities ·are quite different for the two samples.
Figure 5.9 allows a qualitative explanation. The pore casts (see Chapter l) are also quite
different. In addition to a "three-dimensional" porosity, one of the two samples (Z220)
shows abundant grain boundaries that act like cracks. At zero stress, these cracks make
r'
~-
,,-
'- f·~·t·
·'.
'-
5.1.1.2 Velocities aad saturatiells
"--
Natural porous media are always saturated with fluids and the influence of these fluids
'- on acoustic propertia is essential. We will prescnt farst the effect of water/air saturation,
I
and then ao on to the other saturating fluids, cmphasizittg the role of the viscosity of these
'-
fluids.
"--
L, s.t.ndi011
'- '-·
As already shown (fi&- S, 1 for ~x~ple). velogty measurements arc quite different for
~ ••dry"< 21 or 100% lablrated samples. Fipre 5.11 gives aa eumple of velocity
measurements venus pressure for dry, partially. and fully saturated Massillon sandstone.
"--·
For P waves at partial saturation, the velocity is lower than the .. dry" velocity, which is
"-· lower than the velocity at l<XWe sataratiOn. The qualitative explanation is simple : for P
.
5
Masillon undrtone
'-.._-
•
'-
4
Dry .
4 ...
Fullyut.
Dry
''--'
;:!a I I I I I
'
-~;··n'
'._/
0
0 10 20 30
'-
Efflctlve pressure IMPel
'-
"-- coalaainc,...... (~ •1
l'fl. Ul Veloeity/W*f .......UOD relatioubip ia M...won u.adrltonc 'VI.
~·~\at et Ill.. 1910).
waves uad. f9f sp~ wr~ t~ onq.eflc:Qt d~ t~ in.trod~o~ of water jnto the dry
t'he
sample is a density inc,rease lq~DJ··to a~~ in velocity Eq. (5.1)]. By eontrast, t•
when COIIJI),tele sat\aratio,a is ~ me '~. become more' difftcult to compreis,
(2) Ccmlictirallie Ulbltuib· ~aallle lCim ..dry .. Pfe\-ails amoq the cfilerent tUdlots. 'For sOme. tlae
t.n. ... , .ellfllidl·to.....,yeliMditMMIIJ(I.e. ,;m tbe,.....4f......_ifa dae rock.lldlol1lld ia _,...
..,._IICIC:!ItfCiiq ao••••bcric oo~. For~ "Po~ ~,UIIdv VICIIUIL As we,..un llaow
further on in this Section, the water adsorbed plays a fundamental rote on the velocities (and attenuations). This
ambipity or te!'JftinolOI)' may explain certain apparent c:ontradictions in the variOus experimental results.
._.,
-~,
4 1- ,.......-........... ~
l~
~
·-'"'
11.5 -1311Hz
8 3
~
20 40 eo 80 100
2~--~~--~----
0
..............
.,, "''
......,_._ 2
~ ~.,
.......,.....__
··:Ia 1.8
.-:a.
'111.8
l~ 1.4
VE 15911-1187 Hzl Ve 1571 ·847Hz)
-~
~o-o--o--o-o • 11 tto ......1 Ju
::>
L... ~
v 5 13115-385 Hzl
v5 1315 . eu Hd ~
0.8 ------
...
~ ....~
4 •
w-..aw.tionl"l • to ~·~ z 40 ~eo ro
W.... ldlrlltion I,. I
80 ~ ~
',
till .
Fla. !.ll Velocity/water saturatiob relatic.-hip fot different materials
(resonant bar).
Curve (IJ) after Bourbie and Zinszner, 1985.
Curves (a) and (e) after Murphy, 1982.
increasing the velecity..F:or S waves, it ·may be ummed that the liquid bas M effect on
velocities and that the eft'eet observed is exd~rvely a density effect; For granite, the
experiments ofNur and ~urphy (FiJ~ 5.12) show that the "dry" velocity is lower than the
velocity at partial saturatfop, which iS lo\11er than 't~ velocity 100"/o saturation. In this at
case, the porosity is too low for the density effect t<fhie greater thatt the matrix stiffening
effect Figure 5.13 summarizes scbematicillly(this result (at ultrasonic frequencies).
Figure 5.12 shows the variations of velocity as a function of saturation for different types
ofrock. The measurements were taken at afroospheric pr~u,e andJlsina the resonant
bar. The frequencies employed wcce ~* i to lO,kHz: The difcrent satwatioa lev•ls
were achieved by drying. For sandst()ne, ~ •• dry" velocity cart'tle ~ to be hiJher than
all the other velocities. . .
"'
~
'-'~
,-
~ -~
'-- ! s '119
·~
Nr 111UmiGn (S)
100 50 0
Pc!l35MPa
'--
'--
'--
'-....·
'-
'---'
I· 10.<f<21'A
I
·-
'---'
'-'--
·~
'---'
'-
'-'
0
.............. "',
!10 100
With rcsptet to puita. ~ty JDa'lllll with ••utur.U.n for satuutions above
'-'
20o/.. For all dterects..._., tho.,.,.,wa~;~ it virtQily~t of water
'--· satutatioa tlftor the &au. •tNds 2%. ~_Nutilio,n ~aadAoao, ~ ia very porous. a
sliabt demucl in velocitil,a iJ observed d¥C to, &be densilJ effect~ JSq. (5.1)].
Ia dba,orous saacilloae.lor r~a& bar~ Umilarbebavioris observed
'- to daat clel4.:ribe4 ·by .Gfesory (1976).1or ~-waves (Fi&- S.l3) :even if the
'-...-
loqitudinal v~ia Fil- S.l2 are•tonsional veloeiQaaad aot P wave vcloQtic$(~
QMptcr4).
ltilntativelycuyto,apltliatbtbelaavlorof~ia . . . .iUoa-.saadstoneforwater
saturations .t 2 to 100~•. From the qualitative standpoint, in fact, the clastic modulus
is iadependent of saturatioD for saturation froua 2 to 95%, 'ililereas the density
«"
(p = (1 - fl)p. + t;p1 S. p. is the dtrtsity of the solid, p1 the density of the liquid, S..,
water saturation)ibcreases with saturation, leadin.s to a slipt decrease in velocity. At total
' ~aturatioa. dae water ~ tends to . . _ the material (for lonlitudinal
wavet).aad thewtocity·risa.:For Sftftlnoluidc«ectooeun, asw U.C altudystated.
......
,
(3) 1k dality of aid• aelfiafHe ill .oaapariloll.with dlole of the hid and solid.
'-
~
'
190 &ESVLTS AND MECHANISMS 5
Gassmann's equation [see Section 2.2.2.2, Eq. (2.77)] serves to quantify this type of
.. ,
process. In the case of total saturation, this equation can obviously be adapted by
replacing the fluid bulk modulus by:
1 1 l
/(=(1-S,..)K+S ... K (5.6)
/1 /It flz
where K 11 , and K 111 are the bulk moduli of the two fluids, and S,.. is the saturation with
fluid 2. This presumes that one of the two fluids (fluid 1) is totally included in the second
(fluid 2).
The use of Eqs. (2.77) and (5.6) jives a behavior similaT to that observed for Massillon
sandstone at water saturations of 2 to ·100%. In fact, these equations constitute the zero-
frequency approximation of the eqvationsdeveloped by Biot (sec Chapter 2, Eq. (2132)].
For measurements taken at ultrasonic frequencies (sec Fig. 5.13 for example), the
application of Eq. (2.132) does not ,yield a very good result (sec Fig. 5.14a~
In Fig. 5.14b, Domenico (1976), uses the Geerstma-Smit .. high frequency" equation -~
[see Section 2.2.5, Eq. (2.133)] in which be varies the tortuosity parameter from 1 to
inftnity. The result is not better than itt the case of Fig. 5.14a. Various reasons can be
postulated for the disagreement. To begin with, the equation used does not account for
permeability effects, and, at a jiven tonuosity, the permeability effect is negli@ible only if
f/1. is greater than 5 (Gecrstma, 1961). Possibly even more important is the fact that this
equation presumes a por~ity uniformly distributed throughout the sample, and that any
gas is totally included in the fluid. In fact, partial saturation of the sample is not uniform
(see for example Bourbie and Zinszner,1984). Gas may~ occur in a partly continuous
form, in which case the sample is truly three-phase and requires a more sophisticated Biot
theory (Brutsaert, 1964). Even so, the non-uniformity makes analysis difftcult. The
Geerstma-SIIlit equations are interestJna to describe overilt1 behavior, but are defmitely
not intended for systematic use., · ·
Note that neither Gassmann's nor the Geerstma-Smit equations help to explain the
behavior of velocities at low saturation and at frequencies in the neishborhood of 1 kHz
(Fig. 5.12). To explain tbe~ble ftrilltion in velOCity at very lew sataration, Oark
er at. (1980)invokedehydrati0ft ndstifreftins Of day miaerals that are in~tact with the ~
'
~
5 ~fi'J.jfj; ~~ t9t'
ju 2 1- ••1.1 , ....
I
-·-
.~ I
~j ,,_:,,.
t
8 I
~
..... I
I
4. -.~' ',·'
......,...Vp I
' I'
f Coltlpulllll
fu~ : v,
'-· s*.. 0 .I
0 20 ~; . ..
waw UQ1r11!on I"I
JO 100 '
I
~-
·.tij
181 I
''
I
,, ·- t
'--- .,_"'* Fie- 5.14 Com.Puison of velocities · - - ~ •• s
ur...... calatl&ted· Ia wandlt~ ··~
computatioa . . . a........ ..,..., [100
i Eq. (2.132)). J.iaht, computation usiils Riot's ·- tt' ·--~
- i theory [see Eq. (2.133)]. In this latter case a 10 so 10 JO ., eo too
denotes the tortuosity (after Domenico, w.... _.....,",
1976). . tbl .•
~_;
'-
'-
.,__._.,.
,,,.
PiJ. 5.15 ~~orWUitadtorbedonsramsotiilica(lfter
.......
.,._........
Murphy, 1982b).
·~·
192 R~UL~ ANQ MECQANISMS 5
consideration, such as the adhesive forces between the grains. Initially, the sand is dry and
the solid skeleton non-rigid: velocity is therefore.low. As soon as a small amount of water
is added, capillary forces act between the grain., aoo
the solid skeleton exhibits greater
rigidity. By adding water further, these forces disappear and the apparent rigidity (and
hence velocity) decreases and then becomes virtually ~t until high saturation. At
high saturation, the incompressibility of the flui4 itself plays a role and the velocity again
rises. The qualitative variation in velocity in theund pile is hence dosely comparable to
the variation observed in laboratory experimonts on rock samples (see for example
Fig. 5.12) except for "infmitesimal" saturationsf'very dry.. to .. dry"). In lalldstones, a
capillary mechanism of the type d~~ abowe is therefore plausible, as the capillary
preesure at low saturation guarantees better cohesion of the material.
FiaaUy, it should be noted that ttae ~ ~-~ PJ:OPQIICCI (cbemiRI boPds and
capillary forces) are both related to the speCifiC surface atea of the porous medium, and we
shaD show that this remark raises a; problem for attenualiott at low saturation.
Ia conclusion, for dry rocks (saturation less than 2%); substantial variatiort in velocity is
observed, which can be explained by a decrease in the tree
sui:f'a6e energy, resulting from
the combination of a variation in capillary pressure and an adsorption mechanism. In all
cases, we have seen that the·~ ofvelocitl on saturation,-is v~y Jliabt, both for P
waves and for S waves. aa4b ·water saturatiOIIS bonreea >10 ed 90%. Couoq._.tly,
velocities are not aood indicators of the quantity ef ... pniiMlDt in .... pons.
•
·--- ........
fluid. This is wby ~~Y}tcuapcf.'ture relat~ are diseuiiCMl in the aext Sef;tion.
... .--,..
~._~--._~~~~~--._--~------
.
.,
if~
·.
......
~................ -·
i
~
3 ~
I ,, .. 3 ...
i:
Pp•3MI'•
Yp
'1,
,_,-3 ...
o aoc 0 2S0e 0 250C
~.12PC
~ '~ -~ 1250C
• tSOOC '· o tSOOC -, ISOOC
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 • 30 40 50
DiffemltW ,...,. IMh)
~
;:--
----
s ':.· " JIIUIIfl AN»~ 193
'-
'----"
a. Tempa'tlt,.e
Velocity varies slightly with temperature. For example, the velocity in distilled water
increases by 1•1o as the temperature rises from 10 to IOOOC (Kaye and Laby, 1973) and the
velocity in quartz decreues by 0.4% as the temperatures varies by IOO"C (Carmicbacl,
Vol. Ill, 1984). This shows that temperature exerts a very slight intrinsic eft'ect on velocity.
In fact, a number ofextrinsic factors cause the velocity to vary with temperature, and these
'-- indude di&renees in compressibility between the clitferen.t matrix dameatl aad banc:e
"--·._..-
di«erences in pressure, chanps in the viscotity of tlie'tauttatHra fluid, and phase cbangcs.
.......
~'~
'---'
........
I
3CJCIIDc
1...
0
• 4000C
1-
~-
Wet
p '•
?iF
~-~-!_
,::po-_..,. '
- --- -
' . ' !
•.o ...
1 •• I I
'-- 0 1100
1Clo - • 400
c:.tlnlnt......,. CW.)
'~
f1l. 5.17. Col • aaJ ~tics vs. temperature in Water.ly puitc.
Compressio.
Compariloa hetwccD dry aDd satwated cues for different confaaiaa
pnuurea (ultatoDic _,utemeota) (after Nur, .1980).
For lowporosityroeks such as pauite and pbbro (FiS. 5;17) the decrease in velocity
with temperature is nearly alwaytieu than 5% for a tcmpanture inaeasc of about lOO'C
'-
(Carmicblcl. Vol. II, 1912). F . , . 5.18 and S.l9 o&r a nuaber of•...,... of velocity
variations with temperatUI'f'for Jaip porOiity sandstones. It may be observed that, for dry
and water-saturated ..-tones, vciOClity ~with risina temperature. The~
in velocity observed in Fig. S.19d 'at partial~,:._. from aa irrewnible
structund chanFin the r9'k, ~ aJ¥lwn VfltY clearly by the hytt~ f.ucpt in this
'--
specific case.the deeroale ia 'ftlleaity is .-er•y fairly slipt. For a tempcratu(e rise of
lOO"C, the velocity varies by a maxiuium ota fC'fl perwnt anoon as the confuainapn~~SUre
is~ .
Velocity vanalioris obecnred in sandltoncs ._, ~ be explained by the dilremn
thermal expansion ~ts betwcea the~ COilstQ,nts of the solid, wbich include
~-~ clays and .,artz. ·
'-
'--
'-../
'---"
3.5
13.2& ...
~
.......
~-•.s•a'
.........~~
r
I! ·c
t
.2 ;;:
il
13
'---...o.
• ~1.75-
s.
(.) Vs
I
• & ,. • I US·
0 20 40 eo 10 100 l20 140-
Temper.cu,. C0c1 Fia. 5.19 Variations in velocities in Berea
sandstone vs. temperature.
a. Dry Berea sandatone (ultrasonic meas-
urements) (alter Mobarek, 1971).
. ""'-;,:.
b. c. Fully saturated Berea sandstone
(resonant bar) (.rter Jones, 1983).
d. Partially water saturated Berea sand-
stone (resonant bar) (after Jones, 1983).
3.8
)1,.
'
........._
w..rlllVt'atMI
~
it . ·'
'ii . Ve
i
~ 3.6
... J 1.80
~
J3.4 ··J.,.
.:l
p,=4.5MPa
~'c-10Mh
...............
I 0 20 40 eo 10 100 120
• 3.2
I (b) T....,.cur.t'cl
A.
3 . Pp"'Pc •O.S·MPa
...... ..,...
-_..
I I
rflna.
J :I 2.2t'
(al
20
~~
4&
..... • 10
2.0
1.8
I
~
Ju r-.. •
I
>
J 1.4
0
•
220C 0.95 cp
&aC'C
e . IMat 0.34cp
jl.~.I:C'
5 10 15 20 20 40 60 10 100 140
lei Confining prwan (M.-.1 (dl T.....,...,. lOCI
~.
"-'~
J
(~' "-··- ""'-
'---'
'---"
5 RI!SUL1i AMI) ~-••'··. 195
~
b. ViSCfl6ity ofs,..-, /11M
lnvestiptions on velocity variations as a function of saturating fluid viscosity are
conducted by varying the fluid viscosity by heatina the sample. Velocity variations in
solids as a function of temperature~ ftellilible, and. as the variation in velocity of the
'-- fluid as a function oftemperatu,re is small in comparison with that orthe viscosity, raising
'-../
the temperature is equivalent to observiq velocity variations with viscosity. For glycerol,
for example, from - 77 to + 100"C, the viscosity decreases by ten orders of magnitude,
while its compressibility only varies by a factor of 3 (Nur and Simmons. 1969~
~
Figures 5.20 and 5.21 provide a number ofexamples. In Barre granite or very low porosity
Bedford limestone, and in the sandstone samples, a rise in velocity is observed with
increasins vi$cosity for saturatins fluids sudl as pycerol and oil. In the case of water
·~
(Fig. 5.21) the velocity is inclepenc:lcet of temperature to within measurement accuracy,
and the viscosity of water is virtually invariable in the interval concerned (in comparison
'-- with that of oil). The biJher the saturation of the medium with viscous liquid, the Jllore
"·~
important the vitcolity Clffoct (Fip. 5.20 and 5.21),
1be slisht variation of voloc.ity in the fluid, as opposed to the high variation of velocity
·~
of saturated rock with tanperature (20 to 60%) shows that the etrect observed is clearly
that of viscosity. From a tbeoretical staadpoiat, Walsh (1969) de-veloped£qs. (5.4) and
(5.5), assDmins that the inclusion .CODSickred was 'riiCDIII. To .do this, he replaced the
ricliaity ot the fluid phue by korf,_ wJlere «»is the anplar frequency and 'I the viscosity. He
fouad tbat the c«ectivo shear mocJulus I' is liven by:
---
·~ 1 + (CO'f/1Jlo) 2
(5.1)
p • l'o l'oll't + ((J)'f/tl'o)'-
'-../
·~· while the bulk modulus K varies sliptly.ln this equation Jlo is the relaxed shear modulus
(at c» :1:: 0) equal to the solid modutus, 1'1 the relaxed modulus oftbe composite, and e the
'- aspect ratio of the iaclusion. This shows that an inclusion of viscous ftuid in this model
~
behaves approximately like a standard (or bner) model (tee Ctlaptcl' 3). Qualitatively,
increasins the temperature is equivaltnl to loweriq the fluid viscosity, and thus. reduces
the rigidity of the material and its velocity. ·
"-" VISCosity etrects are still noduli)' W1dentood, and recent investiptions. especially those
of Nur et al. (1984) may laelp te clarify thee results. Hence, we will leave tbe subject for
future discussion.
c. r~MM,cJi.,ge
The ftnal effect on the viscosity variation fl a phue chanae, either by vaporization or by
~
solidiftcation. Timur{1968) observed an increue in velocity in water-saturated rock when
the water fr'*(tee Fia- .5.22). Spetzler; and Andenon(l.)eblierved a wide variation in P
and S wave velocities when partial meltins bepn. Experiments due to DeVilbiss (1980)
'-...- and Tosaya et al. (1985) on different types of rock show a signifant increase in velocity at
the water-steam transition staae (Fia. 5.22). _ ·
'--
This effeet lw beea oblervtd to be stroapr in lou porous and less permeable materials
(e.g. Jranite), than ill porous·end permeable materials (e.J. -sandstone). It is possible that
the specifac behavior ~compact materials result from a non-uniform distribution of the
of the pru. cha.nac.ln low ~rmeability media and for relatively
~~
·~·
"---'
'-"
'---"
1.0 Bedford •irnest-
Vp t.O
o.• -
~ 0.8
0.7
t c Vs
J!.u
~0
0.8.
I
-·
J I
-2
I
0 2
Log v~ lpoiMI
4 6
•
I ' j
10 G.7
I I ~
(a)
P-6
2.5 ~---------------..,
- 1Qil" GivaN~
- - - IO"Giyowol
2.25
-··- o.v-... -4 -2 0 2 4 II
•
v, f')
Lot~--·
i 2 ,._,.,_. Varia~ in velocity vs. ,;scosity
• in JIJarol ••rated
I ,, amples.
-··--........... :: -·. a
1.75 L Normalized. P addS wave vel.x:ities in
> 1ledfenl liDI!IstOtle (ultrasonic :nasun:-
1.5 ··- ~~Nur,l~.
Ia. Nonuatized shear modulus in Barre
J,ranite and Bedford limestone (ultra-
1.25 some measufements) (after Nur. 1980}.
c. S wave ·velddty in Boile saadstoae for
-80 -60 -~ -20 0 20 ~ 80 80 100 various glycerol saturations ~~esoaant '"-
(e) TemperatureiOcl
bar} (after Nur et al., 1984).
~
1<.-Riw ....
. '
V..,..,....oil ....
3.6 p.•JOW.. '·•10.W.
u
----.
- 3.2
l 1• 3
•
II f - •. • -.....:: • ...101* lr
-bl'
50% oi
1
2.8
100Sell
J ~J
2.4 .....
................. ell
2
. . ·-- ,..,.. ..
2
0 50 100
T......-tocl
150
hence
.o
~
- ,_
,_.-
r
_y
y
r
: .
•
I ,''.:/?U.·~ t_P
I
'I
4.1
I
y
y
i
~
!'4.8 ........,
l 6Temp./
' t
I .. 4.4
4.2
1
WATIR ICI
4
~ '
34 20 tl 11 I II 0. ~- -1-12-18-20-24-.21
....... t"Q
,.,
1.1
SftAM WATER
i 1
!u
...............
I
&SIIftt ............
. ,M
'0......, ......
0.7
Jl'
~u 0 0.2 0.4 0.1
..... ..,..,.. ,
0.8
.. lbl
...
1 1.2 1.4 1.8
"---
198 RESULTS AND MECHANIS~S 5
'
high-frequency waves, the assumption that the pore pressure is not uniform is reasonable.
Finally, the compressional vei9Cities display virtually no variation at the time of the
water/steam transition in samples which are only partially water-saturated (Tosaya eta/.,
1985).
~-
-,: •._.' •{ ,(,.,' ~"..Jt~'~~-~ ~ '"' ··:r ~:.·J:J'> ~·); .1li ,j: .d
~.~,.dii / ~.(-f 1:·iUJ) \~!Ji:~~·t.:.-hth:-~:Cfi ~-·lt"i(:.·%S'tr:--,r ')1.-i''-'; ·.1
"(Z861 '.(qdlnl'( ~l,P) ~um l111JUl!S lOJ (lqi!J111) (ZH~ J11q lU11U~l pu11
(U~(111) spoql~ 3!QOS8ll(n.(q palft~ ~!=KJpA JO sUOI!JlldUIO::J £rs"lt.!l
CIOl 08
(~) UO!lt..,... *'M
01 Ot> 0& t'
I
., • •
t1U UO!Itlllltl JePM
....... ~
l"l:
(ZH ttl 1· LLOll SJ\ £
< <
c) .I
CZH toiOl: • DLU 31 J\ 1i'
1"£ l 1i'
l
r tatiiiA tat14MIWIIS,
...
. .,
........ "t'IM -.s
5
•
I ~I UO!ltJftltl *'M 001
00&
• • •
(ZH!il£·11£)$1\
........- ...... _._...
-•
IZHliOil"'l SJ\
~"'-·
(ZHII OK "'I clJ\
,_
0.1'-...J.
IIIIIIIIPWI UIIIUn- WOlf ,""-· ........ UO!Ut\UO:I
~, .. -·
o.u·._l.
--------------~------~.
J
200 RESL'LTS AND MECtv.NISMS 5
2.9 1.6
0
0 ~ SlemWhite.,..,..
1.5 <!)
l~·~ ~• i
::!!u
1.4
~
"i 27 Ultr~ ~ UID"IIJRic ;/C,.,.t
j . ~-.red f1.2 btt
/;'-
pr.tic:bd
l
!u
li .....,.. ~ j'·' ~-= I I
'
J 2.& 6-~-,. ~o- 1.0
~0
2.4
100 eo eo 40 20 0
...
0.9
0 10 20 30 40
. . . .8Niitone
50 eo 70
.... ..,.tlon "') Timefhounl
--,
Fig. 5.14 Influence of frequency on velocities as a function of saturation.
Baaed on the low-frequency velocity ....ta (resonant ber), the ultrasonic
veiQc:iaies are computed with a Constant Q DiCrdel Note that Sierra White
granite appears to display Constant Q behavior contrary to Berea
sandstone. In Berea sandstone, water ~turation is not computed, and only
drying time is given (after De Vtlbiss. 1910). ·
~.
3.1
. . . .11011....._
..,.cMPal
_.......
---Dry<,
~ ........_........ "W'
20 ............., ........
f3.8 20 .............
-........
::!! 10-:::.
' ......=::::.........
13A ....._,
5 __..
.............. I
u·
2.5~
.....
-.. I
l
..... 10
3
!
0 500 1000 1tao 2000 21100 iI
Fr.qu~~~Cy CkHzl i
I
Fit- 5.15 lntl~ of frequency on oomprcuional velocity in dry and I
sabN'ated Massillon sandstone (after Winkler. C 1983 AGU).
~
.--....
~
•(1861 "P.SH pu1t U!JIU&
I
-'q ~u.J» '.(qcilnV( puv Jnl'( JatP!)~,i'Ba.p p.,_ _,1JPU111
UO(I!ftWW "41
. . . . . . 1Pl'1 spwno~lm'BW
6L6l ~ ., 111 l~I~A\ nl.J'B) ff!:top.qno!tUOlD pD ·900 . •nt '* .
·.()~UO~Utf~ ~ ~1t.f
...
. .
. • . ·' : • ' JO '
;
1
...............
·-
( ~.
·- 0 I
I
I
-so
i
'~ftc ·: . ' • '"' l
'~-
~ .•
(e}
....... ·1:
j
~--------------------------~--~st
L-Ol
' ~;
..
OLtrl:
ON&
OILZ
'• <
'' "'--..vC---.---.-oa----~9~----~
OLK I
0 Oltrt"!
§
-
r---~~----r----------------+~
c
•
- '"" ooa
' .WIIfiiN
'-·
202 llESULTS AND MECHANISMS 5
~
showed theoretically that the 8{ain-to-sfain friction proc;ess was a threshold mechanism
involving a non-linear relationship between velocity and straia nu- will be discussed
further in Section 5.1.2.5.
To conclude, Winkler's calculations (personal communication) showed that the strain
amplitude of standard' seismic sources was less .than to-• in far f~eld for any source
II
employed (artiftcial or natur~and hence for the range of uses in geophysics, velocity can I
I
be considered to be independent of strain. I
5.1.1.6 Slmunary
We have shown the following properties concernin& variations in velocity as a function
of physical paramet~rs:
• Velocity increases with coafiDia& ·1'ft'SSU£e aftd differential pressure. The pressure
parameter is the ditTerential or efl'ective pressure, which is equal to the difference between
the conftning pi'CS$ure and the pore pl§SIIre. Grain contacts and cracks play an essential
role in this increase; hence, for crack-free rocks, velocity is virtually independent of I
I
pressure. l
• Velocity depends sliahtly on water saturation for two-phase water/air mixtures and
water saturations that are neither too IQW ( < 10%)nor too·biab (> 90%). For dry and
100% saturated samples, velocity increases signiftcantly. f
• The viscosity of the saturatina fhttd is a parameter that strongly influences velocity.
Velocity increases with viscosity.
• The role of temperature is slight. An increase of lOO"C in temperature causes a I
I
decrease in velocity of only a few per cent. I
• Phase changes of the fluid in a porous medium cause the velocity to vary i'
substantially.
• Velocity depends on frequency ils.JD~liis meditiln; and thus increases slightly
I
with it. j
• For the low strain usplitudes used in seismic experiment$, velocity is independent of I
I
strain.
~r---------------------------~ -~r---------------------------~
.'----'
Gqnfte t'~·
.,;_ ·pv 1- ·': i~"'t2
..............
'-·
20
~ Q
40
10
.30
\.....-. 20
.., .
.
Confitllne .....,., CMPel
w~------~------_.------~--------J
0 tiG wo ttiG 200
:fr·;; f •
fbi Conflllllle ,._. .......
~ •• ~1
-~
Colorldo oil ......
5 0~~----~------~------~~-----J
50 .. 110 aoo
Confinilll~twa)
lei
80
110
---..s
lldfonll.__
a,..
'---
-~
204 RESULTS AND MECHANISMS 5
150
z 220
120 ~ PAV= 6%
~
5001&HI 3001- ~=3.8%
cr 1= 0
00'1 =0 240 0...~ cr = 5 MPI
~ 90
ecr1 = 5MPa 1
p 60
1p ·1110 ~.4>
0 o -o-, -io
p 120 ,~.
30 l .,~1'1-=l
.. ~·· ..
.
60
.,.J .....~.. -.....
500kHz
0
20 40 60 80 100 o L--'--~--'--~
20 40 60 80 100
W1ter satur1tion (%)
W1ter satul'ltlon (%I
·-·
u..Hion~
L MassiUoa..-...(~
eo bar).~ W'aatJer U!Cl Mur.
C 1979 AGU).
'-' 1000 40
Op
30
• lff20
0 tO 20 30
EHwtM...-.CMh)
!'
OL-------~------.L------~~----~
0 w 20 30
EffwttM.,.-CMh)
. .., ..
70r-------~--------------------~
eo
,..,., sandnDM
Dry 50
Q 40
25 • 76 tOO
Confilliftl , _ . . (MPal
30
.. Navajo sandstone (ultrasoll\£ Nllilliolllldnone
measurements) (after Johastoti ·
W..UIIntld
aad TobOz. C 1980 AGU).
so 100 150 20
Dltt.rantial , _ . .....
·--"------"
~ r-----------------------------~
L Fontainebleau sandstone
• - 18.1"
(1.5 ·3kHz) r
~1•
(after JouriMe and Ziasmer. 320
1985).
tt:'- 240
~·-· _•..._ •....__.••./
•J
180
FontliMbleeu~
80
f J
0. I .,
I I I • I t, e :
0 «» eo eo 100
watar uturation C1' I
100
Sierra Wl'ltte granite
., ._ Sierra White granite (after
Murphy, 1982).
60'
1¥
40
20
0
0 20 40 80 80 100
·.Watar......,..~)
10 r---------------------~----------,
Vyoor porous gl•
e. Vycor porous glass (after
Winkler and Nur, 1982).
lfle
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Water taturation I" I
-------,-------------------------------------------------------------------- ----
'-·
'-.
20 .........._
o....... ....._,
10
0 c:-.lno ..,._: ~ I
15
~
10
·------
0 2 3 4
.--.... volatl..
I
.,
,,.,.. 5.32 loRuence of slight traces of liquid on
1.5
attenuation (re10out ball.
w.w --...c,.ttto..., •........, a. (after Clark et al. C 1980 AGU).
k_ (after Tittmann et al., published by AGU,
Cal 19~).
c. s.tw.n. tee~
Several techniques are available to obtain a Jiven saturation. For a water lair mixture,
for t~xample, the saturated sample can be dried, eeetrifuaed, or depi'CSiurized to introduce
the liquid. All these techniques yield a different distribution of the two ftuids in the porous
medium (sec Fig. S.33bJ. Attenuation measui'CIDWltS depend heavily on the saturation
tecbniques (see FiJ. 5.lla), Ud the attenuation peat shifts or disappears dependin1on the
saturatien technique employed~ ·
b. J'isctnity
Chanaes in viscosity of the saturatina ftuid are pnerally obtained by chanses in
temperature. Fiaures 5.37 to 5.39 summarize the results obtained. althoush the
dependence of attenuation on viscosity may be hiJhly complicated in detail (Fig. S.~9a);
300 300 300
• 112 DRYING CENTRIFUGE DEPRESSURIZATION
J• 117
250 ~ : Ill 2liO
tm 2110 o Ill
: 157
200 200 200
50 I I 10
50 • I
50 ., 70 JiG; 10
' itt 90 100 58 liO 70 10 90 100
10 90 100 • Water-ion"'l
............... "', .........atloft '"'
(a)
J>\i
Zl ..: ~ ll! J... I!!
'-
~
\.....~ _,
'~
'-
40
50
P11 •0.SMPa Pc"'10MPII
·i
40
• "
G.IScp
Pp•4.5 . . .
~30
• 0.52cp
0.34cp
O.»cp·
~30 ·~.
20
~•
10
_,. I
*IV I I t- I • ' , I I
"-·
...
I ,,.,
...... I
• tO fl·
Etteetiw ..,_,.tMN
20
• 40 .,
r........,,.eoc,
10 100 120
'-
f1a. 5.34 Influence of temperature on atte- Fia- 5.35. lnftucnc:e of temperature on atte-
nuation (raonant bar) in a water-saturated nuation (resouant bar) in a water-saturated
Berea sandstone. Pore pressure is O.S MPa Berea sandstone (constant pore and
(after Jones, 1983). confming pressures, p, • 4.5 MPa and
p~ - 10 MPa (alter Jones, 1983).
'---
50
Pc = Pp•O.S MPa
''-
40 6 E
e S ~ Ttmf*ature /
.0 E t
s 'r..,..,._'
lf!l30
20
'-
10
AI
~.
--..
3
11
p j s
'I
!-~ 0.5 ----- l
I~ o
-4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
I • ...;4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 TO
$
Fi&- 5.38 Influence of saturating --.
fluid viscosity on attenuation.
Bedford limestone (ultrasonic
100 measurements) (after Nur. '
C 1971 AGU).
1000
-a
10
-4 -2 0 2 4
•
Viscosity !Poise • IOf*:elel
8 10.
140
~==30%
120 2-4kHz '
Glycwot 11turation 80%
.-100
ipso
Fig. 5.39 Influence of saturating 'In
fluid viscosity (temperature) on 40
attenuation in a partially
glycerol-saturated Boise sand- 20 .,
stone (JCIOnant bar) (after Nur
et al., 1984). . o' , , , , 1 , , , , ,
-80 -20 20 60 100
Temperlture (°CI
.,
"
'
~-----,--------------------------------~--------------------------~----------·--------
~T
I
~ mut~-~,,~~ 2tl
I
J2 p I
-"-v..ltlon
P
1-
11I'
z 0.11- I
V..-.laoilund
lrine awreM
1.
1
..r I . . • ........ ..........
.............,...... ~I
4
llu
j
...._s 1.
13 l
ASelnt ......
J 0.4
!1 Pc•10MPe
J
2 Temp.110·c
J,fl I
I
I
0.4 1 1.2 1.4 1.8
0 0.2 0.8 0.1
Pore..-..IMI'al ol I'0
I
1
I
2 3
I
4 5 8
, __ 1•1 Pen,_. IMPel
lbl
The existellCe of one or more attenuation peaks appears to bedeilonstrated clearly by the
results given. These peaks are intrinsic to the liquid itself.
c. Pluu~ clttllw~
As already discussed. temperature can cause phase changes within the porous medium.
As in the case of velocities, changes in attenuation as a function. of phase ~F of the
saturating ftuici are sigaif~nL Fipre SAO ofers two examples. A wicle. variation in
attenuation is observed at tbe vapor/liquid transition.
These wide variations are only observed on samples that are totally saturated with
liquid. For partially water-saturated samples, these \-ariations are not observed (Tosaya et
al., 1985).
J
212 ll£St;lTS Al\10 MECIJAI'ISMS 5
• Gr.,ite +·GIY<*ine
30>oG•.,;N
6 Quartzite
~
~20
~a
0 0 ~ e-
10
• 0 QD
,_
..,. tb COil
0.1 10 100
Frequency (mHzl
8~
[ Dry a.r.. sandstone
E
I 50
~
I Wet Berea sandstone
7t-
.. -- 4~~1s ""'
-
6
30
5
tp· '
o-:
~ 3J : ;J"O% -o., s
~ 2ti'
4 E
20
3
lPc'
2 ..,. •• E
S · =0..5.MPa
·
aS Pc., 10 MPa
~·- =t •
5
' 0
•
tip ..• ·a5
Pp
tip ··o
J .·
1tc • 10 Wa
.
I
0 .
oE
I I I
. .
I I I I I I
I Gh
0 2 4 6 s 10 0 2 4 8 8
Frequency (kHzl Frequency (kHz)
"
~
r
·.;. 125 .oe "-') )\
• E
• s
75 I
1¥
'--- 50
25
1--:: ':t:~
20 ~~---'---'---'-=-
0
O.Q2 0.1 0.2 1
f'*IUifiCY {kHz)
2 10 0
I
,__
- -- -·
11
,.20 r[-~w--.;_100-,.----_,.;...,J
11
b. Porous glass (Vycor) with /-...., s
different saturations. 12
8 //~
F /• E
-~
4
'- FiJ. 5.43 Frequency dependence of attenua- Vyoor,poraul ....
tion (after Murphy, 1982). 0 I t f I I I I I
~·
3 5 7 ' 11 13 15
fr~Q~MMY CkHzl
'--
50
WinptiiWldiUIM lletlltiUd
40
•-7kHz
• -200kHz
10
'--·
~20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 eo 10
. 5tlllc:IM ...........
...
214 RESULTS AND MEC'HA~"ISMS 5
"l
70
--- ~
I •
I 50
T::-·
3D
l I
n
I
......
-
I
• •, - . .
I • I
~·
10
20 40 eo 10 100 20 40 eo 10 100
w- uturMien I") w..., _.,., 1%1
125
MaliliO'I undstone
1()0 ---Drv
_:
75
~
50
/
.,
25 ..,"
,., ,/""
0 ""
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
F,..-y lltHI)
----,
r".
....______ -,-
----~-----~~~~-~-~--~~~~-~---~~-~~~~~-----~~---
r
'--'-
--- ~
~
5 ...a.u AMD MICIIANIDIS 215
"----
'---
arc ob&crvcd for pal1ially and fully aturatcd ~ at t'Nqucndcs in tbe
neilkborboocl of S to 10 kHz (appiOXialately the frcqucacies employed ill acoustic
·~ 1 $ louin~). Vyoer porous Jlass also cliapUn--beha¥icrr ·timiJat to s*dstones, twnely
'I atteauation is inllepeftdent of freqUIIM)' for the a., sample. and biPIY dependent on ·
frequency at around 10 kHz with increasing sample saturation. Figure 5.45 shows that
)1
the position of the attenuation peak as a function of saturation varies with frequency.
~
Figure 5.44 shows that the difference between _ attenuations at two given frequencies
decreases with rising effective press~
-L At sufficiently high frequencies (in comparison with grain sizeL scattering effects are
fl observed. as in the case of velocities (Jee Fla. 5.46), and scatterint induces an increase in
~
attenuation with rising frequency at frequendes ......- daan 1 MHz. The behavior
I -~
observed corresponds fairly closely to a scattering-type mechanism (~ion 3.3.3.5,
I Sayers, 1981, Winkler, 1983). This mechanism OCICUrs only if the transmitted wavelenith is
....:::::::. comparable to the arain siD (Devaney et al.. 1982). Tbc _<:entral frequency of the scattering
proc:ess is given by:
fD
3(M)!
=R P.
1
(5.8)
where
R • p-ain radius,
P. = density of the material,
M = elastic modulus of the wave,
and, in the case of sqdstoneS. the fttquencyf.o is around 3 MHz.
"----
(a) For deformations lower than a threshold '• of about 10- 6 • Q does not vary with
strain.
'--- (b) The threshold e. increucs with risiaa prcssu~e and decreases with inacuina water
saturation.
(c) For e peater than e., attenuation decreases with risiag pressure and increucs with
incrcasinJ water saturation.
The dependence of attenuation on strain resultia,a from adtreshold.e«eot, namely gftin-
to-&rain friction (Mavko, 1979), appears to be Jlelligible at seismic strains.
'---
'-._.-'
.'--
~
100 f
10
~ ~:::
1
't::=:: :~·: ·. =:.
a-~
: : : :
-~
1 ~~
.
FiJ. 5.47 lnflueru:e of strain am-
ptitude on attenuation of different
rocks and crystals (lonpmdinal
..CUation at 90 kHz) (lfter Oor-
doa and Davis. C 1961 AGU).
.
"
j
'
~\
0.1
~
0.01
to-& to-7 ,~ to-"
10-8
...............·,.-s ..,-3
.----._,
10
• - llndstone Pc•1MPa
~
Fig. 5.48 Influence of straia am•
plitude on attenuation. Berea
8
0
-o
.....
0.
sandstone under different confi- _ _ _ _ _...,;,.,...,..-:.------• Pc • 5 MPa
ning and pore pressures (resonant
bar) (after Winkler et al. Cl 1979
Macmillan Journals Ltd~
4
...,.
Strain amp! itl,lde
50 t e M...mon Sw • II S- 70Hz
6 M-illon Sw = 0 S - 1 kHz
40 ~o OttfWII '~w • o" lltolt tem
1~30
Fie. 5.49 Influence of strain am- __ ~,
-· __________._________~._--------L---------~
-7 -8
Strain .mplltude (tOil tettel
·-s -4
Ottawa sand (alter Stott, 1979).
"'
~- rj
"-'
I:; 5 ...,.,.,~ND'~Nars 217
I - '
" • - - dqlalds coasidorably <Ill£~---~
mixt-.
or of P*r liquid· ia 1tie pomus medium
_,oil
Ataeauatiollpeab obsmlell depend on tlbs aaturatioD. Tbe fat traces of water
atteouatioa Spifaatly, and the
J atteauetioa of *Y rooks is low. The quality factor Or tcema atwa,s .-ter than Qs at
l 00% saturation. Attenaatioa also depends on the distribution of air bubbles (or of aon-
wettins Ruici~ within the porous medium.
• Rising temperature detrcascs attenuation signiftcantly.
'~
• Attenuation is hilblY sensitive· 'to the viSCQSity of the saturatins fluid. One or more
attenuation peaks are observed.
• Phase cbanps of the fluid cause substantial cbanses in attenuation.
·~ • The quality factor depends stronJly on frequency at frequencies dole to tO kHz, and
at· f~ ptator tbu l MHz. 1'hc i,avene of the ~uality factor 4isplaJS a peak
'--
arowad lO kHz.
• Ia lliaic aptdmeuts, the quality factor is illdependeat of strain amplitude.
• Figure S.SO SUlbnlari7.a some l:.l these resUlts for a ••tjpical* sandstone, Massillon
sandstone. -
'---' f
'--
'--
5.1.3 A.__:_.lllisms
We aucaeclod in aeasuria& the attenuation)IIII'WIDOtet' eheracterizinathe loss of energy
underpM by a ,.._ wave duriJtl ita. propqlltioa du'oulla a &iven materiaL We thus
·~
obsened that this pa,....r, jult like velocity, varied: cxmsiderably and depoDded
strODIIy Oft lecll ~ tetaplntUe ·udnother physical dfccts. It remains to
undentaJHlho9i thiS loss ofeaeraya:cars. How does tMinteraction between the wave and
218 RISVLTS AND MECHANISMS 5
the porous medium dilsipate enersy tlarough a· Joule dfect? What is alae souroe of the
intrinsicaUenuatioa?Which mechaliismsarc N8pOnSiblc under the coaditions that are of
interest to teismic exploration? UDJite velocity, attenuation il still.poorty uaderstood.
and many mochanisms that we dcscftbc in attempting 10 answer diose qwatioos are
merely hypotheses. This. area ofrodc physics is: jn a staa of constant cbansc.
We will ftrst examine the role ofintergranularf'rietion. which was tbefocusofimportant
work in the 1970s (Walsh, 19(4 Jobnston et al., 1979). We lhall then exlnsidcr ~everal
linear mechanisms, distinguishing those that apply to .. dry" rocks (in laboratory
conditions) and those applicable to partially or fUlly saturated rocks.
5.1.3.1 lnterpuutar f~
Recent ·experimental measurements (Wiftkler et Jil., 1979, Wialcler and Nur, 1982,
Stewart et al., 1983, Murphy, 1982 b, Stoll, 1979) were made at strains ranghlJfrom to-•
to to-•, and revealed the iadoponcloace of velomy aiJd ~tioa .............. from
strain amplitude, if the ta~r is less than 10- 6 (fjas 5.26 agd 5.47 to 5.49). Moreover, we
have mentioned that Mavko (1979) shows that intergranular friction is a .. non-linear
mechanism with a threshold effect. This mechanism is triggered only if the deformation
amplitude is higher than a given value. Finally, the Winkler and Nur calculations (1982)
also served to show that the strain amplitude in seismic experiments was always less than
10- 6 • Hence all these .facts suggest that intergranular friction is not an important
phenomenon in the attenuation of seismic waves.
Yet Figs. 5.26and 5.47 to 5.49 bave-lbotbown.thejmportancc=ofthe presence of water,
even in very small-proportions, in altering both the threshol$1 and the amplitude of
variation in mechanical properties as a fUnction of strain. this implies a sort of lubrication
achieved by the ftrst layers of water 'between the dift'ercnt ·arams.
~"
/"
...
'-..---'
'---'
-...
~I 5 ~ 2-19
lOr----------------------------------,
-......---
-
''-'
''-
-,-;
~
10 .;.--
50
'-' E (ti88 • 917 Hz)
lf940
3D
'-
t 20
'-
toL---_.~--~~--~~--~~--~
0 2 4 • 8 ,10
.... llllntioft ~)
'-
n.. 5.51 Extensional aad sbeat attetauatioos (1000/Q) iD Musillon
'-' sandstont vs. saturation (0 to tG-!.)(after Murphy, 1982). '
1%. 1bis peat pollibly results from the ,,...._..,. depeDdeace of 1000/Q. ·If ibe
-- ~ were .taken at coastaat lro.qucac:,, tllc _pe¥ would probably be absent.
However, tbia explaaation requires ~ ~af~PUtioa.
We shall now cumioc a munber of pouible mcd1anisms offering aa qualitative
\_./ . explaDatioD of attaluatiop behavior at low ~n.
~ate& Attenuation
(tr/Jf 1000/Q
"---
Vyoor ............................ . a :ZOO ~ 2
~
Mauilloa~ ........-....... . • 10 ;; 10 to 25
'"-----'
·~
'-../
~
1,.
220 RI!SULD ANI) MECHANISMS 5
~.
We have shown for velocities that in the case of low saturations capillary forces may
play an important role. For attenuation at very low water saturations, part of the energy
dissipated may also result from capillary mechanisms. The mec:banism involved is again
associated with the specifK: lPlfaa: area of the porous medium, and the Vycor/sandstone
problem (see previous paragr.) again appears to arise. In fact, the v•lue of attenuation due ---
to capillary forces depends considerably on the microstructue of the porous medium "
(surface roughness, aspect ratio and size of capillary tubes) and the specif1c area per se
plays a minor role.
. Attenuation is hence the combination ofmicrocapillary hysteresis (viscous dissipation
on rough surfaces combined with the breakaac of ch~ bonds) and of mechanisms ~.
Figure 5.52 shows the variation in attenuatiOn at water saturations ranainJ from 10 to
100%, and concerning the same MassiHoti sail'istone'as in F~ S.St.ne variation -in
extensional measurement frequency results here from a sharp rise in velodty(see Fig. 5.12)
at saturations approaching 100%. The lfteasurement f'requeftcy is hence mually Constant
for all saturations in shear mode, and for saturations ranging from 10 to 95% in
extensional mode.
Fipre 5.52 re~ dlat at~. is coD$idcrabJy affectod bJ water saturation.
ExtcDiional atteauation ·readies a . . . .\Uil around ~% Aturation, wbile abear
-----..
70
Miitalllon sandstone
80 •·2a ~.
60
!.!2•
30 "
20
10
20 40 60 80 100
Wdlttltiii'Mion~l
"
Fla. 5.Sl Exten•ional and sbtar attenuations (1000/Q) in Maalilloo
sandstone va. saturation (10 to 100%) (after Murphy,1982). .,
"
....,
'-../ 5 ld!IVlti' "* tid!a~A. . . 121
----,:1
attenuation shows a maximum at 100% saturatiqn. Moreover, extensional attenuation
(Qi 1 ) is always greater than shear attenuation (Qi 1 ) except at very JUab saturation
( > 97% ~ Also observable (Fia. s;43) is a wide variation of Qi 1 and Qi 1 as a function of
~ frequency, with a peak at around 5. kHz. Finally, as we have shown (Fig. 5.4S), the
attenuation peak as a function of saturation varies in position and amplitude with
'--
frequency. These properties (peat at 5 kHz, satur~on, depebdence) arc approximately
independent of the type of rock analyied, or rather, the dcpendetl4:C on the type of rock is
_, very slight in compari~n with cQnaes in porosity and permeability (see Table 5.1).
We shall review tbct.111eehanisms that arc m01fcommonly used today to explain these
:t i!t
experimental
L
res~tlts.
DUI«tditHH ;, ,....,,
As discussed above in Section 5.l.3.2a,: tbis mechanism appears to be inadequate.
c. Cqilltlry forces .
At low saturations, the iPfluaiC:e 'O(t;:apillary:forccs was due to a sort of microcapillary
hysteresis. At high saturatio• tlia mechanism is heace <*taialy less active, and cannot·
possibly explain 'the attenuation pt8k observed (see FiB- S.S2).
'
d. Tlln11t0-rela..,
An acoustic wave propaptins in a pven me4ium acts by ~poling a sudden change in
stress on the medium coDCel'Did.. Bccause it is a rapid pt~ wave propaption may be
considered a process that is controlled macr~y by t~ adiabatic properties of the
material. Microsc:opically~the ~ is veryheteroaaneeu.. siDce each grain and each
pore with its Ouid respollds adiabatically in accordanco with its own thermomechanical
, properties. The rapid strain variations due. to tbc wave front impose temperature
variations throup thermomecbanical coupliq. These temperature variations are
heteroaeneous due to the heteroaeneity of the microscopic constituants of the porous
medium. Macroscopically, tcnaperatW'! equilibrium' is obtained through thermal
'-
conduction. A tllmnal relaxaticlll.dtus takes'))lace an4 iavolves a phase shift between
'~
macroscopic stress and . strain. &foreovcr, if two phales of the same component
'--"'
(waterjsteam)~prelent,masatiaasks(vapoj!izatio8/conclensation)takeplacefromone
phase to the other to auaraaU~Q tlermodyuamic equilibrium. This mechanism was
analyzed theoNtjcally by kjart.,.,.... (1919 b); He prtdkted a dcpendctl4:C of attenuation
on saturation and on freQuency. The cenn.t i.laxatfon frequeacy is pven by:
hl
h-~ ~~
'-
~-
..__._
....
fg
TAIIU: 5.1
FRF.QIJF.N('Y Df.I'P.NUf.N('E 01' ATI'IINIJATION
Type
of sample
"
(%}
Per me-
P()tosit' ' ability
(md)
Maximum
attenuation
freq~ncy ....
lnvcstljatcd
rrequency
'"
Reference Expc;ri.-entat
conditions
20
617
tooo
2kHz
· 2 k,Jfz
0.4 kHz-3 kHz
4>.4 kHz~3.5-:.tHz
Jones and N ur, Warer · sat IH'ated
(1983)
(1983)
and Pc aad p, up
to 20 MPa .
Jones and Nur, As &oo-ve·
!i
Navajo sandstone ..... ll ;;l:O.S kHz 3 Hz-500 Jk Spencer, (1981) Saturated (various
I
.. -. Ouidsl
Nav¥» sandstone . ·• ..• ·u ;;. O.$.kHz 3Hz-~ HZ Spencer (1981) Low saturation
Spor~ liniestone .•..• 14 '().017 kHz 3 Hz-'OOHJ Spencer (1981) Water .satura&ecl
OWa *!a aruite ..... t ;;.0.5 kHz 3Hz• Hz Spencer (1981) W•r saturated
Ma.'lllilkm ~~andatonc ... 23 737 4to.kUz JO Hz-tOk~ Murphy (1982) Vau:illble ·
satUration
Perous Blass. (Vycor) ... 28 0.01 7109kHz 1 kHz-f2 'kHz Murphy (1982) Variabtc
saturation
Barca sandstone .:·...... 20 500 3 to 6kHz 1kHz-8kHz Winklcr~d \Vater saturated
Nur (1 2) (10 MPa}
-
From JOnes (1983}.
1111
• ) ) ) )
)
~r .._.. -;,
5
where
amfl.n iA~-~~ 2l3
~i h - pore half-width,
~·~ D • &bermal dift'usivity of the composite material.
In the case of Massillon sandstone, fr is approximately 10kHz. which is close to the
resonance frequency observed (Fig. 5.43). Figure 5.53 Jives the frequency dependence of
'-- attenuation obtained by thermo-elastic effect ill relation to that of the standard model
previously analyzed It may be observed that the thermo-elastic peak is much broader
than the peak of the standard model. This iS normal. because the thermal relaxation
process is a diffusive one. The width of the thermal relaxation peak is incompatible with
·:,
the narrowness of the peaks observed on Massillon sandstone (Fig. 5.43). Figure 5.54
$
shows tl\e variation of attcauation witb •saturation. The ~um is obtained around
99% saturation. which docs not correspond to tbc experimental results. Figure 5.55
~ shows that attenuation increases with rising temperature. However some recent data
~
reported by Jones (1983) show the opposite behavior. Finally, the thermal relaxation
~·
process fails to explain the caergy ~ obJet •ed in shear.
Nevertheless, the foregoing comparisons between theory and experiment must be
adjusted appropriately. In fact, the theory is developed for traveling waves, and the
experiments employed standing waves (resonant bar method). In the present state of our
knowledge. it is diffiCUlt to 8SICSS the scope of this difference. Yet it appears that thermo-
elastic processes are negligible, at least at temperatures below lOO"C.
'..._..
I''
o.sr---~r--------~------~.--------r--------,----,
J't
Fig. 5.53 Comparison
of theoretical atte-
~:
nuations of standard
model aDd thermo-
'
elastic dil'uaive mo-
del (after Kjartans-
aA son. 1979b).
01 ,
---
:=: .d'::
~---
,
1
, 71== :=;=-- L ' t
Ftwquiftey Cwrl
!fJ!
Fit 5.54 Tlleoretical
thermo-elastic ..ue- .
nuation vs. satura-
tion and for dilrerent
cfepdls (alter Klar-
taassoD, tmb~ .
.... 8.1
~
------~~~--~~-~-~~~~---~---------------'
;;:-
~
"----'
5 ,_,..,.._~
l2S
''---"
•r--r--~-r--~-r--,-~--~~~-
o ..,..tGHI
'-'
• tlllli'Os , .. - 2.1 kHz
50
0
---- 0
40
"----
I·
"--'
'--
<i(
'--"
20
'-
'-
10
'-'
0 20 40 .,
0..___,__....___._ _,__.__....._...._....,.,___.___,
....,_.....• 100
"---- saturatioa.lil tile case fl FOillaiadlleau saaclstooe(fi&. 5.3la) we fmct one example of the
-~
same ptOCIIII. 'l1!le additionofthltftnUte tOOAI ofwaterftlls the ~fain contacts of the pore
networt.leadilla to a wry apid rile iD attftuatkm. In an interpretative sense, Fis. S.3lb
for aranite is analoaous to the very low saturation behavior of Fontainebleau sandstoJle.
At very low saturations, as we have shown. other attenuation mechanisms are also
invoked (hydroxyl bonds. capillary forces~
t Ft.UI/IOU IMrtilll c~
"-
This mechanism, associated with Biot's theory (Chapter 21. accounts for relative
'- movements of the ftuid and solid. It is a bulk mechanism •bic:h, u we haw streaed,
'--
requires a hiahly permeable sample. This theory predicts _a substantial frequcacy
depende~ of attenuation in the ranse 10 to 100kHz for materials such as Massillon
sandstone. At the seismic fiequenclcs and at common permeabilities, the losses predicted
by this ~octet are insisftiftc:ant. Moreover, MOchizuki (1982), recently showed that this
mechanism implied attenuation values that were too low in comparison with the
'--- fortaoina data. The equations of Biot ( 1956) and Mochizuki (1982) show tbat the c:titical
frequeaey ia proportioaa1 to tbe fluid ~· aacl that attenuation clecreaset with tisina
viscosity. Thil result ia in eontradictic,.urith,tbc experimental results of Jones and Nur
,____.-
(19U) for oumple (FiJ. 5.57).
'---"
·~
~
226 RESULTS AND MECHANISMS 5
~--·
ll 61-
(GPIII
5
40
I
g. Pc= 10MPa
pp=4.5 MPa
~30r
20
10
·' "
'
Finally, this model predicts a dependence of the c:cntral frequency on the inverse of ~-
permeability, a dependenc:c that has never been actually observed (see Table 5.1).
g. JrUCOIII ! ,
If the fluid phase is sufl-.ciently viscous. viscous stresses opposed to the motion are added
to pressure. A .unplc cakulatioq (Nur, 1971, \,\'tWa. 1N9} -~ lhows that the
riequcaCies at which a~ _mecba.., --- oporatioaal arc \"et)' biJb for fluids
such as water, and eva for liaht oils. In fact, ~- ~trallrequency of the mechanism is
Jiven by:
ep
Q)e-
- - f/ (5.1())
where
e - aspect ratio of the pores,
p .... shcaE modulus of the matrix.
'1 - viscosity of the intentitial fluid. -
For water, cue is about 109 to 1012 Hz in satura1ed -sandstones. However., for rocks in the
state of partial melt, this mechanism may~ important at the seismic frequencies.
._ Rep.djlu
This is the fluid flux between the peaks aad trdups ofa strain wave, or the flux from a
high stress •• regioll" to a low s&ntss ••repon ". 'Fhi$mochanism concems a group or several
pores. It depends on the permeability of the rock and the wave amplitude. The transmitted ',
----
-
=T
""'~..... '
5 -....---- ..........
wave period lllust be or the l8llle order ofmapaudc utho PRBSurcrcluation time for the
227
where Y is the seismic velocity and C 0 the hydraulic dift'usivity. We have for the hydraulic
diffusivity«41 :
CD= KKt, (5.12)
viscosity. -' -
"
where " is the pcrmeab,ility~ ~-the porQSity, K 11..the bulk moclulus of the fluid and 'I its
I a too ~Hz
'--
This frequCncy is hiper ~l'l t~'one fouo4 in,·~ abQve Jne4$Urements. Furthermore, it
or
depends linearly on the inverse permeability, Wbidl is not experimentally observed (see
Table 5.1). Fipally~ the depeadelieeof'frequcncton\tiscosityiS theinverseotth&t observed
by Jones and Nur (1983){Yaa. SS1). Hence~-~ does not appear appropriate.
(4) c, coeft'tc:ient is actually the one cWmed by Eq. (2.120) if TerzaJhi's hypothesis is made [M ""' K fl{••
Eq. (2.126)] and 10 - i.1 •
'-
228 USULTS AND M£CHANIINS s
This limit frequency is about l GHz ill sandstollCI and sands. The central relaxation
frequency is given by (Palmer aad Trawma. 1981):
/,= K e
s
.-, (5.14)
where
e - aspect ratio,
K. =bulk modulus of the skeleton,
'I = fluid viscosity.
For high porosity sandstone, this frequency is about 1 to 10kHz, and the attenuation
amplitude is approximately the S&lDe as that in Massillon sandstone at 500 Hz.
This mechanism thus qualitatively explains tlie frequency dependehce obsei-ved in rock
samples. We shall now examine the clefendence of attenual;ion on saturation. At total
saturation, in compression, the intentitial liq~id offers resistance due to its low
compressibility, and low pressure gradients are aenerated inside the porous medium. The
resulting attenuation is therefore sli&ht By contrast, in s~. the pr~ure gradients
generated are ~ter and the R$ult~ llttelluation is hiaJlef. Henee the result that Qi 1 is ......
greater than Qi 1 at total saturatio~ (Fi,P. 5.31 aild ·s.52).
, At partial saturation, the problem is totaUy dift'ereilt. The wat«jr,as mixture in the pores
is highly compressible, and the extensional attenuation (Qi 1 ) dominates (Q£ 1 > Qi 1 ).
Also the existence of an attenuation peak as a function of saturation is observed. This peak
occurs in the Massillon sandstone investigated by Murphy,1982, at;a-water satwation of
about 80o/e.lt can al.sobo._.Wi&. S.<W that thepotitioa of'_.._ peak varies by S% for
frequencies varyina from 570 to -810 Hz. Qualitasi_.,; dais implies a resonance
mechanism "ithiP the intorarama&ar....- At a tivu ~. tbetwo-phuo water/air
mixture dissipates a muiaum or atcriY if iA it _._ too oomPfC'IIIiWe aor too
iac'ompi'CNible. If the pon11 .,._aie too muea W. tha.biiJa ~bility of~ air
prevents any Ouici aetion, 8114 '-tC!C .., enoru 4iltipatioA .ia the caVity. If the pores
conWn too little air, the ~y or tlackwate~. ftllitt.dlc passqc ol the wave,
Attenuation i$ virtuallyiadependeat of UI1Ptatioa. fQr • • satJtrations from 2to 60% in
Massillon sanc:lttoae (f'ia. S.Sl). From.& to l%• ill fact, the JDiQrocacks . . . . .te the
elfect acl gcu.crate a moderate a~. ·From-2 ·to fiO%. these JDiercMn.cks are still
saturated and the avcraae attenuatioa temaiDa the 111M• On tbo other hand, the larae
pores are not suft'tciently water-saturated for "squish flow" processes to occur. In sintered
glass (Vycor, Fig. 5.31c) which does not possess microcracks, it has been observed that
compressional attenuation consists of a Clearly deftned peak corresponding to a single
family of pore size (the maximum inscribable sphere of Chapter 1).
Hence the ··squirt flow" process appears to partially and qualitatively explain the
attenuation behavior observed. However, no theory i~ ye~ ,.dequate to provide a more
quantitative 'iew of the process. It should therefore come as no surjrlse that, given the
complexity of the porous medium, no single global or local model based on arains and
spherical cavities can be adapted in detail to the fme description of mechanical behavior.
The question remains whether it is necessary to complicate the models used ad infinitum.
j --..
~
~~T ·s ialttif.AWJ~
\_/ 229
~
5.2.1 Intrecluction
The measurement results that we presented in s.ction S.l Wet"Cobtaincd by &aboratory
experiments. The value of this type of measurement is obvious both for an understanding
"---' of the mechanisms oblerved and for the applicatioll of the results in the fteld. Nevertheless.
·.._
it is essential to be able to measure velOc:ities and atteauations in situ for many pnctical
reasons. For example, the reconsttuction Of tile subsuiface acometry requires the
blowlecfae of velocities in situ. We areiliterested here in the r¢1ationship between acoustic
measuremelltl ad petrophJiical dwactotistic:t Of in Jitu materials. In fact, considering
the rite in oil prices UftOaJ other factors, the need 'bas arisen in petroleum popb)'lic:s to
'- determine not only the 'pometry of the beds, l>ut also their lithology, fluid content,
porosity and permeability. Sonic weD louin& ori&fnally intended as a .. simple"
conftrmation of depth for seismic sections, bas been 0.0 to approach those problems due
to its finer depth resolution. It is clear that the in situ mciasurement of acoustic properties is
an inverse problem widt ftiiiPICl to laboratory JRea~UN~DCDts. In the laboratory~ the
petrophysical proportiel(porosity aadpenatabitity.ofthesampleare weD known and She
'-./.
meuuremeat is·intonded to oblerw the wriatioa in acoustic: propertie$ as a fuaction of
physical parameters (twessule. temperatare). Ia the fteld, by contrast, the· s;hysical
conditions (pressure, temperature) are relatively well known, and the· geopbytic:ilt is
illterestcd in determining the petrophysical cbaraeteristics of the formations from the
acoustic properties measured.
'~.
The comparison ~ field meuuremera.tl aad laboratory measurements is not an
easy one. It is often tacad witll_problelas such ..- dia~ induced by the temperature
and stress reoond.itioniq of t.bc samplei 1a fac:l. "..i•
AOt uusual to ftnd that laboratory
measurements display· a lt)'ltereais iadic:itiaa -~·. inevcmbiiity of a structural c:banp
durin& a measurement cycle. Tbia mca01 tlaat tlae results obtained cannot be
representative of the behavlot of rocb buried \lDdel' kBOmcten of iediments for millions
of years.
But the most important poiD& is &bat the frequencies employed in the laboratory are
often quite different from 'dlele employed in situ, namely about SO Hz for seismic
~
proapectina and 10 tlb for Well -lolling. The ebaraetoristie waveleftgth in seismic
prospecting is thus quite dilrcrbt from the ~ waYCJenath in the laboratory,
'- aDd, since the resolution of the measurement is proportional to this wavc:!ength, in situ
~
.._. meuuremeats tlwt itftelrate fonutioa ddcb:••••that are tarely wUform. Fmally, the
c:onstderlable frequeftcy ·depeDCieMe of the pt«111ill (espeCially attenuation, aee for
~
example Fit- 5.4Sr~tt ~ direCt uttapdtalten of labOratory ·rei\llts to the fteld;
Howewr, laboratory ~ ~- the existence of Jimit vahtea for
velockiel ad a~ uader.-(Ap. S.l 'ad J.27foreumple). These limit values
are usually ealklid ·tetmibal wloch:les . - tltmtdal atte~ntatkms (Wyllie tt al., 1951) and
occur at efrectiw pNIIUI'II of abOUt ·lOO'M~ ~n1 to sediment thickaeDes in
i
kilometen. ·
i
'- I
j
-· ~-___,
230 RESULTS AND MECHANiiMS 5
In practice, and particularly for velocities, users have developed a number of empirical
laws, enabling them to deal with thcr inverse prot)~ they face. We shall examine the
results obtained for velocities, amt theft 'for attenuations, and draw conclusions on the
usefulness of these empirical taws.
-~'
5.2.2 Velocities
::.,;..-...,4
between velocity and porosity (Fip. 5.58, 5.59 and 5.60) for saturated samples under
suft'ldent stress (terminal velocity). aacl of similar mincraiOJical oamposition, naJDCly
sandstones and ICdimentary rocks in this case. Tile equation for P waves is called the
Wyllie equation:
l • 1-t;
-==-+--
v v, v,. (S.lS)
where 4> is the porosity, ~·the \'etocity ofJhc qturated rock, ~i the velocity in the fluid, and
V,. the velocity in the rock matrix. This meaDS ~bat, if the type of rock, saturating ftuid and
velocity are kno1m, the porosity can be catculated. The matrix velocities are given below
for three major families of 'fOCks (from Schtmilberaer Co., 1971).
v.
(mfs)
i'
Sandstones .......... ; •...•.•... S488to S950 I
Limestone& ................... . 6!tOO to 1000
Dolomites ................ , · · · · 7000.to 1925 I',
This extremc.l.y ~pie equat.ioD noaed1eless requires many precautions for its use. The
vcloQties are :quito different at shallow cicptbdrom those aivcn by Eq. (5.15). Fiaurc 5.59
shows that, at biah.poroliUu. thee~~ poiJUadeYiatefrom theaverase.curve (it ia
not possible to apply a suftlcieot stress to~ uoconsolidatod.samplc,s, and the concept of
terminal velocity boc:omes mea~). Fisuro 5.61 dearly shows that, at atmospheric
pressure, the velocities of Fontaiacbleau ~roaes differ substan&ially from the average I
velocity (up to 40%). The apP.ication of a uaiuial stress of S MPa reduces tllis deviation I ~,
I ~
~
'-'-
I 35
3
Velocity Cllmltl
3.5 4
'i.··''"'· t,: ·~ (
4.6 5
'~<<I "!
110
:·~
Ytllollty lkmltl
••
•
30
80
25
_60
~ 20 ~
~so
~
·g
: 15
40
10
............
e Tripolhl
5
·W-......S
0
120 110 100 90 ., 70 eo 5()
QI
200
I
,.,
I
110
I I
140
I
120
I
100
I
10
lS" I
10 40
Trwel tm. Clts/ftl
Trft time Cltslftl
35
1.1' ,
30
25
!:zo
~
J 11
·~
10
•• ••
5.5
•
Sw=100%
5
?:
j 4.5 1·· •• • 500kHZ
.:
~ • • I •
4
3 • • •
•
0 s 10 15 20 •.:· 25 30
PorCIIity "')
,,. .:1
!5
..
... • I
• •
b
Sw•100%
8?: ...5
l
• 4 .... 500kHz
<..',
...t 3.5
•• •
3 •
u
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Porosity I'K. I
The only intrinsic velocity being teqnina} velocity, it is the only 'one that should be
introduced into an equation such as that of Wyllie. Thu&~ndercompacted materials fail to
satisfy Wyllie's equation. Moreover, it has been pointed Qut that, at very high and very low
porosities, Eq. (5.15) is 'inadequate. Jd,Oy authors have proposed a modified Wyllie
equation, such as Nafe and Drake-(1963) arid more recently Raymer et a/.(1980). The latter
propose the following equatipns :._, ·
Consolidated rocks:
.<35% V =(I - t/>) 2 V,+ tj>V1 : (5.16)
.,
>"
~
-....-
1
I
·s ~tt~tliD~~
The comparison with Wyllie's equation is given in Fig. 5.62. Figure 5.63 gives a
133
porosity /velocity Idationship for uncoasolidat61 ocean floor scdimcats, and Fig. 5.64
shows a correlation with experimental data and average regression lines for sandstones,
limestones and dolomites.
To a certain degree, it is therefore possible to relate velocities and porosity in a
biunivocal manner. The extrapolation of porosity from velocity will have to be performed
with precaution, as Eqs. (5.1 5), (5.16) and (5.17) are empirical experimental relationships
and not physical laws.
j
234 R!:SULTS AND M~CHANISMS 5
100'
80
~60
·i2
j_40
20
O''"
60
I
80 ..,I I
120 140
I
,., I
180
I I
200
T.....t time (l.cs/ft)
Velocity (kmlsl
100 •.• •.• ·-
Fft. $.0 Experimental comparison of travel
\ time .-d porosity in ocean floor sediments
\ (after Raymer et al., 1980).
\
\
~
4!
C\f»
Rt- 1M Porosity/travel time Nlationship
Cor clil"oreat typeJ oC rock (after Raymer et
al.. 1980).
I oo/
% /O
c:4,•
7.5 8.5 u s 4.5 (
Vlloclty lkmls) ·
3.5 3 2.5
oolacD so~~~~~T-~---,-----r------~----~
0/0 0
," I
' 4o
• 8
o e~
i3G
~
,, -- --. ... ----
.,..
1
J . , ... ~ le1Urftld
40~----~----._----~----~
180 110 200
l~ ... , cv,, • 100 mlsl
210 ~
Travel time (la/ft)
10
0
40 50 80 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
Travel tm. fj.q(ft)
....,-
i:!!.
-~
J 4
I
3
"'~----
1~--------------_.--------------~
1 2
llulkchNity
3
I
I 7
•
I
14 ~
f.
....
' 3
2.5
'-._..
6r-------------------~
3.5
Vp Vs
6.5 P-eff • 40 MPI Pett=40MPa
s.-too" s.-=100"
i
.>/.
i
~
i 4.5
"jj
~
3.5
5
I
v,.
Pc•tOMh
0"
4 ............. 5
.f
I
I 3
10 11 '20 25 30
POI'OIIty "'J
Fft. 5.68 Compressional velocity 'clay content relationship as a function of
porosityfor dry samples (after Kowallis et al. C 1983 AGU).
'-'-
These eqations allow a better estanation of porosities if the velocities aaa tbe ~verage
day C01ltent • kaowa. They olwioully depend on the differeatial. preuure applied.
Finally, h1ce the fonlaoiDi eqpations, ·. tltey empirically enable the eVIIIaation of one
parameter if the mnaininJ two are bown.
where tit the vertical propaption time, offers a auess at the type of lediments analyzed. If
the law applies, it is pneratly a normally compacted shale and sand section. If not, it may
consist of carbonates or evaporites. or even of hi&hlY tectonized rocks, or series that have
undergoae erosion after b\lrial. In this latter case velocities are higher than the ones given
by Faust's relation. If velocities are lower, the formation may consist ofundercompacted
shales or very biJb porosity series.
Finally, as we pointed out for~ previous relations deanna with in situ velocities this is
only an empirical law to qproximaiHhe depee of compaction of deep sediments. Several
variations of Faust's relation exist, and these are neither more or less accurate, but merely
indicative of slightly differetrt sediments.
5
f
l 3
! D .luralic·Tri.aic
. oea.-us
A~OE-
• "-••~ o Tertlety
2 0'-'lln ......._,
0 2 ·3 4
Qlpth ClPnt
e
~
1u
2
...('
...-.onn.. ,
•
''
2.5 '---'---''----'----'U...--.....;L..-_ _ _ _.....J
800 500 400 300 200 100
e
~
TliiMl tllne .,.,..,
J
._.,,...
lrlne-...ct
·~
s dSULW'Atlt ~--' 239
or
,. = O.S(V,./Vsf - l
(S.24b)
(V,./I's)l.- 1
The c:alculation of Poi110n's ratio._ requiftlll, tbe limultaacous measurement of the
velocities 1',. and J's. The compilatioa made by LawrtM{pcnoul c:ommuaic:ation) helps
to show that the different types of roCk display. rather different Poisson's ratios (see
Fig. 5.72).
·-'-
·~
~ ............
'- Dry••~_. . . . . . . . . . . .we•• •
. •
0.2
•
~.3
.~~
- •
OA o.a
0 0.1
l'- ......... ,.tlo
J11e. 5.71 Averqe Poiuon's ratios for di«erent lithoJoaiea (after Lavcqne,
penonal correaponcleDee~
Hip values of Poisson's ratio ( > 0.35) (or high ratios Y,/l's) correspond to
UllCOIUOlidatcd rocks. Compact rocks dispJe;y P~'arati9!1~ 02 aaci0.3S.Yt'bile
._/
ps sands have a very low Poisson's ratio, about O.l.ln water-saturated sands, by contrast,
Poislea's natio ia about 0.4. A awnbcr of average values of P aod S wave velocities are
pvea in Table 5.2. 1be for:qoiaa c:orrelalions bctweea ~ type of rock,. saturation and
'- Poissen's ratio (Fig. 5.72) are merely indicative values .Uowiaa the ppbysicist to focus
on the polosical cbarac:tcristics of.tbc rOICks inVC!It.i8ted.
'-
.__/
.__/
240 ResuLTS AND MECHANISMS s J
TABLE 5.2
AVERAGE PROPAGATION VELOCITIES OF p AND S WAVES '·
AND AVEitAOI! ROCK DENSmi!S
·~
!.2.3 Attenuations
Measuring in situ attenuation is a delicate problem, and fteld measuretneftts found in·
the literature are oftetl debatable. More6ver, the attenuation measured by various authors
is generally the total attenliatiotl, in other words the sum of the intrinsic attenuation
directly related to the porous medium, and the extrinsic attenuation resulting from the
geometry of the subsurface and of the source, scattering, etc. The most reliable field
measurements are taken either by means of weiJ.loging tools such as the EVA (SI tool at
~'
frequencies around 10 kHz, or by means of VSP (vertical seismic profiles) at the seismic
frequencies. Table S.3 Jives some ...rences aQd results of field measurements. We shall _
discuss these techniques ip the tuwCbaptcr. .In this Section, we. have decided to present
so~e results and ho~s conq:J-nina t~ use of ahen1,1ation m~urements.
'~
(S) The EVA tool (Elf Aquitaine trade-mark) has S transmitters and 12 receivers.
r
j ~
I
( ((( ((((( ( ( ( ( l,
..._ --
,'.),'. ...~
~~~-- - ~ -- '_: ___ ~
TAILI! 5.3
V.U.IIF.S Of Q MF.A.~IRF.Il IN SF.Il1MI1NT!I
Measure-
Depth ment Q,.
Location Type of rock frequency References
1m)
(Hz) apparent corrected
Oult Coast (30 km south or Loam/saitdfcl&y ()..3 SO-«ll 2 Tudos and Reid
Houstottt. Sands and..._ 3-30 50-400 181 (1969) "5
·,.:
Sandy day 30-150 50-400 15
.. Clay/saM IS0-300 50-400 136 '
·(
Ofl'shore lovisiana. Clay/saad ·• 117D-1770 " 125 67 67
(~ -- ,,;
Saadlaad . . . . 1'710-2070 "125 > 273 > 273 :;·
. . /1':
Same .,_ _,. saMr 2010-2850 "us 28 31
So.at.....·T8aJ Sandbaab.Jftll tiltyahale 9$0-1560
" 80
52 •·109 Haup(I9Bt)
Mostly . . JSf0-1800 >'273 ., > 273
" 80 ;:
Sand (23%} aad clay t8Ci).2100 c;80 30· 37
Southeast Texat Sand (2C)-4l afld clal
l.ime!etotte an4 clta
6GO-IS60
1590-1755
c;80
._ RO
41
> 273 > 273
46
5.2.3.2 Results
The pessimism expressed above must be moderated by the results obtained in the
laboratory. In fact, attenuation is a difftcult parameter to measure. but provides
considerable infonnation concerning the medium investigated. especially with respect to.
saturation. Figure S.73 shows that knowledge of attcmuations and velocities provides a
better defmition of saturation than that allowed by knowledge of velocities alone.
--.---- I I
I 2.0
0 0
4 ~ 0
01>0
oO
0
~
° 0 - • Drv
-
I I 1.5 • Pattilllly . . .reted
,r 0 r...itlon Andst-
0 fully~1MI
Vp 6 . .,
•Drv
• P-'illly a1Ur~
o Fully a1Ureted
l ~to
0,
6•
Sirrll White gr•nite
•Orv
0 f'ltrt;.Hy •1Ur111MI
2 1- 6 Sierr• White gr.nite
•Drv
I 0~
'(6 .... 0 -
•
, t:: I I
0 Plrt;.Hy a1Ur~
I ::j 0.0 I
1.5
~
I
2
9_
0
0
I
2.5
0
3
1.5 2 2.5 3
Vp/Vs Vp/Vs
C•l (bl
Although. oa the averap.~tenua~ rises with porosity, Figures S.i4 aad S.1S show
that attenuation/porosity. relationships· appear to be less simple than velocity/porosity
relationships. Hence, with. the attenuat;iort parameter,lhe possibility exists of obtaining
comple11lentar)' data ab"Gut the porous medium. Nur n Gl. (1980) pointed out that S wave
attenuation and permeal>ility couldtJe correlated; Wesball discuss a possible explanation
of this in the next Chapter. . . .
~-
.4
,__,~
'
j
1000r---------------------------------
- ·~
o, I
0
tocl L-1.0 I
\00
' ...
t 101-
.
o
lgneoulll'ld rocks
*Me_...e.lc
Ll"*'-
....._
..
....... _ol ....
t
0,1 1 10
Porolity (~I
FiJ. 5.74 Attenuation vs. porosity in a number of rocks (after Johnston et al.,
'-~ 1979~
• ••
. 200
!..!!!9 150
Sw= 100~
•
1~:t •
• ••
.,..
••
-•
•
Op
100 • ,•
,.
• •'•••
• •
100 L
• •• •
•
' • !10
0
•' ...
••
•
•
10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Porality(~) PorOiity (~1.
...
•
v~r
~
~
.
i
i
',,;,
'f. :':l
~~
.. ;
i 6
waves and intertaces
'--.../
'-.-/
INTRODUCI'ION
'-.."-_
and transmission of waves. Moteover the existence of interfaces allows the aencration of
interface waves (Raylciab or Stoneley wa•) w~b may also be used for the
detcrmiDation oflitllolopcal -~ petrophysical propcriies of the subsurfaee.
In this Chapter concemia& iataface p:~~ ~.,_..,we will study firSt •UI'ated
....
porous media, and secondly viscoelastic media. Finally, we will show that the two models
are complementary, and must be used jointly mcertain cases to correctly interpret fteld
"---'
-..__/
"-../
_/
~
~,
oriented from medium 1 towards medium 2 is denoted n, with components "r The direct
normal vector ton is denoted t with components t1 (see Fig. 6.1 ). The notations are those of
Chapter 2: displacements and macroscopic stresses ui'1 and ai7, pressures p<l), filtration
velocities WI" (I = 1, 2).
lSI
At the interface, in additiOn to the fteld equations valid in each medium and developed
in Chapter 2, ne1v coaditib..S 'ftltlit 'be satisfied. The first deals with the continuity of
macroseopic displacements. 11Us is tile tmemadc cbndffion:
'' 1411 .,., ui 21 (6.1) '
The second condition is the CODICI'Vation of fluid mass and hence the continuity of' the
flow through the interface. This amounts to writins the continuity of the filtration velocity "
component in the direction n, which we shall denote w,.:
w- 11-
.:.ell,.
"'I I
= W!lln
I I (6.2)
The fmal conditions to be expressed are the so-called natural conditions, derived from
Hamilton's principle and ~with the~Mcroetopk:ltresseso17 and pressures P''' at the
interface. These conditions were obtaieed by Deietiowia aad Sk.alak (1963). We shall
adopt a presentation here ,tbae is close te their oWn, but in agreement with that of
Chapter 2.
Just as in Section 2.2.2.3, where we defaned a volumetric pseudo-potential ofdissipation,
we shall also define here a peeudo-pomuial of dissipation per unit a~ea o. relati¥e to the
interface, defined by :
D,=-1-~ (6.3)
2rc, "
where "• has the dimension of a hydraulic permeability per unit length. The parameter "•
characterizes the permeability of the interface,, and hence the interCOftftCCtion of the two
porous media (iee Fig. 6.2).
J '""
'--' - r
l
Fipre6.2acorrespoadstoacueinwbidlaUdacbannelaaamllllicate(thl'illterfaceis
said to be opcB) aDd "• is theNfore illfmite (K, • co, ao dissipation). Fipre 6.2c n:p~aents
=
the cue of aeoaled iMerfacoaad K, 0, 10•tbat, u shown lator on, w.-
O(no filtration).
Figure 6~ (0 < K, < co) com.ponds to an iatermecliate cue. Tbaa ill a borehole. the
parameter K, can model the effect of a ''mudcake";-orof a tlooded zoae. if the latter is
sufkitntly thin to be treated u a resion without thickness.
lllldium2
--._,
Cal (bl (cJ
Fi&. 6.l Simp~ cJil&rap ohn intorfacc botwee&. two porous media (after
Deresiewic!:i and'Stllal; 1963). ·· ' · ,. ' ' ,
The variational formulation of Chapter 2 can then be resumed, addint the surface
potential ·t() the velumettio 4illip.don poteDdaa dclft1led by &q. (4S.3~ · Hamilton's
principle al'wAy& leads to-thnalile lieN eqMdont reiMed to tk medium concerned [i.e.
uu- t111 Mld p • ~. w,.·"f'', ., - flf, I • l·or 2· m (2.87}]. FurthermoN. under
'-
conditio•(6.1)and·(6.l). dletoll...._ift1e8ral iiiMMIId IIIICUGelled:
'-
J.<o1Jl - o1fl)nJ6u, + J. (p41l .... ;a• + ~. w.}sw,
d.t d.t - 0 (6.4)
.
2118 WAVES AND INTERFACES 6
" • - JO (open interfKC~·the fmitcness ef:tbe flow gives rise to a zero pressure difference
(~p- pl 21 - rP 1 - 0). For "•- 0 (sealed interface). no flow is obtained (w. - 0).
It is dear that "• depends notoaly on the eeotaet geometry between lbe two media; but
must also depend oa the frequency (iloanbaum. 1974).. if the latter cornsponds to a
wavdeagththat is not large in comparison with the dimeosioDJ of the elementary volume,
but only in comparison with those of the. channels in wbicb the Oow takes place. In this
case. permeability is no longer absolute but relative to the frequency, on which it depends
(BioL 1956 b). The experimental determination of "•• for application to .actual cases
(mudcalce for example), is nonetheless a delicate matter. Hence aU the theoretical
investigations consider oaly the limiting cases "• "" 0 and "• = <X> (Geerstma and Smit,
1961. Rosenbaum. 1974, Feq aiad Johnsoo, 1983-). .
Equations (6.1), (6.2), (6•.S)and(6.7) are knee the so-called nat1,U'al boundary conditions
that must be satislied at .tbo interface ·or two saturated porous media. It must be
emphasized that, contrary to the inconect preaontation adopted by Deresiewicz and
Slcalalc (1963). for a Hamiltonian fQnnuJation of the problem, o~ Cannot, independent of
this formulation, introduc:x: the constitliti\'ic equation (6.7) govetning tbe ftow at the
interface. In fact, this equation is a consequence of Hamilton's principle. To apply the
principle, it is necessary to account for all dissipations, adding the potential of dissipation
per unit area (6.3) to the volumetric poten&ials of dissipation. Giveri their clear physical
signiftcance, one could obviously hav~ introduced (6..5) and postulated (6.7). However,
a pan from the fact that this presentation woUld not bcin~t with the Hamiltonian
presentation of the theory developed in Chapter 2, the procedure would also have
obscured the so-called natural character of (6.5) and (6. 7), by conferring on them a more
·heuristic value.
Two specifiC eases "iH be~ below. F~ eoaaiGor the case or a {fee surface.
Equations (6.1) and (6.2) then . . . . . .r. Equatioa(66) iueplaced .by Eq. (4.6). where we
ICIC j, == o. Ia t6.:7), P' 21 • 0 and bene~ p .. p'- 11 • 0, ~\IICtolal interc()niiiOetion exists
(open interface, '"• •· cc ). Ia the cue :Of a. frce. •udae.. ;mC i*lCiitio• arc. tilus:
tln=O
Free surface { . 11 1 (6.8)
p==O
The second cue tonsidered ii that Of the ·reftection. at·tlle iBtetfaee of a pOrous 'Bledium
(medium l)ilndofaftuidmedium{tliedhlm 2).1nthisc:aseEq. (6.1)cfisappean.Moreo~.
since the fluid corresponds to unit porosity, the ftltration vector seen from thetluid side is
reduced to \\1 21 = Ul 21 - fl1 1 ' where iq 2J is the average fluid velocity. Furthermore, the
stresses in the fluid are reduced to a hydrostatic pressure, whereas (6.7) remains
unchanged. Finally we obtain: ·
w = W. 11 n- = (UP1- ......
l
II l I l il.ll)n.
I I
'
.,
. ........
'=-'-'r
·~·
·~
~·
,
...
6 WA¥81 A.-'IMIIli'MIIS
interface is planar, the waves_. p~anecu • harmonic wa• aad that the incident wave
travels from medium 1 to medium 2. Ia dMsic elutodyumic:s. an iDc:ideat P or Sl' wave
'---
reflected anbe interface of two clastic tolids paerally lives rise to four typea of wa'Ve, two
·~ transmitted and two nlected. P aDdS I' (for example. Ewiot a al., 1951). Tbc SH wa~ is
of less interest because of the at.nce of convenioa. and will not be conaidered further.
In poroelutic:ity, tbe famewcn of the study, the possibility exists of pneratina six
j
types of wave, tbla. traaaitted aad three r•c:ctl<ll, P,.• P2 aacl SV. clue to tbe paaiblc
'---'
~ eJisteacle of a eecoad kiaclc:a.ps--.1 Pt waw4lee Cllapter 2). Each wawisclcfllled by
its amplitude, aaplar frequency, aad wa~ ve;tor. Due to attauation mechanias, the
-~, latter corresponds to d\e data of four tcalan (two N8l com.poaoats, two craplex
components). A wave is hence clwacterized by six parameters. Since, in ptiaciple. each
incident wave can give rise to six waves, the most pueral case (mciclent P1 , P2 aad SV
'-
waves) corresponds to the determination of 108 unkDOWM for 1&4Ma. Tbe.UDknowns are
'--'
determined by the epcssion of bouadary coaditions (6.1). (6.l). (6.S) and (6. 7), usia& the
constitutive laws of Chapter 2 coDCel'llina eada medium. Altb.oup the solution of the
problem raises no theoretical difficulty, it is easy to sec that the effective calc:ulations
•v--" rapidly become inextricablc. This is why .we sbal1 restrict ourselves to two ·main cases
discussed in the literature. that of normal madence in the case of reftection at the interface
·-.-
of any two porous media. and that of any incidence in the case of reflection at a free surface.
'---' We shall not consider 6e case of an inc;:ideat P2 wave. Due to its biply attenuated
character, onec this wave is pnerated, it disappears rapidly amfc&D only be reOeetcd on an
'---'
extremely close interface.
"--'
z _!.e.!!! (6.10)
(pY).
In (6.10). Vis the wave velocity for a closed meclium (i.e. no relative motion between the
.__. ftuid and the overall movement). With the notations from Chapter 2, it may be recalled
~= -
C''; l#J)'
l
(1) It is always possible to approaima&e ,vave frpD~ ~ ~y low curvature loc:aUy by tlMir taaaent
---~
planes. For any wave front. a couJ)Iitla OCICUfs ~'thf lriSftt pometry and the iaterface, and it is Uceual')' to
employ 6Der theories such u til<* oh&)'S (Cerveny ~r Iii., 1917).
'---'
·-·
...
250 WAVES AND INTERFACES 6 i
Let us also introduce a reference angular frequency (Chapter 2t defmed by:
. 41
al = 2nfc =-;;;: (6.12)
PpJf
where~ is the hydraulic p'Cnneability.lt ma;v be recalled (see Chapter 2) that we is usually
very lar,e, thus allowing expensiODS with respect to •tw<.
One can now determine the rdlection C()Cft'tcients R and traasmission coefficients T.
These coefficients are dehned as the ratio of the amplitUde of the displacement
corresponding to the wave a1Udyzed (reflected or transmitted) to that of the displacement
correspondiq to the incident wave. Note that, coatnry to the dastodynamic; case, these
coefficiems are complex because of aUIID\Iation processes dar to the two-phue character
of the materials involved. tbis at:tataation ·leadiBa to differeaces of phase. The
computations corresponding to the different typc5 of reflection were conducted by ""'
Geerstma and Smit (1961) and Deresiewicz and Rice ( 1964). We shall only comment on
their results here.
R-
1- z [ zz (. ~w ~w )z
T+Z 1 + (1 + Zf y1 - y2 exp (i tan
_ ]
1
8,.)
.-..,
·T··• -:---
2[ z2. .( w·. w )2 (6.13)
.
1 + Z I +.4(1+ zl' 7t al,_ Q7
1
i2 exp (i tan"" 8y)]
' 1 ,. 2 .
where
OT = -z- ( ¥2--
(J)
1'1 --;-· (J))
1+ z ~ (1)1
These equations correspond to an expansion to the nearest second order in wfw< [i.e. up
to (w/wc) 2 ]. Note, to begin with, that, if w - 0, the classic reflection (1 - Z)/(1 + Z) and
transmission 2/(1 + Z) cocfticimts are obtained: Moreover. they depend on w2 , thus
differing from the same problem ·in viscoelasticity (see Section 6.2.3.2).
The flow conditions at the interface, characterized by the parameter Ks. have no effect on
reflection and transmission of the S waves. This is nonaal. ~¥cause shear waves induce no
pressure and hence no flow at the interlace. The influence of Biot's mechanisms is only felt ~
by the dissipation induced by the competitive effects of permeability and inertial forces,
thus the only forces responsible for flow in the media. but not across the interface. Thus ""'
transmission is complete (T = 1) in the ftrst ord~r term of w d if Z = 1. In the second .-..,,
order term of wfw<, the order in which the two-phase character prevails for the case of S --..,
.-..,
·--..,
""
-.
~-,
'- ,i ft"'WI•·AD~ 2Sl
"---" :..
'
waves, it is also necessary that the quantity ,Pp1 /pof = :Kp}lp be continuous
[substitution of(6.12) and(6.14) into (6.13)]. In fact, this quantity quantifies the foregoing
competitive effects. These d'ects ·must .then act similarly in both media in order for the
phase dift'crcncc between Ruid motion and macroscopic motion to be the same on either
side of the interface, and for transmission to be complete.
where
(6.16)
with
'[(1 - pm)rrryJ
l
/ "'•
where
81 =
Jj(t- ~ m1
80
Z m1 - m2
Bz == (~ :-. 1 . ~~·2 ) 1 - z2 Bo
1 + Z rc.p 1 V,, m1 - m2 ~· .
(6.19)
.
8
• t;.~ ~dico/aft - <d 2 co/CO\)
a 4i2 fl•'-fY. (mt- m2 )(~/~)iii
.1 fla ~-:flit ,~ .
8.. ·----.,z-
Z (lz oft
-
2S2 WAVES AND INTERFACES 6
with
4-, t/131fPt
for media. 1 and 2 (6.20}
p(p,fp- m)
In (6.20). q is a shape factor that depends on the geometry ottbe pore network. It
from a more elaborate theory than the one developed in Chapter 2 (Biot, 1956
average value is JS.Among other factors, it is related to tortuosity" by r- ah,
acoefticient eharacceriziog thecapitlary CI'OSS•aectioa (Ia ~ 8 fot' ein:uJar JeCbOIII, h
for infmite penny-shaped cracks).
The foregoing equations correspOnd to an expansion ·with respect to (J)/(.1)~.
expressions thus show that the influence of the two-pbUe dtaracter of the
1
concerned is felt to the first order in (Q)/0>1i for tb.e ftlflection of a P1 wave, as opposed to
the case of the reflection of an SV wave, for which the influence is only felt at tbe frrst order
in (.1)/0Je. This inftuence is mainly exerted through the contrast, of tbe quantity m defmed by
(6.17). Ifthis quantity]J continuous (i.e. m1 - ,.2 ), Eq. (6.16) gives 80 = 0 and Eqs. (6.17)
then show that the reflection coeft"tcicnts AC 1 ' and transmission coefticients TC1 1 are
reduced to the classic cocfticicnts of elastodynamic:s (1 - Z)/(1 + Z) and 2/(1 + Z). This is
understandable considerina tJle ~QCC or ....
Let us recall the defmition of the
macroscopic stress (see Chapter 2):
t~,1 = A.1 tr e ~iJ + 2p eu- PMe~,1 (6.21)
If we set t~., = 0 in (6.21), oy being the direction ~ to the interface, we obtain:
tr ~ == mt (6.22)
siru:c tr • is,. in this case. equal to ~·
The quantity 1/m thus quantifiCS the share accounted for by the inaeue io water
e
content in the apparent volumetric strain tr .... zerO 4W!JQ~ . . . .M:opie--' stuss
(u., == 0). Ifm 1 = m2 , this share is the same on both sides of the interface. relative to the
respective voiUJJleitric ttrain: Thus, for m1 • m2 , dae traJ1Jinissioa and Rlloction of the P1
wave of the first kind can take place with the same elastodynamic coeft"'cients, because of
the absence of au atUitioltalsta;cu at tbc iater(ace with respect to the elastodynamic case.
Simultaneously, note that in the absence ofan impedance contrast (i.e. Z = 1). the contrast
of the quantity m leads to the generation of a reflected P1 wave dependent on .;;;;!Oi.
Mechanisms of this type were identified in the analysis of the effect of attenuation in
viscoelastic media (Bourbie, 1982, Bourbie ami Nar, 1984). This will be discussed in the
second part of this Chapter.
We have just shown that the contrast Am= m 1 - m2 uerted a considerable influence
on the reflection and tran~on coeftic:icntuelative to the P1 wave corresponding to the
classic compressional wave in elastodynamics. Thus total transmission occurs for .1m = 0.
However, even when m1 = m2 • slow waves er MCODd kind P2 waves are always generated.
This is understandable because it is tho ~tual movement of the interface (and not the
additional macroscopic stress, which is 'zero for m1 == m2 ) which generates slow waves in
return. For m 1 = m2 , this effect nevertheless depends on w/O>c to the first order (factor
8182) whereas it depends on (w/w1 112 in the general case. .
~-r;_ 253'
'---' '
' WAVII . . DSI~·
It shoulcl ftnaUy be noted that the permeability .of tbe interface .rc, bu ao eft'ect (to the
~".;.
tirst onlcr in CIJ/of} ncept t1uuaJb the factor f 1 82 [aee (6.18)]. aad hence only for slow
waYeL This is UDCientaa4able becaute it is always· the mac:t'OICOI'ic moW~DCtDt of tbe
'-' interface that can generate a fluid flow MI'OII:dlc iDtelface ill the ·ctirectioa Gppt)Sitc to the
propaption direction of the iacident waws.
Equations (<6.12) and (6.1S) to (6.19} pvc Dllults correspoadiag to a number of limit .
cases. Let us therel'orc auume thatoeeofdle two media is impermeable. Tbis correspoads
to Ulumina for this medium aa iBflnite ~ anautar frequency [.1'" -= 0 in
(6.12)]. Now let u assume that the iDc:ideat waw canes from tlae permeable medium (i.e.
crfz ..,. + GO). This does not aeacnto U}' aipifiamt~YC ChaJlF for tbe problem of
~
a
the iacideat S wave.(aft- w.~ .... +eo (6..UO•. Fer th8 problem of an im:idcnt P
waw from. a pcrmcabk naedium,. _Ecp. (6.1S) ta {6.1sa) show that, to tbe aearat second
order in ...;;;;r;;i:
H«ll==l-Z y<u.~
1 + z• t +Z
(6.23)
p;
R«ll _ ~.d ...-..·up
l+Z of
(0 ( Jt)2
; ..,...
..,--·
~ ... +ex>
ll ==0
no c:ouplina force. unit tortuosity
unit porolity
infuute permeability, no dissipation
no shear
(6.~4)
;.1 == M fl-1
These conditions have an evident physical sipifteance which was discussed in
Chapter 2. In ~. an infinite hydraulic permeability correspoo4s to an inftnite
absolute permeability rc (see Chapter 2. :II" • "'"· where If is the viscosity). The boundary
conditions (6.9) correspond to a perfect OWd, IUdl that the viscosity is zero. ·We observe a
'-
certain paradox. becaue the porous medium is saturated by the same fluid, aad its
viscosityistbesoaroeofnon-nealiliblediaipativee«ects(flnitepermeabitityoftbeporous
medium). But in fact, this paradqx -~ - ""rWtly exist. The diSsipative elfects are
actually due to the fad that fluid. Dow occu'n within a complicated pore network which
,_
•
'~
254. WAV£5 AND INTERFACES 6
~·
slows down its proBR*ion by giriag rise to shear stresses of viscous orilin at the
liquid solid interi'ace. In tbecue of a luid medium. this interface does not exist, and the
assumptiOA of a perfect luid can be ablined. because disaipatiOA within the Ruid is
nqligible far from the walls lor I~ viscoJity Ruids.
Substituting (6.24) into (6.1 5) to (6.19) to determine the case of the Ruid/porous medium
interface is in fact irrelevant, becaual, accordins to (6.24), w" -+ 0 and the limited
developments in w/aJ~ for tludluicl pbue are ao loftFr valid. The entire problem lllUst
therefore be reconsidered, butitasedoaboulldary eonditions(6.9), to develop a function of
wlaf whtn of is the characteristic aagutar frequency of the other pcnneabte medium.
Geerstma and Smit (19tH) pafonaed the Corresponding computation. The qualitative
results agree with the tJC110l'81· reaul&s, .ia other words the pneration of reflected and
transmitted P1 waves with a firit order eotrective term in j(i{ai, the generation of a slow
P2 wave in the permeable medium with a ftrst order coefftcient in j(i{ai.
The saturating fluid is water. The~-- data a~ stun~ in the following table:
wa~ <~turadaa ~) . .
VISCOSity ...................•...•. ·...................... . 1 cP
Density ........................ ' ....................... . to* kl/arl
Sound velocity .....................•..................... lSOO m/s
~
GraiDS (silica)
Density ...............................•.•.•••..•••....... 2650 kg/m 3
Bulk modulus ............•.......•... ~ .........•......... 3.19 x 1010 kg/m/s 2
Matrix
Berea sandstone
P wave velocity ................................ · · .. · · · · 3670 mjs
S wave velocity ....................................... . 2170 mis
T~pot sandstone
P wave velocity .. ' ....... ; ........ • .... · ... · · · · · · · · · · · · 3048 m/s
s wave velocit:r ...........,...•••....• ' ................. . 186S m/s
F oxhills sandstone
P wave: velocity . . • . . . • . . . • • . • . • • . . . • • . . . . ••.•••.. • .. · · · 44SOm/s
S wave velocity •.•••.. ~ ••••..•••••.•, ••..•••.••••.••••.• 2S1S m/s
Tortuosity is assumed .to be constant and ~ual to a == 3.
. . '~'
...
:;;r-
·~-
"---'
~ ·~~~yft)'~OW.. 255
'-....-
P1l lA(1)
Par-medium1
tRC2l
JOl
'--· ~ rnecllurft 2
yC11
6r--------------------------,
'-
4
1-<2)1 3
-'5
Prop.t•f2
~-
I-J2
,,
--~--'!.~!~_:..
···········-·········"".....................................
rl' . . . . -~
0 •••···••••••• . ..,_lilftdatJFOldtills Uflllltt.
0 \0. 28
F......,....CIIHzt 30
ln-tbe IICODCI caK, we consider an iacililent I' wave comiat from the Suid medium
(water) (Fig. 6.S).
'- To identify the differences betweea poro-clulielllobavior aa4 purely elastic behavior in
terms of wave roflectioa and tru•i!lsioa. Fip. 6.3_to 6.S show. as a functioe, ofliequency
(up to ~ut 30 kHz. i.e. frcqueQel used in aco~ wdl-loqiq expcrhDcnts): '
(a) The modulus of the mative .deviations of poro-'elastic Rfltction R", and
~
256 WAVE$ 4ND lii.IERFACES 6
transmissiQn T 1il coeft'tcients ofthe P1 wave(i = l)and the Swave(i = S)in relation
to the elastic reflection (R.,) and transmission (T.,) coefticients (i.e. at zero frequency
hence zero Biot effect) (Fags. 6.4 abd 6.S).
(b) The modulus of the reflection R', and transmission "fC3tcoell'lcionts of the P2 wave
related to the elastic reflection and transmission coafticients respectively of the P1
wave (Figs. 6.3 and 6.5).
s
RfSI
...._medium1
...._medium2
4r---------------------------~~
jR(S) _ RJ 3
laJ "2
0 10 20 •
30
fN~a~lncvlkHz)
Fie· 6.4 Modulus of the relative deYlation IRfSlR~ l A., or the poro-elastic
fuJM:tionoffreq~ofaa..._a $...,_
reflection coeffacient in relation to the elastic reftection c:oe8'1Cient as a
Tbe~ideQcif'IOd:u
follows: porous aaediual (1)/porout ....._ (2J.l"he waw apprcwfaea (rom
Jlllldium (1). Note tJiat:
jl"'t - T.dfiT..! < 1%
~.
~
yl21
...,....,........,..
·~----------------~~--~~~
jattl_ ...~"20
~ "-·''"
_____ ... _...
.. 0
.,__.. .....-·--
10
.....1......_~=-----
...,,...............
:;..,...-"................-.. ---:········~-·--···············-
Fnquency lkHit
20 •
(a)
•r---------------------------~
10
trt''- yJ,.
jTJ \
Pro.,.'t '"
5
-~ ___ :.
-~"::-·--·~~ .. ,
~"- ,..,,•12
(e)
... ----
...........
...... --------
~-~~--
-~..-n.
--·-····~··-·--······-······-··················
to
Frequency lkHzl
io •
F1a- 6.! Modulus of the ftllative deviatiens of porCHiaStic mlection
coeft'tcient IR'1l - R.d/IR..I (4) . . and transmiuion coeft'tcient
OT111 - T.,) /IT.d) {It) or the P~ wave in relation to the elutic reftection and
transmission coeft'tcieniS ~ively, and modulus or the por04laatic
transmission coelftcient Tl 21 (e) or the p 2 wave related to the elastic
transmisaion. ~ . . . fuactioA of rrequeacy (cale or an incident p 1
wave).
"--'
258 WAVES AND JSTERFACES 6
is greater than the same deviation in the case of an incident P1 wave (Fig. 6.3) ( ~ 1%)
which is not shown.
• As predicted. the effects are much greater if one of the two media is fluid (see scales in
Fig. 6.5) than if both media are porous (see scale in Figs. 6.3 and 6.5).
• The reflection Rf2 , and transmission T'·n coeff'tcients of the P2 wave are not at all
negligible (Fig. 6.5c and also Fia- 6.3) compared with. the reflection and transmission
coefficients of the P1 wave. Thus, in thecase of Teapot sandstone (fig. 6.5c), the ratio of the
transmission coefficient T 121 of the P2 wave and the elastic transmission coefficient ofthe P1
wave reaches 30% at 30kHz in very permeable Teapot sandstone (K = 1900 mD).
• Tho deviations are proportional to the square-Qf the frequency (Fig. 6.4) in the case of
an incident S wave, aad. to the square root of the frequency (Figs. 6.3 and 6.5) in the case of
an incident P wave. Moreover, the elfocts are stron,er with more permeable media.
• It must be emphasized that dle orders of magnitude given above for the transmission
and reflection coefficients concern an open interface. The effects are slight for a sealed
interface (one order higher in w/af).
In the light of these results, it appears that if both media are porous and permeable, or if
one is fluid, the P 2 wave reflection and ta,lnsmission coefficients are not at all negligible.
The generation of reflected or transmitted P 2 waves participates in the total energy
balance and contributes in a non-neJligible manner t~ alter the P 1 wave reflection
coefficients. However, owing to the high attenuation of P 2 waVes in comparisoo with P 1
waves (see Chapter 2), direct observation oftb~former appears to be impossible. Hence
the non-negligible signature of the P2 waves must be found on other types of wave:
In conclusion, it should be noted that the main influence is exerted on reftection and not
on transmission. and that it must themore appear .Jti the recordings. Th.e two media
considered must nevertheless both be permeable and the interface open for a P2 wave to be
generated with a noticeable effect:
-, ~
~- -T
·~ I 6 ~AV!SANDI~ 2S9
I
I
The norms of vector A and k arc written:
tAl== A (6.28)
fkl- k
where A, inverse of a Jenath. is an attenuation, whereas k is the wave number such that:
kV = ro (6.29)
where V is the wave velocity. A wave is said to be inhomogeneous if the \"ectors k and A
arc not colincar. In other words, the planes of equal amplitude (A • r = constant) arc not
parallel to the planes of equal phase (k • r - constant). These inhomogeneous waves arc
encountered in another coatext '**ly comparable to the one examined here, that of the
reflection at the interface of two viiCOelastic media (Bourbie, 1982, BourbiC and Gonzalez-
Serrano, 1983). This problem wiU be dealt with thoroughly in the next part of this Chapter,
which can be referred to for a more detailed analysis of the inhomopncous character of
the waves.
The most important qualitative results for the problem examined here are the following.
In the case of an incident P1 or SY wave, the charactcristM:s efrcftected waves of the same
type as the incident P1 and SY wave dift'er relativfiy IJiPtly from the same waves rcftected
in elastodynamics. They are homoaencous, sliahtlY dispersive and dissipative, and this
dissipation depends on w/of to the lint order. By contrast, the reflected P2 wave is highly
1
dispersive and depends on (ro/of}¥io the fu'st order. ltsattenlMtion is proportional to rofw•
l . .
in a dircctioR panllel to tbe free surface, and to (w/of)-l' in the normal direction.
Deresiewicz aftd 6.'e (lf62) auaamcaD)' analyzed the expcrimtwltal da1a ofFatt (1959)
correspondina to a kerosene-saturated ~."tortuosity was assumed to be 1.01. We
Jive here the results~ to an iDddent 1'1 wave 4:w wbidl.thc Biot effects arc
particularly important, especially at low anatcs. of illCidcace (Glose to DOtlD&l incidence).
This is due to the polarization of the wave involvina fluid phase movements pcrpendic~
to the free surf.,.,.
For an incident P1 wave, the variations of phase velocity normalized by velocity Vr as a
function offrcqucncy are in the neiabborhood of 10-" and 10- 2 respectively for reflected
P1 and SV waves. For the retlected P2 wave, these.variations arc about to-• (see Fia. 6.6).
Apin note the sliaht difereDces between the dispersive eharactcristic:s of the
inhomoaeaeous waves (see F"tJ. 6.6, solid curves) and the dispersi:re characteristics of the
homogentous 'WtWeS (dotted curves in the same ftgarc), analyzed in Chapter 2, and
propaptina in the same porous medium (kerosene-saturated Sandstone), albeit infmite,
namely in the absence or diJcontinuities.
The attenuations arc much hi8her in the direction perpendicular to the free surface thart
in the parallel direction. This was forelceablc, sinc:e. durina these .reflections, the Biot
effects occur, especially for flows normal to the discontinuities. It seems clear that, during
reflection, the free surface condition will considerably favor the differential movement of
the liquid phase in relation to the solid phase, essentially in a normal direction to thC
surface. The difl'erential m~ in tbilntiNc:tionwill theft be the main souroc of energy
dissipation.
For the rcftectcd P1 wave, attenuation characterbed by the ratio A. k is too low to be
signiftcant, this ratio being about to-•. For the reflected SVwave, this ratio is about 10- 2•
'---
••
1.()()04 .3
v, Yp
__:1..2
-.::..1 lnhofncla-neaus-
Vp
Yp UXI02
'
0
0 2 3
1.0000 I s«: t I r I I
0 2 3 Vt/fc
vm;
.I
:::..
Yp
.49
.48
0 1 2 3
vm;
· Fia- 6.6 P . ve1ocily of il'l~ r~ P1 wave (Y,..~ P2 wa~
(V,.2 ) and S V wave (J'.)(solid lines) compared with the phase veloCities of the
saae types of. wava(P1 , P2 ancl·SY)ill the eae olullo........- IDII)de.of
propaption .ia aa iaMR. I&'IJ8dium (dotted ·~ 'l'boee ~ are
~ .~· tJac vcloatf of '• ~vca (DO dissipatiOil). ~.abtcissa is the
square root ol the bquenc:y.~ to the~ hquency fc
(cue of aft incident 1'1 wate). 111e iatilo VJ.!Yr is ta'bll eqlilld to 0.483 (noa-
diMipati-ve c:ue) (ilftei: DeaMwicz aad .Rice, 1~ .
~ :t \ I •..~.
t__.. ...
~
2L I
""'
0
l
0
r,-o~
1
=
~
;
2
Fit- 6.7 Normal, ceaaponeot of thc atten..UOn Vfllilt"' for the ..aow wave
normalized to the norm of the propagation vector as a func:tion of ,1flfc
(incidence P1. wave) (after ~ and Rice. 1962).
.----..,
~
-~...___ -
~-·
30
r
I -
r3
p1
I I
p2
'
sv
0 30 10 10
r,
·~--------------------------~
20
flo.U ~or~c,or
thAI Pa wave and{3 of SV wave
r2
\fiif:.,: ·4t
·.
' .. ' . .
1Rve
1962).
<•
vs. anateof~ { 1 ohbe P1
Deresiewicz and
.
Rice,
-Vffc· .1
ViTfc. 0
8 30 to 10
r,
The intcrestiq qualitative. aspec:t is that, at the .alnc frequenq, it rises with ana1c of
iDc:icJeDce (defmed in relation to - normal to cfie free surface). This results from the
peiMilatiea of perticle 1DotioD ·J*pCDdicular -~ tbc propaption direction. For the
rcflccted P2 wave, the normal component of attenuation is very hip (see Fia. 6.7) b1U is
pradically independent of ansJ.e of incidence.·
or or
Fipn 6.8 shows the variations anales reflection { 2 and { 3 of reflected P2 and SV
waves as a function of anpc of iaddence C1 of the P1 wave. It is clear that the angle of
'1
reflcction ef the P1 wave is tbe .... as tUt of the iac;idcBt waw. Moreover, DQte that the
variation of ar&ale of nflec&ioa ', .. a ru.:tien of antic of incidence differs from the
clanical SaeiJ.Descartes law of er.t~: This eift'ect 1Mcomcs more pronounced
with increasing deviation from· aiOimaJ incidence. The anJies of reflection { 2 and c,
increuc with the ratio . .;c;r;;, the ratio with which the effects due to the two-phase
character of the studied- media increase. This can be explained by the dispersion of the
reflected waves which, conversely, impoee an increase in the anpe of reftection as a
function of frequency at faxed analc of incidence, to satisfy the Snell-Descartes laws.
1.0
I -l
182
0
(I)
e,
I
I ... ......... I 180
IR1>/
/
"'
0.2 L I 178
0 30 80 90
0 f1
0 30 80 90
r1
0.06
r
IR2'!
0.04
fife• 1.11
I .:t------ A "'·· ··~-_::I
0.021 .~ ......... I .1 ~ o____
-90 ---
0 30 80 90
r1
of . a:t<:: .·!·
.,
~ -
'""'"~·.-.
0 30
r,
80 '
o.e
0.4
~ m,:m 180
jacslj 113
171
l----. ..
Z1.a-=-
I I
I
I
'.
I
I
tl 30 80- 90
r1
30 80
r1
Fla. 6.9 Moduli fRt"' and phde 11of reflec:tiot1 ~ts (in potential) of P1
(i • 1), P1 .(i• 2) and SV (i • l ar S) waves u a function of anJle of
incidence ' ' (~ 1'1 wave). ~~Yel ~e in4exod by the nonnaliad
frequency f [. (after Deresiewicz. qd Rice, 1962).
.,
-----
r
"---'~
6 'WA\U'Aktr~Ad!s 263
I
I Figure 6.9 shows the ,-ariation of moduH and phases of refteC:tion coetftcients RU1
-~f I
U= l(P1). 2(P1), 3(SY)) vs. the anJle of incidence { 1 • Here the cOefticicnt All' is ctef'tned
from tbe potentials related to the wave studied by:
'
T
-.
.... j = l, 2, 3 Ru1 = i; = IR<hl exp (i8
~
1) (6.30)
--
I where ()0 is the incident wave amplitude.
Note that the reflection coefficients corresponding to the P1 and SV waves differ
-, slightly from those calculated in elastodynamics (i.e. w/ol = 0 in the curves). The only
signiftcant difference is a wider phase d~rence whidl is independent of the angle of
incidence. as compared with the elastic cast for the SV wave. This increase (in absolute
value) results essentially from dissipative effects which slow -down particle motion.
Moreover, as above, for a ftxed angle of incidence { 1 , the more the conditions for two-
phase effects are favored (rising w/Cif), the larger amplitude P2 wave is generated at the free
surface, which was foreseeable. In fact, coetTICient IJIC 2 ~ increases with w/ol' for a ftxed
angle of incidence and by contrast, the reflection coetTtcicnt IJIC 1 ~ corresponding to the P1
I wave decreases to satisfy the enersy balance. The SV wave reflection coeft"tcient IA«511
::r
~
displays slightly more complex l;)ehavio~, which we can S11DUD&rize as follows:
At high angles of inc:idence (about > 650), and due to its polarization, the SV wave sets
..- partides in motion in the solid phase. esscntialy in a direction perpendicular to the free
surface, while the liquid phase rerbains practiallty at rest, since it does not transmit shear
forces. This has the eft"cct of generating difrerent'-1 movements between the solid phase and
the fluid, which induce two-phase effects, fuoring the generation of P2 waves and
consequently the attenuation of SV waves. As ptedicted, the effect is intensified with rising
'-
frequency. At angles of incidence close to no~l, the mechanism described above is no
longer effective for the s1· wave, but for the I\ wave.
To summarize, an incident P (or SY) wave at the-interface between two porous media
gives rise to three types of reflected wave (P1 , ]\,and SY) and to three types of transmi_tted
...,-
_1 in-.
wave (P1 , P2 and SY). 1bt wavtlitt the iatcrfacle: ..........., ildaolnOI'ftCO\JS (planes of
constant phase diltmct from planes iJr CODitUt'amJiitude) except c:asc of the
refJccted wave, which is of the same type as the incident wave. Moreover, the Biot eft'ccts on
:1 reflections and transtnissions are more pronounced at aqles of incidence approaching
.J normal, and hence ~ no tcmlt; be ipored. -
•• ll•ylft6h ··~~·
In classic elastodyrWnics at the f~ surface of a _._infmite .,lid, a so-callocl surface
wave can propagate, namely the Rayleijh wave (see for example Lord Rayleigh, 1885 or
Viktorov, 1967). This is a non-dispersiye inllemopneous wave whose amplitude decays
exponentially with depth. Particle motion O<:f\-1" flong two transverse components with a
phase difference or 7r./2 and contained in the Ulittal plane (plane deftned by the wave
'--
264 W.\VU.AND JNTERFACES 6
vector and the nonn,alto the$~). The ~~t~tmnity ofthe polari,zation vcctor.describcs an
ellipse in the direct.ioa retfoar• near the~ aad PfO&rade in 4cpth. The horizontal
component is cancelled at depth Q.2 118 , where Aa is the associated wavelcagth (sec
Fig. 6.10).
Prclpegition
~~
l
z
ftrOIMIJition '
AW2
lbl
'
f'll, 6;.. DistriHtioo.otveklfity fleW (a) ud 4i~ <')of particles ol
Ill isotropic scmHafmi!e medium at the passage of a llayleiah WJVe (after
A\lld, 1973). . ..
We shall now examine what happens to this Raylciab wave if the propaptioo medium
in Fig. 6.10, for the same geometry, is a saturated porous medium described by Biot's
theory. Let us consider potentials of the form:
== t;1 ~ (- r1z) exp [i(kJx- a>t)]
~J j == 1, 2, 3 (6.31)
Each potential defmes a P1 U == 1), P2 U a; 2)aad S{i • 3)waveasindic:atedin Chapter 2.
To identify a surface wave of the Rayleigh type consists of determining whether the
boundary conditions (6.8) can be satisfted by a superposition of waves dtfmed by
potentials of type (6.31). If this is possible, the real part Re(kl) and the imaginary part
Im (kl) in (6.31) respectively defme a Rayleigh wave phase velocity V8 and a corresponding
attenuation ~. in the ox directioa ~
(()
''
6 WAWiAiM~Aa!s 285
vl t - 2 V2)
- .fi.«a {(3 vi- vi V2vi- 2(V2vi.,. . 1)} ==
l
_(w) of
2
~ ,.~</1-(t- v~)·(•- ~)(2- ~) v,.
Va g V5 Y,. V,. V5
(6.34)
,.,......, ..
_,' .
~,
7
1.012 '"''
10 / f..·~
20 ,.,.....
"'"" .......·:;/1
... ·· /
30
VR - - ...... -:...: ... ··:·-:;;:..·,"" .4
.4
Vo 1.000 ~
I
········ .2 .. ""
,t;"
.1198
' _,______
. ---
......... .......
..... -··· ..~.2
~--···-~
~
-- - , ...
'
.2
'Ks
Cal
~
0 .oa .08-
fife
.• .12 .15 l
I
i
""''
20 ~ity
.,
.2/ (
...... ,.,
-
JO
'
~.
~---~~-L . . ~... -~ ,
,./
15
,
!...9!!!
OR /
/ "'
.. ··
..· .... ······ .6 (
10
·······:·····
········.4
(
5 I
(b)
l
0 .0 .03 .08
fife
•• .12" .15
F'ia· 6.11 Phase velocity 'fa) aad ittvreild ctuality factor<') of the Rayleigh
wave. Tbe phase Velocity is~ to the phase velocity in the absence of
dissipation (i.e. at zero n.~). the frequency is. normalized to· the
characteristic frequency fc. The curves arc drawnfor varyina ratio Ko!K•.
b. Stouky WIIHS
In classic elastodynamM:s, at the iate~ of two. elastic half-spaces, a aeneralizcd
Rayleigh wave can propaaate, wh~ amplitude c,iecreases ~xpooentially with distance
from the interface. This wave. identified by Stooeley. does not-always exist. Its existence
was investigated by several authors, and particularly by Cagniard (1962). The reader can
'""'
'-'-·
'-
~
1.CIOit''
Open
.
YSt 1.ooi0
Vo
.til
(a)
0 .01 AMI .()8 .12
fife
:q~:,
.a
::ru~l
'-
'!Sa.
_....,_ .
Ost
. .3•KofK.
. .
_.... -~- --------L-- ----
?tttz=--=--····--··· .....
.. ..
.
a;;-:;.t J (It)
.oe .12
fife
Fie- 6.ll Phase velocity (a) and invene,cpility factor (lt).of the. StoadcY .·
wave. The phase velodt¥ is •onu.lizecl tp the pbase velocity in the a~ of
~ip&tio!l.<i.e.. at ~o··hQ\ieftC)'). l't. CtequeftCY is n~ to the
cbaractenstte frequency 1.: 'the 'tUrveS· art drawn for varyin& rauo KoiK••
'
268 WAVES AN~ INTERFACES 6
The PQrosity is assumed here to.~ 19o/.. and tortuosity is 3 (see Berryman's formula.
Eq. (2.92) in Chapter 2). The ratio of the bulk modulus K I«. of t)lc Ouid (water) to the bulk
modulus K. of the solid constituting the matrix (silic.~t.) ~ kept constant and equal to
K 11 /K, = 0.059. The solid curves comspolld to ~e case of tbc open Ouid/solid inter-
face (i.e. JC1 = ao) and the brokeo.liQCS to the case of the scaled or the closed interface
(i.e. "• - 0). Like tbc R,aylciah wave in the case of porous media. the Stoneley wave is now
dispersive. For a better unders&andjng of the curves obtained. Fig. 6.13 shows
schematically the geometric representation of the increase in the ratio K 0 / K, at constant
porosity.
Fluid-=·
Fluid Fluid__.
Fluid
KJKs "\.1
lowKJK,
-,,
Fi&. 6.13 Schematic diagram of a Ouiclfconstant porosity porous medium
interface. Note the influence of K 0 /K. Oft 40 pore sh'e". ·
..-....,
'
---~
'---'
WA'WIAHB~ :!69
"-./
'
the reduction in cross-section throush which the fiUidftiJws toWards the porous medium is
leis drastic. Tbe- pteiiUI'e 8f'8dield is tbenlf'ore llal'fOWW, Iivia~ rile to a sanaDer Ouid
cxchaftae between the two mediL The contribution of the-~\ wave, as well as the
'- dilsipation d• to Row across the iaterface, is ......... ICCOfCiiatly. 1'llis aplaiDt why,
in contrast to Rayleip waves, the velocity eurveaconapondinsto K 0 /K, • 0.3 lie above
those corrapondins to K 0 K, - 0.6 and 0.9, and why, at low frequencies. attenuation
''-' =
(1000/QSr) is less for K0 /K, 0.3 than for hisher Ke/K, ratios. At hip fn:queocies,
'----'
however, with increasins K 0 / K,, attenutiOn decNases because the attenuation due to P1
and S waves dominates in this cue. The velocity curve correspondins to K 0 / K, • 0.91ies
'-- above that correspondin& to Ko/K, • 0.6. because the channels become exceaively thin,
"-./ and the pressure sradient prevailins at the interface is inadequate to auarantee sipiftcant
flow as K 0 /K, approaches l.
c. Slulutulrl
As a general conclusion concernina interface waves, we can state that the two-phase
cbaracter of saturated porous aaoclia ~Mba 1M RaJleilh and Stoneley waves dispersi\'e.
However, the effects can be iporecl fer the ltayleiala wve, both for Yeloeities and for
attenuation (see scales in Fia. 6.11). The same applies to the velocities for Stoneley waves.
On the other band, the attenuation ofStonelcy waves due to the tv.·o-pbase character is no
'- longer neJlilible in the case of an open interrace. At low frequencies, in fact, an open
interface leads to Ouid excbanacs IJetween the media, and hence a sipiftcant contribution
of the Pz wave, correspondint to out-of-phase fluid/matrix movements. Dissipation and
'--- attenuation then reach a maximulllat a liven -frequellcy for intermediate values of K 0 / K,
(K 0 /K, • 0.6). allowing large pressure ~tadiea:ts anCf SGbstantial fluid exchanges. Inertia
effects become domiaant at IBP fN\quencies, and ateteetl on P, and S waves. 'fbeseefl'ects
are also aecentuated by the open dtaracter of the. ietotface.
For applk:ations to wen loainr. it is iftttrestial-to aulya the claaqe cauled by the
"- two-phase character of the medium in comparison with the elastodynamic framework,
wbea a seismic source is plaeed mtt.e·Yicitdty of a'I\IM/penlable rneclit.tm interface. We
shall examine this problem in the next Section. ' -
"---'
'----
270
The problem is defmed by the pollletry of the propqating media and by the source
characteristics. The geometries aaalyr.ed corrapond. for example. to the follo•ing
problems: a plaae interfacx betwcea a 8uid and a saturated porous medium t Fig. 6.14._ a
layer of fluid of constant thickness lyina between .two identical saturated porous media
(Fig. 6.1 5), or a circular borehole filled with Ouid in a surrounding formation consisting of
a saturated porous medium (Fig. 6.16).
The sources are defmed by their aeometrical characteristics (point source. line source or
cylindrical source) and the time sipal omitted (Dirac delta function, Ricker wavelet). All
these problems can be dealt with in the same way. We propose below an analytical
resolution algorithm.
~
~doaofdlecrlltidoala...;....,._...,_• • . _
and the porous medium (Section 6.1.1 ), "
The complete resolution of the problem hence amounts to the determination of all these
potentialfuactions.lt is very coammietlttouse mecbods based on Fourier-type transforms
(Bracewell,1978, for example), in die tilDe and spac:edomainin the two-dimensional case,
or of the Hankel type (Oitkinc and Proudnikov, 1978. and Bracewell. 1978, for example) in
the space dom~n in thC three-c:timeJlSional case \\<itb cylindrical symmetry. These methods
offer the advantage of considerably simplifyiag the resolution of the systems and fmding
explicit transform solutions.
Hence, in the example in Fia. 6.14 for a popat source, the potentials 41 1 and~ z relative to
the Ouid are defmcd by the following equatioil$ iq cylindrical coordinates and usins the
notations in this f1gure :
~2""
,... ..,t - v12 ~
'il't == fi(t,.,(z
u
-
d). 4S(r) •
- iJ 11 for i = 1,2 (6.35)
1 nr
where
/(t) = source fu~tion. ~"
VI = wave velocity in t~ fluid,
-~
__ ,
"\
z
-.
P!nt:l
Wft!I*JI-.IOof
IJII/J/Il/1111//J!IIJII//f«U
------
z
.....
--1 s
:
P!ftl:l p
9
272 WAVES AND lNTERFA(;ES 6
Equation (6.35) ex that the potential fl 1 destftbes the vibratory state in the
infmite fluid in the presen of a so...rce (second member of (6.35) non-zero) and the
potential fl 2 corresponds t the ··reflected" waves (second member= 0).
After the time Fourier tra sform (t -+ w) and then the zeroth order Hankel transform
(r -+ k) of Eq. (6.35), ~ utions of this equation are eafily put into the form:
• k ) _ F(w) exp (- h1 1z- dl)
1 ' z, w - 2w2 hI
(6.36)
fl2 k, z, w) = fl2 0 (k, w) exp (- h1z)
where
h} = k2 - 1· ··
V2 with Re(h1 > 0,
w2
fl1(k, z, w)
fl1(r,z, t),
~notes the ouble transform (Fourier and Hankel) of the potential
11>20 (/c, w) is an arbitrary runction ot k and w which are the conjugate variables of r
and t in the two foregoing transformations.
The necessary uniform behavior oflthe poklnlitl1s at infmil)' (radiation condition)
justifies the condition Re(h1 ) > 0 and the rejection of the solution fl 2 in exp ( + h1 :). The
complete resolution of the problem amounts to the determination of the unknown
function fl 20 (k, w) which allows the determination of potential 11>2 related to the fluid, and
the determination of potentials •., •~ aad 'I' related to the porous medium.
These unknown functions are computed t.y bbfe.Vansforming the equations and
determining the boundary COnctitfou to be;atisfied at the m.terfaces. These conditions are
expressed in the following matrix fow:
[M](X) '"" [}f) (6.37)
_where
• [X] is the unknown column matri'lt' whose elements are unknown transformed
functions [for example fl 20 (k, w)] to be dttermined.
• [Y] is a column matrix of the same dimension as X, whose elements depend
exclusively on the source spectrum (freq\acncy and wave number). "
• [M] is a square matrix depending exclusively on the propagating media (geometrical
and mechanical characteristics) and totaUy independent of the characteristics of the
source.
In the absence of a source, the matrix [Y:J is zero and syatem (6.37) is then reduced to:
[M][X) = [0] (6.38)
where [0] is tbe column matrix composed of demnts that are all zero.
"
I
i
_j
...._,
"
, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------·- ---
T
.._,-
''---' ,_
:~ ftJmfftiij~' m
'---'
' In thisQSC, to deviate from the trivial sOlution {X] - O,correspoildiDJ to all potentials
equal to 0. or to a si*e at rat, it is llecellary tocancdthecletermiuilt ofsystem (6.31)or:
dct [AI) - 0 (6.39)
Equation (6.39) actually constitutes the velocity dispersion relation ohhe system, which
serves to dctcnnine the characteristic propaption modes of w,vcs corresponding to the
~
pomctry analyzed. Equations of this type were discussed in Section 6.1.3.1, enabling us to
describe the dispersion and attenuation functions of the Rayleigh and Stoneley waves.
These characteristic modes are obviously independent of the source.
In the presence of sources, the sotutions to system (6.35) are given by:
'---'
X det (WO]
, - dct [M] (6.40)
where
is the transform of the fla unknown potential.
• X1
• [~ is a square matrix obtained ltrnplacina the ,.. column by the column vector
'----
(Y].
Since the unknown transformed functions are all perfectly determined by Eq. (6.40), the
vibration of the space is determiDed by takina tbeir inverse transforms. Thus, for example,
ia the cue C'll F'll- 6.14, tbe.,..... dillribUtioll iac6eeuid is determiDed .. fDUows:
By clebition:
Pr(r, z, t) • - Pr[11 (r; z, r) + 4S~(r, z,' t)] '
'-
(6.-41)
where f'tckll Mel the fluid dcDiitJ (AcbaaiNichi lJU, for-ple). HCJl4:0,., Fouriw and
zerotb o.- Hankel uaasrona cl (6M). we .obtaia!. ,
\.._-
pf{lc, Z, fD) • p1aPf.t(lc, t-, Gf) + .2(~ %, m)J (6.42)
~
where •• and • 2 were previously detcrmiDed by Bq. (6.40). The pressure distribution in
the ftuid is then obtained by inverse trauaform of Eq. (6.42), ~: ,
'- , A,r, z, t) - ;. f J
_+..,.., _+..,.., p/co•r•. (i, ~~ tiJ) ....2(t, z, co)]Jo(kr)t dk dco (6.43)
'---'
.. .....,.. of,.,.,...., ..........
The simatations that we pnwat were performed to.y lleeeabaum (1974). based on the
expcrinaeatal data of Wyllie n Gl. ( 1962) (aee Section 6.1.2.lc~ Only two spedficconditions
at the iDtelface were ualyakt: ' · '
·-.. (a) Free interface "• • oo.
t~'-
(b) S.W. irlterfaGe "• - o.
,_ To aDalyze the eft'ect ofpermeabDityJllore pndlery'ia each simulation, the results for
each type of sandstone were rcplacecl by die ·rMitl obbtibed for a fictitious equivalent
material Qf the same dlarKt...... but widllowcr pmacabilitY.:
~-
(a) S mD instead of 1900 m'D for Tupot salldltone.
'---
(b) s·mn instead of 200 mD foi'lerea taridstofte. ·
(c) 0.1 mD instead· of 3l.S, 10 or' I iaD fOr Poxhilts Andstone.
_...
'~
274 WAV~ AND INT~RfACES 6
The source employoci is a pressure so~ who~ tfequency spectrum is such that its
phase is zero and its moclulqs.c:oostaat bet~ frequencies / 11 and .f•• and zero.on either
side of the frequencies f 1 ( < f 11) and f 1 ( > f.). Between f 1 and fs and between / 2 and / 8
the spectrum amplitude rolloff is a cosine taper (see Fig. 6.17).
I
l
'a
. ,,_..,.. 'H '2
Two JeOIDetries wcte iiM:dipted by ROICilbaum: plaae (fia. 6.14) and cylindrical
geometry (Fig. 6.16). However, it should be recalled that the Biot's effects occur essentially
at discontinuities which, by the bo.undar)' conditions that they imply. induce pressure
gradients which alter the flows. This shows that, on one hand. the geometry of propagating
media can only play a secondary 1'0~ ·and why, on the other, pcrmeabi1ity and ftow
conditions at the interface have the ~same .qualitatift iRflueac:e for both aeometries. We
shall therefore mainly discuS$ the l'esults concernins a plane interface, but compare them
to the ones obtained for cylindrical syinmetry to emphasize the foregoing remarks.
• Body waves:
(a) A conical P wave rcfr~ P oa .the interf:ac:e (dcoot~ P below) constitutina the
f~rst arrival.
(b) A conical P wave refracted Son the interface (denoted S) constitutina the second
arrival: this wave only exists if the S wave velocity in the solid is greater than
the P wave velocity in the fluid.
(c) A direct P wave in the fluid (denoted D), which does not .. meet- the interface: this
wave is often muted by tbc. StQilcley wave whose velocity is (see Section 6,1.3.1)
close to the wave velocity in~ fluid.
• In the case of the cylindrical ~ry (F~g. 6.16) and of the equivalent plane
geometry (Fig. 6.15), ''multi-reflected n piQed. wa,ves which display an i.Qfinity of modes,
all very dispersive and attenuated, e~ in elastodJ1W11ia (Paillet and White, 1982): the
zeroth mode of these guided waW~. slightly dispersive, is also called the Stoneloy mode
'
"~T
~ Ji
1:~ ·- ·;4-
6 WAVES AND~ 21S
'-;
- ~I
' because, in elastodynamks, the velocity correspoading to the high frequency linut JJ tbe
velocity of the Stoaeley wave (the Wllvelength beiDa very small. the. cwvature Gf· the
interface doll not have any eft'ect). Its low frequency limit is the familiar tube wave in
borehole seismology.
• In the case of a plane interface. a Stoneley wave (denoted St) previously described in
Section 6.1.3.1, which is non-dispersive and non-attenuated in elastodynamics.
--- In the simulations and actual recordings (acoustic logs) these multi-refiected modes
(except the 2CI'oth mode) are very often masked by other arrivals due to their small
'-"
,, amplitude. Hence we shall only analyze the conical P wave, the conical S wave and the
Stoneley wave, whose amplitudes are significant.
'--
1 Results of 101M . . . . . . . .
Different theoretical sipals are shown in Fip. 6.18 and 6.19 to simulate signals
'"-
----· recorded in Berea sandstone. As a ..-. the anivals correspond to rather low amplitudes
'-- for the P wave, moderate for the S wave, and very energetic for the Stoneley wave.
'-.,..-
Variations of the amplitude ratio obser'Wid fortb.e thtee types ofnvc(P. Sand Stoneley)
in the case of a Jiven porous material, and of those observed in the case ofthe equivalent
'-.,..-
material having 11M sune cba.racteristics but very low permeability, are shown in
~
Figs. 6.20 and 6.21. The sipal is recorded in lbctfluid., the receiver beiDt at 3m from the
source and at the same depth.
-·- Infl~nce of the source frequency spectrum.
~
For Teapot and Berea sandstones with high and medium permeability respectively,
....... high frequency and low frequeacy sources w~ tested. The phenomena are more
'-""
pronounced (see Fig. 6.20) at the hiper frequencies, which is expected because high
frequencies favor two--phase eft'cCts.
'-..-~
lrt}lvence of interfae. flow cmuliJioM. (open or 8flled interface).
-
·-.__.
The effect of an opea or sealedioteffacc is prKtlCitly neali&ible Oft the P wno and the S
wave (sec F11- 6.20~ However it iuadical on tbe stoneley wave (compare Figs. 6.19a and
,__,_ 6.20 to Fia. 6.19c:~
The effect on the P wave is plllactioally nepaibJe. Therefore for example. in a very
,___ permeable sandstoae (J'apot) atltlnlation is lea than 1 dB/m.
'---
The effect on the J wave is sipificant and relativoly independent of interface Oow
conditions. This is a particularly intmlltina result for the inverse problem of measuring
~
---
'-.,..-
"--' 41
, •I O+St , •I D+St
I I I I
s.lecl
....._ I~
..t
J
IC •I 1110
J
~i:
.I
:=_ I J~
·~
"*limO 1 ~
0
- ... 1100 10110
- .
Ti!lllelft ...........
j~
•
~
l,
~
~~ere& sandstone aad water. The tranamitter and receiver are near the
interface. and the transmitter/receiver distance is 3 m. The source frequency J
spectrum is aiven in fia. 6.17 (/1 • 0, f•- 10kHz, 1... lO kHz, / 2 .J.
• 30kHz) (after Roaeabum, 1914).
J
J,_
, •& ••• O+lt , -. I O+lh ...("""
I & l
I
' I
......, ~
~
.....,_
s
·- tr- .I
....,._
r.
s-led ~
.t-··UIIfll--- • • l·~
-=. 2001110 ····mO
-li
~:
='l
c. d 11::- ~i
--t:
'
---~AA.._____L,
r
~,,.---~-----, ~v~
I
.----AAA-
I 1
~---.
TliMinmer-lds
+
-- - -- I I I I
·=t·~ limO
....
1-:J 1400 1100
-1
J_,
J
_f
•
!
I
-l
Ji1c. 6.19 Theoretical seismOaraJDs for a plane interfaee between a saturated
Berea lalldltone an4 water. The U'aMiDithr aacl reoeiwr aN aear the ~
interface, and the traasrDitter/reatiYW distance-is 3 IQ. The IOUia (~
spectrum is pven in Fis. 6.17 (/1 • 15 kHz, f. "" 25 kHz, In = 35 kHz, / 2 --.
... 45 kHz) (after Rosenbaum, 1974).
........,
-----..
'\
i ~~ (' 0 .~ II "'r II I
( (\ ( (\
( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( \ ( ( ( ( ( (
._.....
(
..( ....,..,..... ____ (
----------------·
BEREA SANDSTONl (IC • 20D mOl TEAI'OT SANDSTONE I " : I 900 mOl
__ , 1.0
0.5
.___,
":· '::::··
1.0 1.0
·.
~s
1.0
II t·'
lu
li r
.1
I I .. f-
r
St
I!,=, :. .01 ~
~~ I!,=
J
J
.1 1
- I
. ) t.o
.01
.5
.01
11
._..........,
dlst-c-t
,.Q1
.........,.
75 31110
dlltMiatlcml
._
,01 ______ L
11 31110
............... .1
•
. cllltllllltcml .01
, .01 ,. ,L.-.
r-
___ ,
r
1.0 -P.St.S
~:
1.0 =-
li
~~
!- r .01
J
J•
.1
. ..
i-:r l
I! 1 a!
I
j
.01
.5
.1
"!::: I
I1
j.OI
.5
.1 's 1
.......... I
.01
75 300 .01 -e z
..........
75 300
Sou___._ ,011 \
.Ot ~-"-'-'-"""--- 1 1 0 0
~- 75 300
Source-r-w
75 31110
Soun:e-realwr
~-1 ._lcml
Fig. 6.10 P ~tnd S rerracted wave and Stonelcy wave (St) amplitude variation!! Rll a (unction or
transmitter/i'eceiver distance. These amplitudes are normalized to the amplitudes computed for
an equivalent low permeability (S mD) medium. Case of plane geometry in Berea and Teapot
sandttones (after l.oseabaum, 1974~
L
•
SNied inwt.ce
FOXHILLS SANDSTONE
Open int..tKe
',.
~
St
1.0 ,.... 1.0 ~
t::t::!:::
~:
•
1
0
E 1·5 - l .5 r- >
"'
~
"'!
H
) J St "'
::!!
I(
I
z
.1 I
l .1 _j_ -:z
"@0
...
20 40 eo so 2040 10 eo ~
Soun:e-,_w., disu.ce (em} ~""
~Neeiverd..._ (em} 0
__:~
..,
. Ill
I~~ ~:
1.0 .... I:" Q
"'~
.I I r- ~
;;l
I
• .5 l,j
St
i _J
)
..
2 J
1
..
' "'
Ill
I(
1 .1 I
2040eo80
I .1
20 40 10 80 ~~
-=-~
. ~
.<·· :>-
I
1.0 L" • • •
I r P,St,S
I
1.0
• • I :::::: P,S
St
-Ill
-·"'
£
I .I 1- • .5 ~ ··.~
i s
- J
I "'
~z
u
~
I(
! I I I I .1 I _j_
~<
;;l
z
.1
20 40 eo80 20 40 eo 80 -E<
Sou~vrr d.._ (CI'II} Sour~~lcml
F~~o 6.21 P ~ Stefrac:ted "!ave and Stoneley wave (St) amplitude variations .
as a function or transautter/receiver distance. These amplitudes are
normaliad to the amplitudes computed for an equivaleat low permeability
(0.1 mD) medium. Case o!plaacpometry iD Foxbilksandatoae.. The.sourcc
frequency spectrum is given in Fig. 6.17 (/1 =60kHz, / 2 = 160kHz) (after ' ..
Rosenbaum. 1974).
-------r----------------------------------------------------------------~
I ,.. I
~
(
( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ' \ ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (\ (
'---~-~
---- ,
TAKLF. 6.1
ATTENUATIONS OF INTEIFACI! P, SAND STONI!LF.V WAVF.S C"ALC"ULATF.D I'OR THF. C"ASF. 01' PLANF. (if.OMF.lRY
I'Oit VAIUOUS TYPF.'I Ot' SANI>!."TONF. WITH lllt'I'F.RF.Nl" pt;Utf.I\IIIUTIF.S
Cetttt-al Attenuation
F~equency frequency (dB/In)
Type Permeability spectrum Interface
. orroct (mD)
ofiOUrc:e ~
frequcney Pwave Swave Stoneley
Open 0.4 3.5 20.s·
Teapot •ddstone 1900 IS_, 45kHz 1.2
Sealed 8.9 4.0 0.9
Open 8.9 4.1 11.6
BerCallliMktone 200 IS to 45kHz 0.2
Sealed 0.9 3.5 0.9
·- Open ts 5.9 17.1
32.5 60to 1601Hz 3
Sealed 1.S 6.2 ~o
,.
Open ~o 3.2 10
Poxhilts.
samistcine tO 60 '*' 160 '"7. 3
Sealed ~e 3.2 ~o
Open ~o ~o J.5
I 60 to 160kHz 3
Scaled ~o ~o ~tO
T,uu 6.2
CoNI'A&IION BI!TWII!N A'l'fafUATtoNS CALCULATED IN I'LANI! AND CVLJNOiliCAL OBOMITitY
Nl Bal,4 SANlJSTONI! 011 ~ I( • 20(). mD AJIID POaOSITY • • 19 % AND P0a //f. • 0.2
Attctauatlon Attenuation
Sowce
Interface ~B/mJ Source Interrace (dB/m)
spectrum spectrum
Pwave I Swave Stonefey P wave Swave Stoneley
Open 0.9 4.1 11.6 ()pea I 4 3.4
IS to 45 tHz IS to 45kHz
Sealed 0.9 3.5 I 0.9 Sealed 0.7
-~---~
2.7
....
0.6
-------
p._.,.
.. s-w-
·r.
Stonelty-
li'ropegetlon Proplgltlon PrQPIIIIdan
-~- .~
~~~- ~
"''
fluid Solid
.....................
fllulcl Solid
,.. ........llltllliGft
................
_........., r o \
.......... •..
...... lloc'....... .. .................. lkrt .....,
•
...........
....................
Dllfhllllllt.......... to
.
......,..._
Dlplh
.........
Fta. 6.21 tafluence or relative movement or fluid phase in relation to solid
phue aad interface conditions on refracted I', S and Stoneley waves.
Phyiical iaterpretation.
In the case of a refracted S wave at the interface, since the liquid phase does not respond
to shear forces, no pressure aradient occurs and hence there is no fluid exchanse across the
interface. Thus the open or sealed cbal1lcter ofthe interface has a nealigible effect on the S
wave. However, since the interface is set in motion, flow occurs in the porous medium by
inertial coupling (Darcy's law and inertiaUerms), and not by the pressure gradient etTect,
which is zero. Thus differential movement occurs between the fluid and solid skeleton of
the permeable porous medium affectina the S wave attenuation.
Finally, permeability and interface conditions exert a considerable influence on '--,
Stoneley waves, as discussed above (Section 6.1.3.1). However, the effects in the ~
"'
.._.-
•
6 . . . .ANI)ftim!lt.ti'.«:!!S 211
neighborhood of the interfa<:e arc incrcasinpy pronounced for the Stoncley.wave and at.
higher tiequency (lower penetration depth). since Stoae1cy, particle movement is
elliptically polarized and hence ditfcrential movement ocx:urs between the fluid and the
·~
porous medium.
6.1.3.3 Coadullloas
To conclude tbitaalylil, aucl from a practical studpoint; if research is guided in the
direction of invcrtiilg acouatic lhcasurem•u for mobilitJ ofdadluid, independcndy of
the interface Dow conditions, it is of primiry importance to Ute bish frequency sources
(that is to say frequency dose to the chaaeteristic frequency). However at these high
frequencies, the Stoneley wave is strongly attenuated and hence diffiCUlt to observe. In
practical applicaqons, it will be necessary to compromise, in terms of tiequency, if the
_/
Stoneley wave is desired. AI it has been thown, the Stoneley wave is most influenced by
..... permeability, in the case of an open inttrface.
It is important to note that the fmt artivals (P wavea) are •• inlensitive" to permeability
for any interface conditions. F"mally ·4- S wave is especially interesting because its
attenuation is sensitiw to the :variation iD pcrmcability and i~t of interface flow
'~ conditions whicb arw,. . .t for in tiWIIliU1JI'elllCRt. . The transmitters and rec::civers
must be placed relatively'*- to the interfaces for these c6c:ta to be observed. It is
nevertheless difttcult to evalute permeabilitics leu tbaQ to .aD'(see Fig. 6.2le and
'--'
Fia. 6.2U) cspccially if the interface is -.Jed.
Laboratory experimcnu on borehele models of non-porous epoxy and sand
(Schoenbera et al., 1911) or porous concrete (Cben..l9U) materials have revealed wide
'-
gaps betwoea the RtuiU olailild by ~ aDd tlaose predicted by theory.
The possibility of sample hctcrepoeity has been suaested as an explanation. For in
·-..__._
situ acoustic loging experiments, the problem of the inversion of acoustic measurements
for permeability still remaiaa :poorly .....~ For the. aiAae bling. it .appears that, in
'-' many ca1e1, ue is oftina maa-of a ftUJDiaer of e&Dpirica1 folmu&as, dtlvoid of any solid
physical foundations, which work only in rare favorable eonlipratiOM.
However, the importance of this inverse problem for hydrocarbon recovery and
reservoir evolution justiftcs a major effort in this area to understand the physical
phenomena and develop an experimental proaram. Some references on field applications
of permeability effects on interface waves are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.2.
,_
'.._
. •(tL6t 'Umwefua80lf
£ 5! ~S!P »A!**J'»U!UJIUQ ~)--- pu1J NOl. . . . ~~
Jltp}{W
puaua U;»MlaQ acnJj»J9} aQid 11 10j ---owtps
~~oaq.J. .£r9 'lt.!i
c-. tlllt.L
i" i"' 'i' I I
0
l
01
woo,....-.
-.-ut flll.UI04
'---"'ln---...;..-~o ,__.....
·.~
t
lS>Q
I
s
t
d
01
....._,_,.,
•.-.u!"'lctl
IIWIOIIIOS
• ..,.,..UI
pejft$
q 01
t t
lStQ s
'
d
01
'- 0
.........
-...ul"'lOl
-p-.-,.
-.-ut
liMO
·~
• 01
(JH'Iot=HJ:~,.IJ)
ZH'I 9t>-O allll\4adl801f10$
QIIIOQ8L•,.
t t t 1' L'&t• • ,
lStO s d
3NO~NVS .LOdV:i.l.
We have dilcussod the intemum in Biot type media ia tbe tint pan of this Chapt«. In
this second part. we shaD examine the chanJCS made by the introdactioa of iat~ in a
viscoelastic medium. We shall develop the arguments in a thne-climeasioul space, and
then. for quality-factor-related problems, we shall limit ourselves to the two-dimensional
case. We will then calculate reflection and transmission coeft'Jcients and examine in detail
the ditterences with respect to,the elastic case. Tbe problem ~ ielerface waves will be
discussed very rapidly.
-~
6.2.1 Wave equation in viscoelastic media
We showed in Chapter 3 that the unidimensional c:dl!lstitutiveequation between stress a
and strain e of viscoelastic materials is written in one dimension :
a=m•e (6.44)
The extension to three dimensions yields:
a.1(t) = C1.;t1(t) • £111 (t) (6.4S)
·- wbcrc
61} - K.roooc*cr 4clta;
·{ 8,1 -o iflt'J
~I}- 1 if i • j
~
K(t)- bulk modulus,
p(t) = shear modulus.
The equilibrium equations are:
a,1J"" pu,. (6.47)
where u1 is the f'A component of the displacement Equation (6.47) caa be ICWI'ittlln by
iDtroducina the constitutive Eq. (6.46) in Eq. {6.47):
•
pii1 - 61{ K(t)- ~t)] u•..t&' + p{l) •ui.JI + p(t) • "JJJ (6.48)
"--·
284 WAVES AND .U'ITEJt.f'A.CES 6
In this equation, displacement u is a function of the space [r = (x1)] and time (t) ·
variables. Takina tbe Fourier~ 1Jf (6.4&), we obtain:
co
kf • Ys(a>)" V,(m) =
(
Jl~) r
!
(6.55)
The quantities K(co), p(co), V,.{co), V,(co), kJ and kJ are complex quantities. The chosen
branch for the square roots in Eqs. (6.54) and (6.55) correspond topositive real parts. This
choice will be understood in the ~g discussion.
The general plane wave solution in the time domain of Eqs. (6.51} is:
4> == •o exp [i(cot - k• • r)] (6.56)
In this equation, k• is a complex vector which we can separate into its rCa1 and imqinary
parts:
k• = k- iA (6.57)
where k is the propagation vector and A is the attenuation vector. The solution (6.56) to
Eq. (6.51) is then written:
4> = 4>0 exp (- A • r) exp [i(cot - k • r)] (6.58)
As a rule, the vectors k and A are not panllel, and in this case the wave is
inhomogeneous. If the angle between k and A is zero, the wave is homogeneous.
-,
-;;or
,_.~
-~
-6 · . . . . . . MIDINUIIPAC!ES ,.,
'"-'
PhyiM:ally, the wave ampliludc must no& Daile in dac propaption diRiction.:implying
that the anale 7 between dae wctoa k aacl A must satisfy:
-~
O~y< 2•
·~
1be existence of a non-zero anale y expNISCS that the planes with constant phase and
planes of constant amplitude are not parallcl. Fiaure 6.24 shows schematically the
behavior of a homogeneous wave (y - 0) at the interface between two attenuating liquid&.
1be transmitted wave is automatically inhomogeneous.
·~
·~
--- ...
'-'
.... 6.JA ......... ud .IIIW"watt fll &.-pilule WMe Uta vilc:ociMtic
medium (Schw•tjc a..,..~
'-
,_
Equations (6.Sl), (6.56) and (6.S7) live us:
'-...-'
k• • k• - .., ..... fAI 1 -- '211AIIkl COI1 (6.S9a)
and
'-
~ /X»1
k•. k• • - • iiiif [Ma - iMJ (6.S9b)
M IMI
\-
where M • M(QJ) is the ooaplex modulus of the wave, namely:
""'-
4
M(QJ) • K(QJ) + j p(w) • l((l)) + 2~t(w)
'-
for a P wave, and
'-'
M(fO) • ~t((l))
~~
for an S wave.
\_
·~
286 WAYI!i!h\ND JNTERFACES 6
or
2
'
k!2 + k: 2 = pro _ w2 (6.62) -,,
M- y2
V=l=;_ ~.
r
Equation (6.59) enables us to calculate y:
1 1
lkl = { ~ [ Re kt 2
+ (<tte kt2) + (l::;~>lYJ
2
(6.63)
IAI = { ~ [ - Re kt 2
+ (<Re 2 2
kt ) + (I::J~J
2
YJ
1
y 1
(6.64)
II X
~-
r"'k ~
II '
A';
-k
z
-,
z
Fig. 6.25 Attenuation and propagation vectors for homogeneous Oeft) and
inhomogeneous (right) waves.
-----..
-~,
"'
.,..-
......
6 WAV!f'MftntftdFAees 28?
sin 6 •
""
lkl (6.67)
where Va and V. are respectively the real and imaginary parts of the complex velocity
V = foJP and equal to:
(6.69)
v. -('.vt;M·t (6.70)
with 8- div u.
The actual displacement vector is the real part Ua of the displacement 11. By deriving Eq.
(6.71), we obtain a new equation verified by Ua: ·
, __
pl. - ( Ka + ~) .... 8~ + l'tV2. . + ![ (K, + ~) .... Ba + Jlt vzu.] (6.72)
The .sublcripts R and I indicate the real and imaginary parts respectively of the
quantities considered. ·
The~ ~ua~ is olQined \lY detenniaina the scalar product of Eq. (6. 72) by lia
(Linds&y, ~~~After tranSrormatioq (llorctierdt, 1973), we obtain:
where
E == sum of kinetic and potential .energy densities,
0 = dissipated energy per unit volume,
I =energy flux per unit time.
1
Q _1 _ 2p.[t+ Jll./114 1 tan1 YaP (6.77)
1
lla[1 + (1 + Ill 11Jll 1 tan 1 YsHJiJ
6.2.2.3 Coostaat Q model in two dimeosioas
We showed in Chapter 3 that KJartansspn (1979) bad developed a riaor~ thcotetical
model for which the one-dimenSional quality factor was ripously ilickpcrldent of
frequency. The quality factor considered by Kjartansson was the one defined by:
Q""l == : : (6.78)
Equations (6. 76) and (6. 77) are the same as Eq. (6.78) in the case of homoaencous waves
(y == 0). For inhomogeneous waves, these equations are different, as the angle y between
the planes of constant phase and oonstant amplitude atfects the value of the quality factor.
'--
\
( \ ( (
/
( I ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( I
( ( i \ ( (
(
' {
(
\ ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( I
~~
TAIU! 6.3
CottsTANT Q llroDBU IN ONI! AND TWO DIMI!NSIONS
p(wo)(':.Y'
(w)z'
p(m) •
p(al} = p(CIJo) 0).
SH waves
QiJ- tan., OiJ = 2 tan JCI (l + lin2 Kl tan 2 .,,.lr
,t
I + (l + sift 2 . , tan2 "'1111,.
JI(Q))- Jl(t»o<:r·
Q;·---
P waves ,-a 1 + l'(a~o)fM("'o) sm2 •ar tan2 y,.
"' -tan" 1 + p(aJo)/2M(Q)o) sift
I'
2
XIX tan 2 "/r
This is hence no longer an intrinsic property of the material, but a combined property of
the medium and the type of wave analyzed.
It can be shown (Bourbie. 1982) that, in the general case. a rigorous Constant Q model
does not exist in two dimensions for an inhomogeneous P wave. In very specific cases,
where the material analyzed reacts in a non-independent manner to longitudinal and
shear waves, a Constant Q model exists. The results are summarized in Table 6.3.
Nevertheless, it is important to realize that the variation. as a function of angles i'r· i'sv.
y58 , of quality factors Q-p1 , Q.S/ and Q5J. defmed by Eqs. (6.76) and (6.77) is slight.
Figures 6.26, 6.27 and 6.28 provide an example of these variations for a particularly
unfavorable case in which attenuations are extremely high. It may be observed that Q -;.1 ,
Qiv1 and Qi,} are independent of the angles }' if these anaies are smaller than 70 to
75 degrees. The hilh values of y, as we will shoW in the next Section. are only obtained in
the case of an incident homogeneous wave for angles close to the critical angle. Hence we
can consider that the quality factor is virtual~· independent of the inhomoaeneity angle y,
which amounts to stating that the quality factor can be assumed to be equal to the
defmition (6.78) even for the two-dimensional problem. The Constant Q model of
Kjartansson can be considered as a two-dimensional Constant Q model.
IV•ll
k2 + d 2 = -.,_-_ R.e td) ;il: 0 (6.83a)
I.+ 2p
pwl
k2 + h2 = - Re (h) ~ 0 (6.83b)
J.l
,,
'--
'-· -·
', __
I
I
.30
,.
Vp=2
v$ = 1.2
.-.·; ~ ·-~'j:;r .· '-:'t·:,-.
<lt> hp = 0) =5
0s lls =ot""s
:.._~~"· ~.~
~~_.--~--~~--~--._~~-L~
0 w ~ ~ ~ ~ • ~ • ~
Propegation . •tt8nUitlon ..... (dig.)
~r---------------------------------~
Vp =: Op hp "'01 = 5
.24 v 5 = ;,2
.18
cl;
.12
w ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
0
Propeption. ,....rian...........
30r---------------------------------~
v5 •1,2 Ostts .,., ·•
.24t
.18[
..;.. .12
..t ' "'""'
.oe Fi&- 6.l8 Inverse of quality factor
l/Q111 vs. anp between attenua-
tion vector and propaption
o~--~~--_.--~--~~~~--~--~ vector (after ~urbie. 1982).
0 w ~ ~ ~ ~ • ~ ~ •
Propegation • Anenuetlan engle Idee-I
292 WAVES_ANP I~RFACES 6
, 2
y + d'l ... •.P_(I)_ • Re (d') ;;11: 0 (6.83c)
, 2
k'l + h'l = p w Re (h') ;,:: 0 (6.83d)
p'
In these equations, the quantities k. d, h, k', d' arul h' and the amplitudes are complex
quantities, and are related to the propagation k and attenuation A vectors.
Displacements and stresses are given as a function of potentials by:
(1) Displacements:
a. o'P (6.84a)
u% -ax
- - iJz
-
u ==-+-
a• o'P (6.84b)
:r az ox
(2) Stresses :
. a2• _ 02• a2"
... a.. - A. iJxl + (l + 2") oz2 + 2P ax cz (6.85a)
a2• 0 2 ., a2 ")
(1 u = p ( 2 ~~ az - az'-' + ax 2 (6.85b)
-~,
The reflection and transmission coefftc:ients are obtained by appling the boundary
conditions at the interface. Three alternatives are avMlable. namely a liquid/solid
interface, a solid/liquid interface, and a solid/solid interface. We shalupidly examine the
results of the computations in the three cases.
a. LitiiiiiiNIItl -~
Since the incident wave propagates in a liquid medium, we have p = 0 and B 1 = B 2 = 0.
Continuity of displacements and stresses implies:
U:r •a(
0 = a;x (6.86)
a.,.- u;z
We obtain k • k' and:
p'd[(h'a- k2 ) 2 + 4k 2 d'h']- pd'(h' + P)2
2
A2
Al == R == p' d[(h~:t - k2)2 + 4k2tl' It'] + ptl'{lt'-» + k2)2 (6.87)
b. Soll4//i411Ul hltajla
·w.wM-MellftiiU'AaS
The
continuity equations arc written:
"• =,;
flu= 0 (6.90)
t1.,. = a;.
Here again, this implies that k = k'.
Two alternatives arc available for the incident wave, namely an incident P wave or an
incident S wave:
Bz _ 4kptl4'(h 2 - k2)
At • R,.s = p'i.(Jil + ~ti)f'+ 4k2d4'hp + pd'(hi _ k 2 )1 (6.92)
!!!
s.
- R,.
_,k:(U'hp :- pd'(h2- A:lt- p'd(hl + kl)l
_, JIL4 • ..1.1 . ..,. 4 • ••• . ... 4 ••,. (6.94)
Az - 41ul'hp(h 2 - k2 )
(6.95)
'~
A' _ 4/ulllp(h 2 + k2 )
Bt = Tsr- p'd(h2 + fc'1)2 .;·pd'(lt2- k2)1 + 4k2dd'hp (6.96)
e. So#U/HIU later/""
'- The continuity equations are writteft:
u., = ~~~
"• = u; (6.97)
a•.,= a'"
••• - a'.,
Here aaain we find the c:ondition k = k'.
------~- ~ .. __
294 WAVES AND INTERFACES
'
In the case of an incident P wave (B 1 = 0), we deftne the quaat.itics:
A2
Rp p = -
A,
B2
Rrs=-
A,
(6.98)
A'
T,,=-
A,
B'
Trs=-
A,
solutions of the linear system:
dfftp = 11 (6.99)
where
k
-d
h
k.
- k
-d'
h'
- k
J
d= -2k4p ~ (h2 - k2 )/l - lk4' p' (h' 2 - k)p'
( (h2 _ P)p 2
- 2khp - p'(h' - k2 ) - 2kh'p'
~
R,.,.)
Rrs ,g
( - dk J.·..
-
~,= =
(
. T,
T rs
I'Jfl
- 2kdp
- p(h2 - k 2 )
RsrJ
Rss - hk J
(p(h2-
Jls =
(Tss
Tsr {!} =
- 2kla,4
k2)
~
.,__.--
'1
---- ,, :.t:·;
WAVasANDI!\iEaf:ACES ·-· .} 29S
It is interestin& to note that, in aU cases, the condition k == k' must be satisfied. This
implies a generalized Snell-Descartes law. In fact, for a single type of wave (P or S), we
have:
-~
.., 70
l
-eo
80
V'p•4
v·s=1 ~leo :[ I v,= 1.2
V'p=4
V's = 1
Cp•10
O'p=50
o·5 =20
fso
5
t SOL I I
' '
,..,..,. J ,_
):
,__
I
.I
....
40
30,
I
o ro 20 30 40 80 so ro 80 110 o ro 20 30 40 80 eo ro 80 110
lnclc*>ce .ngte Idea-l lncidel)ce ..... 14111-1
f1l. 6.29 Transmission angle vs. angle of incidcacc for a mud/solid interface (after Bourbie, 1982).
Left: elastic case.
Right: viscoelastic case.
r
110
lt ..~
Vp•1,2 0,.•10
V'p=4 O'p=80
70. V's•1 O'sa20
I ~~
J
I .._ I ' "
J
.ro so • ro •
20
...................
30 40 110
0 - •
I .a i ...
i
I L~ . 1
'5 I
!
j 0-135
J '
01 I I I I I C)<-f I I -1101 I ! I .1 ·I I -r---r=--'
o to 20 30 40 80 80 70 80 110 o 10 20 . 30 40 10 eo 10 80 110
lnclc*>ce engle ldeg.) lftcldenoe .,.ie ldll-)
Fit- 6.31 Modulus and phase of reOection coeffiCient vs. aqle of ioeideD:cc for a liqWd/IOiid
interface.
The solid curve is for the viscoelastic case and the dotted curve for the elastic one.
The velocities are v,, ... 1.5 km/s, v,. = 2.5 km/s and Vs. = 1.2 km/s. The attenuations for the
viscoelastic case are liven by Q,, = oo, Q,. - 14 and O.ra • 10 (after Bourbie, 1982).
~
-----------------------------------------~---~
~
F
6 wAVIS'·.\111)~· 297
that the clastic effects (a<iOustic: impedance contruts pV) and anclastic effects can be
decoupled : there is no atteriuadon e«ect· on the rclection caiefticient in the absence of
attenuation contrast at the interface. Moreover, in contrast to the elastic case. if the
j: acoustic impedances (p V) at the interface are the same. rdlection nevertheless occurs due
to the contrast of the anclastic prOperties.
Bourbie and Nur·(t984) experimentally tested the phenomenon of attenuation at the
interface between two media. They tuc:eeecled in shoWing that:
(a) Tbc attenuation cotlU'alt ~ is essentially u amplitude drect.
(b) The interface effect of attenuation on ~ rcOection coefficient is only observable if
the elas&ie reftoctioa cooffleient (p 1 .Vto- Ps V20)J<Pt V10 + Pa Y1 o) is small ( < 0.05
so 0.1), wbidl is usually thf ~ in ~ proapectjna.
. ~--.
(c) Tbc atteauation etJeot on nftectiona . . , _ . on the uaJe of incidence and only
occurs for low angles ( < 20 to 30").
Flaure 6.32 summariles tbe results .obtainecf m aniplit\tde.
Ro
li
I '
I No .........
lnterl- efftc:t 'UnaoiiiOiidltld ....
A-.~··&~=
I
I
I a:::::a--
elatic 1 pnltM
reflection
_.,.,._ O.ot -
I I"' Ti~ ... uncls
-
ol ~;-........ , '-lr!Ft 111Gb
...a.....JL....-....__.__
0 ·~ 40 ~ • ,. 10»10400
Q
- I
releetion ~.. (%). . .
Ript: some "cbatacteriltic" VU. olila .,..._..._
.· J:
y
r 6.1.4 ltlterlaa .wA'fes ill ~ ..._
I i) We havt lhowa in Chapktt 3 aa4 in s.-.
6.2. J &bat die CQQ&Doas of elasticity are
r easy to write mathematically when tbl .....aptioa of olaaticity is replaced by linear
I
vitoooluticit)'.lndeed, tbe co,........_. ,..,..._,uld
bo,applied to replace the real
clastic moduli by complex fr~-4ep • deat oaas ia aU e&utodyaami~ equations. The
I modiftcations of the equations for the propaption pf Rayleigh and Stoneley waves,
.o..-• assumina viscoelasticity, are then easy to derive. No other fundamental phenomena other
than propaption of these waves in viscoelastic media need to be taken into account This
was not the case in poroclastic media where fluid flow at the interface has to be taken into
ac:a>unt. More theoretical details on in~ waws in vilcodastic: media can be found in
Borcherdt (1971, 1973).
'-"
298 WAVES AND INTERFACES 6
6.3 GENERAL.CONCLUSION
Two types of constitutive laws for rocks have. been cJ,iscuss,ed in this boQk. First we have
considered rocks as a combination of a solid skeleton and pore fluids. In this case, ~.
displacements both in the. fluid and in the solW skeleton were considered (see Chapter 2
and Chapter 6. Section 6.1 ). But the extreme complexity of a porous medium makes this
~\
approach too simplistic in most cases. The macro~c behavior of. rocks could not be
obtained from microscopic laws. Attemativ~ly, we can consider an equivalent
homogeneous material which WCJuld react to acoustic waws like the rock itseU: Linear
viscoelasticity is an appealing model since it ~nts the e«ect of fluid inlide the rock
and it is relevant to the small strain amplitudes encountered in seismic exploration (see
Chapter 3 and Section 6.2).
For wave propagation in~~- and for the Creque~~ ranae relevant to f~eld
measurements, macroscopic fluid motion with respect to the matrix has a negligible Cft'ect
(see Chapter 2). Rock behavior can be modeled effectively by viscoelasticity. The anelastic
part is then quantified by an intrinsic quality factor Q.,e·
In the presence of interfaces such as a borehole wall, macroscopic fluid flow is no longer
negligible. At the mud/borehole interface, the free surface conditions ~e important, and
fluid flow effects modify the wave propagation. Viscoelastic phenomena also add to
macroscopic fluid flow effects. Therefore, to interpret acoustic data in a borehole, it is
necessary to separate the two ~ts. To the r1rst order, they can be considered
independent:
Qf..' .• flM:, (2) + Q;. t (6.106)
This formula is simila,r:to the one obtained by Goldberg et al. (1984) on simulated data
for P wave refraction. In their example, the total apparent attenuation is approximately
the sum of a borehole iluid. at.tc;nua~p ao4 &Q .attenuation ,ip the viscoelastic medium.
This observation implies that, even t()f p waves, there is Sonic tluid interface effect.
The detenaination of~ aUQW4 a meaaure .of intrinsic ~~ty and mud cake
effects. The determination of Q;;, 1 , which is an intrinsic; parameter,· aliQws a measure of
porosity, porous structure and saturatillg fhdda·of the rock.
If both terms can be obtained independently from the data. then several properties of
the rock can be understood.
.It is, then, essential for the interp~ of~ acoustic·loss to model the porous
media as a viscoelastic Biot medium. Unpublished experimental results (Rasolofosaon,
personal correspondence, 1985) support dw1.hypothesis (6.1 06) and show that Q;. 1 sheuld
not be neglected in the interpretadoft of the data.
In situ, it may be diffiCult to oBtain ill4ependefttmeuom of Q; 1 and Q;;;,. The double
m
effects of attenuation may then become an *tade practical ,apptieationa.
:,.
~,
(2) Q.,,.is delmed from attenuatiotus in Yi~asticity. This def'mition is·soalewba1 abusive: this quality
factor cannot be related to the other deftnitions, as was possible in viscoelasticity (see Chapter 3}.
.......
'-~
''----'
"----'
7
some applications
in petrdeum geophysics
INTRODUCI'ION
~
'I
'
very diffiCUlty is rdated to the amount of information that we can anticipate from solving
this problem.
The followilla table (fable 7.1) summarizes ~ salient features of the ~elations
developed ia tht ~ Chapters between ~· tbnlc major families of parameters,
~
"-...-- namely ex.terDal CODditions (fresat~e, tempctatuu); the characteristics of the porous
.,__ medium, and its acoustic ~ (veloi:iity, atteaUation). Of these three poups of
I parameters, oaly two are iadepeadent In fact. pressu~ and temperature conditions
~
I inftuence the~ oftbe porounl'liediUID without truly altering the mechanical
I
propertie!lol'the eoDIIi-.tive ~ Tlaedrec:t of pressure and temperature can therefore
II be replaced by an eft'ect on the fluid daatacteristics or O$ the pore structure.
Faced with the abundanc:e of ~elationships which soem to discourage any detailed
I
~
analysis, it is necesaary toproOeed by successive eliminations of variables. Depending on
the major application imolved, this elimination assumes various forms. The Simplest case
I is that of JDCaSurenaeats aimed at the nondestructive testiag of materials. In this case, the
: external eonditions can be accurately controlled. Knowing the ftllid content, one can then
.._
focus on one cbaractcriiUc of the porous medium. For those analyses, the measurement of
acoustic properties is rdatively a«uraae and easy, provided the sample aaalyzcd is in
direct coatact with the measuring iastruments (as opposed to remote measurement in f~eld .
..._
studies). Oae can ~ deaip a laqe number of experimeats to explore a specif1c
relationship between particular parameters, keeping the other parameters constant.
'-~
Nondestructive testing of materials has been developed, mainly based on velocity
measurements. The additional quantitative consideration of the attenuation factor can
-
External conditions Acoustic properties
Body waves
Effective Temperature Comptessional Shear Surface
prcaare -
waves
Velocity Attenuation Velocity Attenuation
-
- - -- Characteristics or
~lftellum
''----"
., 10MB~ . . . . . . . . . MIIIIJIICII
only help to improve future testins. We give below two examples of possible applications
for petroleum-~ &abo..,...:
-
• We showed (in Chapter 5) that microcracb. under low effective stress, substantialy
affect the quality factor Q of a porous medium. Thus attonuation measurements on core
samples from a well can serve to determine the orientation of the micrcxneb" anisotropy,
--~
and consequently furnish data on the state offractur'iq of a reservoir or a description of in
situ streslel.
• We also pointed out how the velocity and espec:ially the-attenuation of ultrasonic
waves could vary as a function of ps-saturation and the or aeometric
distribution of this
ps for a given saturation. This. ofrers a much needeed analytical method to study two-
pbue flows iD porous media. ·
In this Chapter, we have decided to focus our presentation on applications iD petroleum
aoopbysica. Firat .- all, the taraota ill ........... IIOPhYtics as aftoa far from the
ll.lC8IUiiJII aad rer:ordia& IJiteiQ. It il .~ - M Y for &be acoustic waves
the IDCfiJ lOIIIIIUitained by tho wa• as it,....,....,.
tr&Dimitted lO adeq-.Jy .,...U.te tM IU~ 'l1lil ,...uatioa depth illimite4 by
ia tile~ (eaer&J lolaes
which we have called the iDtriasic ud utri1tir .........uo-). For deep penetration.
attauatioa lll\llt be smallaad the IOUNC ~tow. Oadle Giber baed, for louin&
IDMIUia~•• which thc
frequcaciet ar:e hiaJaer.
taqet.,.._ •.,_ •• .. ••riaatlltcm. tile aco.UC
Tile follewial table(Tai*1.l) liltl._i_..,.of,.......ofthc wavclcaltha used in ·
the dift'ereot IOiamic tedmiques.
T.uu 7.2
5uMMAilY OF DIFFiaENr. ~ ~·,,··t.IIIO IN ioaAcrtcAL AI'I'UCA~
.........,_
·r. '
14~\~'; .,.
.I ,.,.., ..., ....
ID
, .... ·~-
10'
IMIIII:.
~·
.....
........... plelpictlii ,,
..
; . .....-c
.....
.
w
.......
.. ,......
106
''----" 'j
t.ow••....Y ...... i,jla,_·
lI
Two major aroups emcrp, separated by neatly two orders of mapitude in frequency:
(1) Low-frequency seitmie prospectia& (arouad 50 Hz) il intended to detect iDterestina
aeoloaie&l horizons under sedi~ ........ea ap to ...,.a •tilol8etcrs. This
technique, whose main application ia the aeometric description of the subsurface, is
I ~to . . for ..a,-, tMMIOIIIiC ............ oftbiaW. widl respect to
the~~
(l) Hi.....,..1HIIlCY-.. proepe;ti•a (a w Hz)u..., fOf .....ICIDIIlta ill well$,
.-...a at die puUcular WI ef ........., MCl it very siiDilar in tcduaiquc to.
eleelria8lloaiDJ. 1111oWIII-. . . .tiwlJ . .y to . . and aM resolatiGJl
is much bctecr tbata low-freftun.cy Pl'GIIMIDtiu. However the rook vohlmes·teated
are lialited arouacl tbc wellL
''---'
302 SOME AM.ICAT1i0NS'IN PETROLEUM GeoPHYSICS 7
7.1.1 Geaeral
7~1.2
"'
' 1
L_~~------------~------------------~--~~----
'-
·- wave sources. However, a number of sources exist (Marthorw, S wave Vibrators) that
enable the recordiq ·of shear wave seismic sections.
a. Seismk #rfllicr.,¥
Seismic stratigraphy uses the fact that a Jivca ~ ~Cquence (altematina
shale/sand, delta deposits, seabed slumps) corresponds to a given sipature on the seismic
signal, making it possible to obtain qualitative li&hol~·te. 1lae IUin iatfation is to use
the extrinsic attenuation of the signal. In fact, a cyclic ~ namely one consisting of a
regular success..ion of beds (fo.r instance sha.le and sand~'ons),. possesses a clearly defined
spectral signature. The low frequencies, those whose w gths are tona in comparison
with ~ thicknesses, travel as if they were passing thr up one homoaeneous medium,
whereas the hip frequencies undergo multiple ret1 •ons within the sequence. The
resulting frequency content is characteristic of the so· and the sequence analyzed (see
for example Morlet et al., 1982).
The morphological analysis of seismic sections is iCOJlductcd by means of various
techniques of amplitude restitution and signal processjng, such as the aJlalytical signal
*litemule
(Bracewdl; 1971~ Various examples are available in
Sheriff and Tanaer, 1979, Lacaze « Ill., :1978,
tecbuiquc is oaly applicable to clearly defined p
aadiuey (Tanaer « Ill., 1979,
et til., 1979). Note that this
· teq\IOftCIS, aDd that it requires
priorknowJodpeftbepolouiDtMrepoaiiWCICip · siaceiO\'eralsequenoeseaahave
the same sipature. Where it does apply, however, tbia ~ terVCS to determine lhe
contours of1be nsenroic and of deposita. Finally. altiMJUih it mainly involves a sublluface
geometric effect (and hence extriasic·to the porouuaodiuat), die euminetion not ODly of
arrival ~ "- alsolipal shafes is UICiful for the remote lithOlotic determination of the
subsurface.
"
'
7 SO~!E APPLICATIONS IN PETROLEUM GEOPHYSICS 305
l
j
...
1
I, 1.0
"'
"
s
.I "'
E
I,
i= •.
s
s
e
e
e
.r
e
e-
:
2.5
=..------ --
.,
--
1828m..,}
.....
~ ?: 2 1828m
-g
---- --
:s -,; ~"'
e >
a -------610m
tl
1.5
's
"--
.e
;e 610m
:s
~~---+----4---~~--~--~
It
0 20 40 60 80 100
>f Water saturation (%)
N
Fig. 7.2 Longitudinal wave velocity vs. water saturation for gas (solid curves)
and oil sands !dotted curves) at depths of 600, 1800 and 3000 m (after
IS Domenico, 1 9 -~).
306 SOME APPLICATIO!'IIS IN PETROLEUM GEOPHYSJCS 7
(see Fig. 5. 72 in Chapter 5) (Poisson's ratio;: 0.1) with respect to shale and sand section
(Poisson's ratio;: 0.3 to 0.4) and causes the P wave reflection amplitude to rise with
increuina anp of ;ncideDcc. He also provides an example. In the case of a lateral facies
variation. no uaiform ¥aria1ioB ill ttfllcUoa amplitude witb an,te of incidence should be
observecl. since tbe Poiuon~s raa of tbe different;becb are similar.
Another approach. lot ~tin,a,.s eft'ectt in briabt Spots.~., comparing the P
and S wave recor(Jinp correspondiafto the saJDe profde. Since S waves ate less sensitive
to the presence ofps tho Pwaves,a,.. bript spot visible on the:Pwaveteetion will not
appear on that of the S wave. Naturan,Y. inthe·c:ase of a lithologic variation, the bright spot -'
will exist on both P aactS wave -'iOns (Ensley, 1985).
A_._ oa•1rr11r
The invcsti,ations so far d~ wore only concerned'. with the analysis of the
properties of seismic veloc:ilies.Yet wbow (see SectioQ $.1.1.2) that the P and S wave
v~are relam-elyml...._..ltr.&bt~ ofpsforuturations~from 5 to .,,
95%, and thereforeCODSlitute. . . .v.IJ.fODrsaturat~ i.,._(Ors. By~ acoustic
attenuations are biJhf1 --~ to ~ differen~ saturations (see Sectioa 5.1.2.2), and
attenuation readies a peak for a ps ·sa.-atkm from 20 to ~4. Bourbie aod Nur ( 1984);
showed that ~ waves exertea:cwo au.uarion e1rects. •·t:ft'ect on propaption and
an e«ect at tbc iaterface (Section 6.1.'.2).: The p~ of an attenuation contrast at an
interface ~ the roftection....... which woukl haft been aecordcd in the
absence of attenuation coatrast 'l"hh ..pitude of dris elfec:t, depends 011 the absolute
value of tbe .. elastic.. Rflection~ ~~ atteDuation).(scc Fig.. 6.9).1'bit attenuation
contrast is only ob~rvable on the amplitude at angles of incidence smaller than 20 to 30".
Moreover. attenuation corttrasts act on the phase of the reflected signal, altering its
behavior as a function of anate of incidence. In the purely crlastic case, a reflection changes
polarity abruptly after ~ing through zero, whereas, in the attenuating case, this change '
in polarity occurs as a cqnge of phase (Bourbie, 1982). Figure 7.3 gives an example of this
behavior. A detailed analysis· of ttte behavior of relections as a function of angle of
incidence is also necessary. tot in situ atten~ation contrasts, the measurement of the
absolute value of intrinsic attemultion is no longer relevent since the relative variation of
attenuation at the interfac:e suftidently describes the effect. This can then be implemented
easily in synthetic seismoarams (see for example Jones, 1983).
_,
Conclusion on bright spots
For the analysis of bright-spats by velocity and attenuation measurements. we have
shown the need to study the variations of reflections as a (pnction of offset. To do this. it is ~.
essential to have a high sipal/noise ratio and to work on unprocessed data. Few analyses
ofthis type have yet been conducted to determine whether it is truly (statistically I possible
I
to differentiate between bript spots_with and without gas. Nevertheless, the few results
obtained so far are promising.
l ~,
--.,
'
"'
j
J ~
1 SC>~i ·j.,.:t:it.i~'N$' 1w ;PEfi&l~M ~Jdft.vlfkS · 301
Offset
• s ~ & : a I I I
• I ; I ' . ' . _l_ • 1-r•
II I I ~
00 : f
~R I
.....
:
,:.:. ...-., ;,::: : .. ·r
": ,!"~~~.. ~ •
-~~ ··mfi .•
.. ..~;
~~~·:i: ( -.:;! . . ~-H-tt+f--t-t-lt-++t+t-t+4H::Tt-
• L~~· . .,. . :!"t- ~ . : : •
.. ,(~:~:n ~ :-n~:r ~ ~ "'
·-~
-: .•
~
.. • ···u
. -~{{·"r ..,.
w~a~-·to·
~M
..
\{ . ~"SS • .
-!
-~~;_~
••
.. .
.• ,..•.
~~-t
, ·' ... t-1 ,
Ill
::..
t-~
..._..
2 ~' t{• to • • ~·~Uh.• ,-
... _{ t . ;~··:.;,a-. ..
~ ,
~:
• ·J
~·
~
~
.; ·; r~.;
~ ~ ~ ... .
~~.c."· ..-:,..~: t.{!t:l ,. .... ..
J ~> :. ~~- •.
.. ... . .:~., . ~.. '!II ":
.. ~.: ....'.~'-~ •. "' "j . <::" ...
~0 • ~ ) ;.,. u. -
,. } .~. ..-:.s:: .,. •
. ' t
" "
U_
• !)
·'---·
.; -~~ ..;
..... '7.3 Example of common mid--point gather. The arrows indicate the
arrival for which a ~bangc in polarity is observed with offset (in Bourbie, 1982,
after Kjartansson, 1979·bt. ·
~~
----A
308 SOME APPLICATIOSS II' PETROLEUM GEOPHYSICS 7
between the different components of velocity, which is not yet fully understood but
appears to result from differential attenuation. Therefore the future of experimental three-
component analyses should provide a better idea of the anisotropy of the propagating
media.
In VSPs. velocities and attenuations •re easier to measure than in standard seismic
prospectina. Measurements can ~ QlJde iteratively relativ~ to. depth locations. Since the
subsurface JCOII\etry is well defined, it is possible to determine the extrinsic •ttenuation
from total attenuation. This m~es it much easier to obtain. infqrmation about the
formations and their fluid content from signal analyiis. ' .
~
..
~-----------------------~----------------------------------------------------------------------------~------_J--------~
~
'--'
., 309
~-..._/
''-·
·~
...___
a. Nlllurtll fr«turi~~g
We discussed in Sections S.l.l.l and S.l.2.1 the int~nce offrac:turina on velocities
-----.
and attenuations. In a saturated rock. fracturina reduees the velocities and increases the
attenuations. This is one reason why fractured zones are acoustically distinc:t from the
surrounding zones. Other processes are also involved, such as wave scatterina by the
fractured zone, if the transmitted wavelength is about the same as that of tbe fractured unit
block size. Well·to-well seismic prospecting is the ideal tool for analyzing these shallow
fractured zones.
Fractured zoaes arc more eeoustically vitiblc with lower effective pr~un:. in other
words at a given depth with increasing pore pressure. This may also cxplaia die hiah
amplitude reflections sometimes observed in deep seismic prospecting in crustal tectonic
zones. If the permeability of the rock surrounding a fractured zone is sutftciently low, the
fractures may preserve overpressures over long time IC81es (see for example tbc Wind ''----
River Range overthrust (nearly 30 km_deep), Jones, 1983).
seismic prospectins in boreholes is a broad term for sonic logging with ---..,
analyses. The $ODic sonde, up to 15 m long (like the EVA tll tool) has
ers and receiveTL B9th tr~milllion and reception take place in the
(2, EVA, Evaluatlon or Velocities and Attettuations, Elf-Aifllltlllne trade-mark, has 5 traftllllitten and 12
recetvers. -r
'
'
~
'
--.--,
-::-
'-
jr,·~
~·.,·~ .,;r1'
~~·
:·.. .:-. i
li' . '
I ~
ii
,...,
.......
'.~ ~ .
·~
0 ..
~
r;::
"§
~ ·:;
<::-
-.:::
:::-,
t<J
>.
~
"'
:::
0
8 ~
~ c:
.2
00
l
.c ..,"'
.
c.
0 ~
c
6
.~
~ <
>
LLl
0
0
0..
E
Oil
><
LLl
~ r-
r-.:
~
~
8
:!
~
!:! 0 N
• . .. 5! ~
(S / W) aW!.l
<:-
Tok50z, 1984). These authors clearly point out the relationship existing between the
amplitude ratio of P and S arrivals (Goldbcq et al., 1984) and the Stoneley wave
amplitude (Huang and Hunter 1984, Mathieu and ToksOz, 1984). and the fracturinc and
hence the local fracture permeability. These results should not surprise us. In faa, they
agree completely with the conclusions of Chapter 6, showing the importance of
attenuations (and hence amplitudes) of refracted S and Stoneley waves for the
measurement of a permeability that may not be due to fracture permeability only but to
matrix permeability as well.
The relatively short wavelencths (a feW dozen em). the knowledce of the P and S wave
velocities, and hence of the Poisson's ratio, and a certain approach to permeability, make
these techniques the most promising of all those that we have yet examined. It is in this
type of approach that a sound knowledac of acoustic problems in porous media is
essential to allow maximum use of recordinp of the type shown in Fig. 7.7.
<~
'~
bibliography
REFERE~CE BOOKSUI
REFERENCES
Abramovitz, M., S~.l. A., HtiiWiboolc ofmt~tlwmtllicfllfi/llctiotts, US Govemmeat Printin1 OfCK:c, 1972.
Achenbach. J. D., lfa~ [lf'OINI6tllloll ill «•tic IOiids. Norda Hollaad. Amst4ltda1ll, 1973.
Alldrieux. S., "Un JDOCiilc de matiriau ~: applicatioa aux rocha et aux bCioal", Thais, ENPC,
Paris, 1983.
Anpheister, G., PhysicQ/ propertin ofroc/u, subvolume b. Sprinaer-Verlaa, Berlin, 1912.
An:hie, G. G., .. Elecuic:alllllislivi&)' uanaid iDeo~ analysis iDtapmation", TrlfiiS AIME. I"'· S4-63, 1942.
Alditty, P. C., AJwns. G., Staron, Pia., "State oftbe art,.Qil EVA data pnx:essiq: an improwrment iD subsurf.ce
imaamg•·. presented at the 52nd AlmwJ/Int. SEG Jleetillg. Dallas, 1982.
Auld. B. A., ACOIIStic /abllffll-NS in solids, VoL-~. Wile)"lnlcl¥., New York. 1973.
~~-
Azimi, S. :\., Kalinin. A. V., Kalinin, V. V., Pivonrov, B. L .. ··Impulse and transient characteristics of media
with linear an4 quadratic absorptioa laws". Physic. Solid. L;uth (Eiljlish Ed.). 88-93, 196&.
Bldtus, M. M., ''The reflection seismoJram in a solid layered earth", PaperS 16.S, presented at SEG -~ring,
Dallas. 1982.
Bec:quey, ~-. LaverJDe, M .• Willm, C., "Acoustic impedance lop computed from seismic: traces··. G«Jpptys., <M,
14&S-1SOl. 1979.
(1) This lilt includes major worb published in the form of books and hcaQc more readily acx:asible to
students. Basic papers like those of Biot are accordinaJy not mentioned.
'~
316 BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bensoussan. A .• Lions. J. l., Papanicolaou, S .. As.mlptotic ana~rsis for periodic structures, Nonh Holland.
Amsterdam. 1978.
Berryman. J. G .. "GoDfumation of Biot's theory", Appl. Phys. Lett .• 37. 382-384, 1980.
Biot. ~- A.N "The theo~· of propagation of elasric waves in a fluid-saturated solid, I lower frequency range ...
J. Acoust. Soc . ..fm., 28. 168·178. 1956a.
Biot. ~- A .. "Theory of propagation of elastic waves in a fluid-saturated porous solid. II higher f~equency
range". J. Acoust. Soc. Am.. lB. 179-191. 1956b.
Biot. ~-A .. "~fechanics of deformation and acoustic propagation in porous media ... J. Appl. Ph.•·s. 23. 1481-
1498. 1962.
Biot, ~- A .... VariationallaJ!'angian-thermodynamics of nonisothermal ftnite strain mechanics of por"us solids
and thermonuclear diffusion", Int. J. Solids Structures. 13. 579-597. 1977.
Biot, M.A.. Willis, D. 0 .. '.'ThcclasticcodTJC:imtsofthcory of consolidation", J. Appl. Mech., 5~1. 1957.
Bin:h. F., Bancroft, D .. -EJasti&:ity and iat~ fJictjon iaa loq column of...Ute" • .81111. S.ilm. Soc . .-em., 38.
243-254. 1938.
Blair, D. R .. Spathis, A.P .... Attenuation of explosion generated pulse in rock masses". J. Geoph. Res.. l7, 3885-
3892. 1982.
-~
_Bland. D. R., The theor.t· of linear viscoeltJsticit)·. Pergamon Press, N.Y., 1960.
Blondin L.. Mari. J. L. "DeiAICtion of pz bubble boundary mo,•ement", Abstract, 46th EAEG .\feeling.
London. 1984. · ·
Borcherdt, R. D .. "lnhol"IIOFftesous body and surface plane \\'liVes in a pneralized viscoelastic half-space».
PhD. Thesis. Ulliv. Cal. Berkeley, Calif., 1911.
Borcherdt. R. D .... Rayleip-type surface wave on a linear viscoelastic half space", J ...fcoust. Soc. Am.. 53.
1651-1653, 1973.
Borcherdt. R. D .... £~· and plane waves inliMar "'iscoclastic media" J. Geoph. Res.. 71, 2<442-2453. 1973.
Borcherdt. R. D .... Reflection and refraction of type II kaves in elastic aad anelastic medium ... Buli. seism.
Soc. Am.. 67, 43-67, 1977.
Bourbie, T .• "The effects of attenuation on reflections". PhD. Thesis. Stanford Univ ...Calif.• USA. 1982.
Bourbie, T.. .. Reftection coefftcient at normal indicence between tWo YitcOelastic: media". submitted to
Geophysical Prospecting. 1986.
Bourbie, T .. Gonzales-Serrano, A .• "Synthetic seismoJ!'3MS in attenuating media", Geophys.• .a. 1575-1587.
1983.
Bourbie, T .. Nur. A., "Effects ofattenualioaoa reo.aiolls: eaperimental test",J. Geoph. Res.,l9. 6197-6202.
1984.
Bourbie, T., Zinszner, B .• "Saturation methods and attenuation '·ersus saturation relationship in Fontainebleau
Slllldstone", 54th SEG Me,ing, Atlanta, 1984.
Bourbie, T .• Zinsmer, B.• "Hydraulic and acoustic: propenies as a function of porosity in Fontainebleau
sandstone", J. Geoplt. Rn.. 91, 11524-1'1532, 1985.
Bousq~. P .• ''Texture et porosite de roches catc:aifts''~ Thesis. Mines c1e Paris, 1979.
Brace. W. F., "Permeabj]ity of cryst,alline rocks: New in situ measurements", J. Geophys. Res., 19, 43 27-4330.
1984. .
Bracewell, R. N .• Tlte Fmirier transform altd irs tJPPikations. 2nd Edition, McGraw MiD. New York. 1978. '
Brutsaert, W., "The propaptioh of elastic: wave5 in ililCQnsolidated unsaturated aranular m«tiums •·. J. Geoph.
Res .. 69, 243-25-. 1964. ·
Budiansky, B., O'Corinell, R. J., .. Elastic moduti of dry and saturated cracked solids", brt. J. Solids Structures. ------..._,
ll, 81-97, 1976.
Cagniard, L.. Reflection and refractitm of progressive seismic K'Mes. McGraw MiR. NC"· Yorl, 196:.
Cargill. G. S., Radial distribution functions and microg~ometry of dmse rattdom paclcings of liord sp/r£res, in:
Physics and Chemistry ofporous media. D. L. Johnson and P. N. Sen editors, American Institute ofPhysics, New
York. 1984.
Carman, P. C., L'koulement des ga: a travers les milieux poreu:c, Bibliotheque des Sciences et Techniques
nucleaires, Presses Universitaires de France, Paris. 1961.
Carmichael. R. S .• Handbook of physical properties of rocks. Vol. II. CRC Press, Florida. USA, 1951.
~.
-
lt~M 317
C8rmichael, R. S.• Hant6ook ofpltllktll f1'0II'W'#n ofr«b, Vol. Ul, CRC Ptas. florida, USA. t984.
Olye, R., Pietrot. R .. Pre'fOIUtu, J. M.,llqot, J.P., MMHaodesde~des milieux poreuxen 'uede
leur analyse quantitative au mic:rosc:ope", /Jull. Soc. Fr. Crista/log.• 93, S?r-311, 1910.
Cenefty, V., Molockov. f. A .• Psencik, I., .. RayftlCthod in ldiAIIGioiY..,IJmy, X.Wwi. Prquc. Cadtoskwakill.
19n. .
Chandler, N., Johnson. D. L., ~Theeqllivalenceof quasi-static flooN in ftaid-uturated porous media and Biot's
slow wave in the limit of zero frequeucy", J. Appl.. Pltys.. 51. 3391-3395, 1981.
Chang. S. K .. E\·emart, A. H., .. A ttudyofiOftic loaint in cued botebole",J. P~t. Tech .• 1745-1750. Sept.
1983.
Chca, S. T., "The full acoustic wave~ ip a laboratory model of a borehole", Guphys.• 41, IS 12-1 S20. 1982.
Chen, S. T., "Experimental studiesofon-lineshearwave loain1". PtlfiBS 21.4.54th SEG. M«tillg, At!anta,
l91J4.
a-,. C. H., Toks6z. M. N., .. Eiuticwavepto.,plioaiaaftuid-Mid~IDd l)'lltlleticacoustic lop",
Geopltys.• 415, t042·10S3, 191U.
Chcag. C. H., Tokliz. M. N., Willis, M. E., "Dctcrmiaation of in $itu attenuation from full wavefonn aooustic:
lop", J. Geopll. ks.. rl, 5477-5484, 1982.
Choquette, P. W., Pray, L. C., ''Oeotosic llOIIlendanire and classifiCation or porosity in sedimentary
------' c::arboaa11S", A.APG Bull.; 54, l07-250, 1918.
Christensen, R. M., TlrHry of riscodtulkity: ..t ifttrodtlctloti, Ac8demic Press. 2nd Edition, New York. 1982.
Clark, V. A., Tittmann, B. R., Speacer, T. W., "Effect of volatiles on attenuation ({l) and velocity in
sedimentary rocks". J. Guph. ks.,15, 'Sl90-S198, 1980.
CoheD-Tannoudji, C .. Diu, 8., Lalise, F., Allctllllqw ,..,,;qw, Henrwm. Paris, t9n.
Cooper,M.F.Jt., "Retlectioallldtrl8llllitlion-of'obliqueplanewavesataplalleillterfacebetween~
media", J. A.COIISt. Soc. A.m., 41, 1064-1069, 1967. ·
~"
Cordier, J. P., us rittsns elf sismlfW Hjfe:dMt, Ed. Lavoitier, Paris, 1983.
Courant, R., Hilben. D., M~thods ofmat/wmo!ical physics, lntencience Pub., New Yorit, 1962.
Dattll, S. K., -viscoelaitic: propenies or • . . . . ~te4,by viseoQs thaicHilled cavities'\ IL,-.-\M,
Symposium 011 meclumics of•iscomutlc Me4itJ lllfll bodies•. Sprinpr-Verlag. 19'75. '
Delfmer, P., "ttude morpboloaiquc des milieui pomix et au&OIIII.dsation de. mesures en plaqua mU:,-u",
Thais, Nanq I, 1971.
Denis. A., Panet. M .• Tourenq, C., "ldcntifatkm des roches par l'indice de continuite~·, Cslrgris lift. Mic. du
Rlx:lta, Montmax. 95-98, 1979.
De Manilii, D. C., Beard, D. C., DaDbuia,J. S., Robinson. J.H.• ;,Variationsoraalmicvelocities in sand.-t<>QCS
and limestones v.ith lithoJoay and pore ftuid at simulated in situ tonditions ", Proc. EG PC Explorati011 Seminar,
Nov. 15-17, 1976. ' 1: ·• ·
Deraicwicz, H., "The effect of boundaries on wave propaption in a liquid ftlled porous solid, IV. Surface
waves in a half space ... /Jull. Seism. Soc. Alft., 12, 627-638; t962.
DeMiewicz, H.,ltiee. J. T., "Thee«ectoflleuadarieioe._..propaption ina liquid filled porous-solid. III.
Reflec:tion of plane waves at a free plane boundary (pneral case)", Bull. Seism. Soc. Am•• 51, 505-625. 1962.
Dereliewicz, H., Skalak, R.; "''n uniqueaets in dynamic ~lastk:ity ", Bull. Srism. Sbc. Am.• 54, 783--783,
1963.
Deresiewicz, H., Jliee. J. T., •111e eft'«t ~boulidarics Oil wave propaption hi a liquid ftlted JlOrous-solid, V,
Transmission across a plane interface", /Jull. Seism. Soc. Am., 54, 409-416, 1964.
Devaraey, A. J., Levine, H., Plona, T. J., "Attenuation due to scattering ultnuonic compressional waves in
lfiDular media", ill: Elastic Wa•e ScGtterillg tllld Pr0JH18atioh, (\'. K. Varadan and V. V. Varadan, edsl. Ann
Arbar Sci., A8ll Arbor, 131·141,.1982.
DeVilbiss, J. W., "Wavt dispmiOil and ablorption iii panially satutated rocks", PhD. Thesis, Stanford
thliwnity, c.iifomiL USil, 19110. .
Ditkine, V., Proudnikov, A., Transfomtt~tiolu ifttlgraks et calcul operatiohnel, Mir Publishing. Mosco•·. 1978.
Dolneaico, s. N., "EffeCt ofwater•turation on seitmlc: ~ty or sand reservoin encased in shale",
GHpltys.. 39, 759-769. 1974. ' ·· ·
Domenico, S. N., "Effect ofbriae1u mixture on velocity in a UftCOMOiidated sand reservoir", Geoph_n .. 41,
882-894, 1976.
'-._...
318 BIBUOG~PHY
Feng, D. L .. Johnson. D. L., "High frequency aco~tic propemes of a tluid/porous solid interface. I. New
surface mode. II. The 20. rellection Green's function",/. A~ust. Soc. Am., 74,906-924, 1983.
Fliigge, W., Viscoelasticity, 2nd edition, Sprinaer-Verlag, New York. 1975.
Fung, Y. C .• Foimdations of solid meclumics, Prentice-HaD, New York. 1965.
Futterman. W. L.. "Dispersive body w.aves''. J. Geoph. f"s •• 67. ~279-,mll, 1962.
I~ Vertictll Hislnk profiling. S«iety of Exp/MIIio#l .Geophy6id6ts,.~ Publication No. 12,
Gal'Peritt, E.
Tulsa, 1974.
Ganley. D. C .. Kanasewich. E. R .. "Measurement of abs9rption and ~n from check-shot surveys", J.
Geoph;•s. Res .. IS. 5219-5226, 1980.
Gardner. G. H. F .. Wyllie. M. R. J.. Oro~ D. M., "Effects of pressure and fluid saturation on the
attenuation of elastic wav~ in sands", J. ·P~t. ·rt;lr;, 189-198, 1~.
Gardner, G. H. F., Gardner, L. W., Gregory. A. R., "Forma~on nlocity and density. Thediapostic basis for
stratigraphic traps'', Geophys., ~. 770-781); 19'14. · 1
Gassmann. F., .. Uber die elastizitit poroser medie~ ", VierteljtJhrssclrrift der Naturforschenden CWsellsclroft in
Zurich. 96, 1-23, 1951. ··
Geerstma, J., "Velocity-log interpretation: the effect of rock bulk collij)I'CIISibility", SPE Jour .• 1. 235-248,
1961. •. I • • • . ;
Geerstma, J., Smit, D. C., "Some aspects of elastic wave propagation in fluid-saturated poroUs solids",
Geophys., 26, 169-181, 1961.
Germain, P., M~canique des milieux cantinus, MIUIIOD, .,_ris, 1973.
Gladwin, M. T., Sta.cey. F. D.," Aaclastic 4cF'adation of acoustic pulses iJuQI::k ", Phys. E4rth Pltaet.lnwr., 8,
332-336, 1974. .
Goetz. J. F •• Dupa. L. L., Bowler, J .. "A» investiption into di~ between sonic log aod ~mic shot
velocities", Schlwnb. APEA. 1979. .
Goldberg, D., "Sonic attcDuation in coasolidated and ~solidatcd sediments", PhD. Thesis. Columbia
Univ., USA, 1983. .
Goldberg, D. S., Kan. T. K.. Castagna. J.P•• ".1\Ucnuatipn measurements from sonic loa waveforms", 2.5th
SPWLA Logg. S,,·mp .. llllle 1984. . . . ..
Goldberg, D. S .• Gant. W. T., Siegf1ed, R. W., Castagna, J.P.. "Proc:elsing and interpretation of sonic log
waveforms: a case study". Pa~r BHG 2.4.. 54th S£G ~tiJ18, Atlanta. Dec. 1984b.
Gordon. R. B., Davis. L. A .... Velocity and attenuation of seismic: waves in imperfectly elastic ruck". J. Geoph.
ks., 73, 3917-3935, 1968.
Grau, G., "Appon des techniques silmiques a l.'ctu® cJes gisement$ d'hydrocatbures ", Ji- Coli. Europkn sw
/'amelioration de Ia recuperation du phrole, Rome, April 1985.
Gregory, A. R., "Fluid saturation effects on dynamic elastic: propenies oftedimcntary rocks", Geophy.s •• 41,
895-921. 1976.
\
~
Gre,ory. A. R., •• Aspects of roclt physics from laboratory aad lof data that are imPQrtant to seism~
mterpaetadoe". ~islrrk mvn~F AAI'G . _ _ , 116, lS-46, 1977.
'-
Grim, R. E., Cllly miMra/DfJ·. McGraw Hill, New York. 1953.
'-- Ouillot. D., "PropriWs physiques et texturales d'un modele artifiCiel de matmau aponJiite iateraranulaire ",
Thesis. Mines de Paris, 1982.
Hadamard, J ., ~ :Jflr Ia propt~glllion dn Olflks ~~ ks eq.ations dttl'lr.•'drodJ-i4w. Cbelsea Pub. Co.• New
York. 1949.
Hardin. B. 0., Asce, A.M .• Richart, F. E., A~ee. F., "Elastic wave velocities in panularsoils". J. Soil Mech.
FotWL Di•.• " · 33-65, 1963.
Haup. P. S., ''Measurements of attenuation from vertical seismic proftles ". GHphys., 46. I S48-15S8. 1981.
~
'- Hosten, B., Delchamps. M~ •· Etude de Ia transmission ultrasonore en faisceau bomC d'une interface plane a
l'aidedu spect~eanplaired'ondesplaaa",Prlbl. till lAb. Mec. l'ltp.. VA 861. CNRS, Univ. Bordeaux I. 1984.
H-.. C. F., H1111ter, J. A., "The ltllleowave llletbod of....... ill titu rock fracbn permeability in Ruid-
ftlled boreholes", G~xpltlrtltion, D, 24S-2S9, 1984.
lshialaru, A•• w~ ~tion . - t~t»~t~ 111 rlltfdont lftltdM. Academic: Press. New York. 1978.
Jacquin, Ch., "Conelation entre Ia permeabilite et lescarac:teristiques ,eometriques du . . de Fontainebleau",
h•.IIUt. Frt~~tt. tiM Pllrt*, XIX. 921-9!7, ""'· · . .
Jankowsty, W., "EmpiricalinvatiptioaofSDIIWiilc:torulfectinlelulic:wavevelocitie&incatbonateroc:lts",
Geoplt. Proq•• II, 103-118, 1970.
Johnson. D. L., "Equivalence between fourth sound in liquid Hcl..t lowtemperatareaadthe liot slow wave in
c:onsolida-' porous media", Appl. Pltys. Lett., T/,1065-1067, 1980.
Jolmsoa, D. L., Sea, P. N., "Multiplca:atteriqofac:oUJlicwa!llll withapplK:ationohbe index of refraction of
fourth souad", l'l!ys., kr. B .• 24, 2416-2496, 1981. · · .
Johnson, D. L., Plona, T. J., "Ac:ollllic: slow waves and the eonsolidaaoo trausition ", J. ACOtUt. Soc. Am.. '71,
SS6-S6S, 1982.
Johnson, D. L., Plona, T. J., Scala, C., Pasierb, F., Kojima, H., "Tortuosity and acoustic slow waves", Phys.
Rev. Lett.• ~. 1840-1844, 1982.
Johnston, D. H., Toksoz, M. N., Timur, A., "Attenuation of seismic waves in dry and saturated rocks, 11.
Mechanisms", GHphys.• 44, 691·712, 1979.
joJmston, D. H., Tob6z, M. N., .. Ultrasonic P and S waw attenuation in dry and saturated rocks under
pressure", J. (kop/1. hs.,l5, 925-936, 1980.
'· Jones, L. E. A., Wang, H. F., .. Uitruonicvelocitieslnc:retac:eoussllalesfromthe Williston basin'', Guphys.• 46,
~
288-297, 1981.
.'----' Joaa, T.,Nw,A., "Velocityaad ......tioainuadst9Mat.._.tlllllperattai'CUndpressures",GHift./la.
Lett.• 10, 140-143, 1983.
~ Jones. T., "Wave ~ill porous rocks ad modclllor CQilallh'Uetare", Pial). Thesis, Staafont
University, California, 1983.
--../ Kaye, G. W. C., Laby, T. H., Tlllblu ofphysiclll fJIJd cltemklll CtiiUitMrts. LoDJ1D811. New York, 1973.
~
--../
lC,iartaDssoa, E .... ~. C?-waw propaptioa and ~ ... J. Geoph. kn.. 14. 4737-4748, 1979.
K,iaJUnuoD. E., "Attcauation of .a.ic: waves in rocks" Pbl). n.is. Stanford Univ., California, 1979b.
~~
KowaiJis, B. J., Jones, L. E. A., Wang, H. F., "Velocity-porosity clay coatent .,.aernatics of poorly-
~ated eandltoua:•, prcscm.l to AGll lfWIUW. San F~ Dec. 19&3.
~·
Kuster, G. T., ToksOz, N. M., "Velocity and attenuation or~ waves in two-phase media, I. Theoretical
·J formulations", (kophys., 39, fi07-6111, 1974. ·
Lacaze, J., Louis, P., Rqnaud. R., "Deltaic facies rec:opdion on seismic cfa,la ", Paper presented at 48.th SEG
--~/ Meetlirg. 1978.
Landau, L., Likhitz. E., MicQIIique, Mir Publishina. M~w. 1967.
'-
Larson,R.G., Scriven. L. E., Davis, H. T., ••Pen:o..tionllwieryel&wophueftowinporousmedia", CltmUc.l
_/ Enfhtemllg Scietlce.l6. 57-73. 1980.
Levy, Th., "Propaption of waves in a fluid-~aturated poroUs elastic:: solid", Int. J. £n«. Sci.• 17, IOOS-1014,
'._./
1979.
_.J
Levy, Th., Sul;:kz-Palencia, E., "Equations and in~ ~lions .for acoustic phenomena in porous
' media", J. of Math~matical Analysis IJIId A/lfllicalions. ,1, ··13-834, 1977. ·
J
..__)
.__)
_)
.J ----·->
----,
320 BIBJ.IOGRAPHY
McE,illy, T. V., Mahood, G. A.• Majer, E. L.• Schechter, B. S.• TnaeaclcU. A H., "ScismoloJical Geological
field study of the Sierra la Primavera ptbermal system", Uni'r. of Clllifomill, Berkeley, 1978.
McKavuqla. B., SUay, F. D., .. M..,...aicill ..llystelais in roc:b at low strain amplitudes and lllilmic
frequencies ... Plrys. &rth., Plonet Int .. 8, 246-250, 1974.
McSkimin, H. J., "Propqation ofloqitudinal waves and shear waYCS in cyliaclrM:al rods at llilh frequencies".
J. AcOIISt. Soc. Am.,ll, 484-494, 19S6.
Madel, J., Essai sur Ill mecanique dts pseudosolidu, ~des Poets at ChaUIIiel, 1950. ~"'
Mandel, J,, C011rs de mkanique des miJitna CMtiluls, Gaathier-Villlm, Paris. 1966.
Mandel, J., Introduction ti Ia mecan!que des miliewc continus, AcadCmie Polonaise des Sciences, serie B de
M«anique Appliquee, &titioas Sc:ientiftquet de Polope; 1974.
Mariao. J. J., "Microflssuration du betou et propaption des ondes", Thesis, Univ. Paris VI, Paris. 1981.
MUOft. W. P:. Beshers, D. N., Kuo. J. T.,"Iotemalirk:tionittWestedyaranite: relati011todislocationtheory",
J. Appl. Plrys., 41, S206-S209, 1970.
Matheron\ G., tt~nts J1(JUr wre rhJorle des milieux poteux. Massou, Pam, ·1967.
Mathieu, f., ToksOz. M. N., "Application of full wavefoan acoustic login& data to the .:stimation of racrvoir
permeability", Paper BHG 1.5. 54th SEG Meeting. Atlanta, Dec. 1984.
Ma\'ko. G. M., "Frictional attenuation: an inherent amplitude dependence, J. Geop/1. ks .• 84, 4769-4776,
1979.
Mavko, G. M., Nur, A., "The effect ofnonelliptical cracks on theCOIJI.PRISibiJity ofrocks",J. Geop/1.• Ru.,IJ,
4459-4468: 1978~
Mavko, q. M., Nur, A .• "Wave atteuuatioD in partially saturated roc:b", Geopltys.. 44, 161-178, 1979.
Miklowitz, J., The theory of elastic .. aves and M-ave pUles, North Holland, Amsterdam, 1978.
Mobarek, S. A. M., ..The eff'ect of temperat\lre on wave wlocities in poreus rocks", Master's Thesis, Univ. of
California, Berkeley, USA. 1971.
Mocbizuki, S., "Atteauation ill penial1y saturated rocks", J. Geop/1. Ru.. 81, BSM-8604, 1982.
Monicard R., Caracttristiques des roches riserroirs. Anolyse des carottes, Editions Tecbnip, Paris, 196S.
1
Morlet. J., Arens, G., Fourpau, .E., G~. D., "Wave propaption and samplioc theory,l: compleuignal and
scatterin& in multilayered media", Gllop/lp., tf'l, 203-221, 1982.
~ --
Morlier, P.• Sarda, J. P., "Attenuation des ondes elastiques dans les roches poreuses lliturees ", hr. Int. Fran~.
"'Petr«., 26. 731·756. 1971.
Morrow, N. R., "Physics and thermodynamics of capillarity.., Inti. and &.g. Cltemistry, 8, 32-S6, 19'70.
Morrow, N. R., "The effect of surface roughness on contact 8ftlle with special references to petroleum
recove.ry", J011r. of Canadian Petrol. Tech .• Oct.-Dec. 1975.
Murphy, W. F. m. "Effectsofpartia! water saturation on attenuation in sandstones",}. AcOIISt. Soc. Am., 71,
----,--
14S8-l468, 1982.
Murphy, W. F. Ill, "Effects of microstructure and pore Ouids Oft the acouStic properties of aranular
sedimentary materials", PhD. Thesis. Staaford Univ., USA, 1982b. · ·
Nafe, H. E., Drake, C. L.. Physical J"'Operties of marine sediments, in: 11ie Sea, Vol. 3, 794-SIS,Iaterscieoce,
1963. i
No\\ick, A. S., Berry, B.S., Anelastic· relaxation in crystalline solids, Academic Press, New York, 1972.
NUT. A., "Viscous phases in rocks lllld the_ low velocity zone", J. Geoph. Ru., 76, 1270-1277, 1971.
~ .
......_,
·""\
~
<.___,.. 321
Nur, A., "Seismic vdoc:ities ill low por8litJ NCb'', ilt: s..·..-...um •d· .,..t/tqiMJU f/ftdktiolt, In:
Hommap au Prof. J. Coulomb, Ed. CNU. Ptril, 1 •
Nur, A., "Seismic imatillliaeahllaced oil ftiOIMI)'", SH;I)t)£ M•tllw, Tulsa, hperllo.10610. ApdJ 1982.
Nur, A., Byerl.ee, J. N., ··All exact effective stratlawforelasticdetOrmadoa ofrocb willa ftuicl .., J. GHpll. bs.,
16, 6414-6411, 1971. •
Nur, A., Murphy, W., "Wa,·e velocities and atteauationinporousmedia with fluids", Proc.ofl#lh Int. Conf. on
Contlnlutr lftOtll& ofdist:r'"synars, S~ )I 1-32:7, 1911. ·
Nur, A., Simmons, G .• "The effect ofviscolity oh Ouid phase on velocity in low porosity rocb", Earth a1111
PloMt Sc. Lnt.• 1, 99-108, 1969. . .
Nur, A., Tosaya, C., Vo-Thanh, D., "Seismic DlODitorln& of thermal enhanced oil recovery processes'\ Paper
.RS6, 54th SEG M«tin6. Atlanta, 1984.
Nur, A., Walls, J. D., Winkler, K.., De V'tlbils, J., .. E«ecu of fluid saturation on waws in porous rock and
relalioDt to liydraulic permeability", SPE }tltlnlltl• .tSD-4!8. 1910i.
Nur, A., W'mkler, K .... Thenrlulfficltiea.*laict. . ill..-........._ in rock&" ( .U.I), ~. 45,
S91·S9~ 1980.
O'Connell, lt. J., Budiansk.y, B.. "Seismic wlecitica ill~- sa&!Dted crackocholida", J. (hop/1. /l.u., 1t,
S412-S426, 1974. .
O'Connell, It J., Budiansk.y, 8., ''Vill:od··~~~~ IOiicls",J. ~.IW., 76,
2022-2034, 1977. . . . . . .. . ·. .
O'Connell. ll. J., Budiansky, B., "Measures ot~ in ~illedia", O.Oplry. Ra. Lftt., 5, s-8,
1971.
O'Doherty, R.. F., Anstey, N. A., "Rettections on amp&~". GetJplt. P.rosp•• 19, 430-4S8, 1971.
O'Hara,$, G., "l.nu-ce of~~ ud ~JhiiciOP tJao frequmc:y-dqptDIIIeat attcuuation of
J
elastic waves 'n Berea sandstone", Php/l:ill rnfew ..l, 32, 413-488, 198!. ·
Ostrander, w. J., '6Piane wa-Ye rerlectiOD coelfldenta ror'ps sands at non normal anates ortncidence'\ , . ,
No. SJ6.4 p~ted at 52nd SEG Meetilfl, DaJiu, 1982.
Paillet, F. L., White, J. E., ··Acoustic model of propaption in tile borehole and their relationship to rock
properties",~~-· 47, 1215-1228, 1982. ' .
Palmer, I. D., Traviolia, M. L., "AtteauatiOD by ~quirt flow in under-saturated ps sancla ", Geophys., 45, 1780-
1192, 1981. ! . -
Pallet, M., et IIJI., La mkaniqw des rochu qplilplh IIIIX 011vr1Jfft de Gblie Civil, ENPC, Paris, 1976.
Papadakis, E.i P., "Ultrasonic difl'rac:tion frOm apert~ willa applications to pulse measurement& and
liilalc
crystal physics", ill: Physical ..lCOtUtic, XI, Ed. Muon Tlwnton, Ac.-Preu, Chap. 3, lSl-211, 1976.
·~
''-./'
. ...a
.PadDick. L., ,Outcrkidp. yt. F.. "Ill f....,ill,..
Parts, G. A., "Surface and intcdacial free . . . . . of' ........ J. G.o,/t .. ICes., 8, 3997-4008, 1984•.
lUI4 sbcu . . .u.o(Soleabofcn JiiDestoae over a
frequmcy ranp of 10 cyclci ... ....t",/. ~,.,... "- 581-SII,.t96t.
WJ.J .. ~ B. f .• ~ W.J.. "~ofair-~udoil-aircapillarypreuurcdatain
the study of pore struc:ture and ftnid cfistrmutioJa , $1'. JOfiT1IIll, $5-61, 1966. . · ·
Picltett, G., "Equations for computinJ etutic
coMtants h.
flquraJ ,.cl19rsioaal RIOUilt &cquciacies of
vibration of prisms and cvlindcrs", Am. Soc. Ten. A#(IIB. Proc., 45. 846-860, 1945.
~
Pjumann, E., Dusclultko:R.. "Usc ofpQrc casts
115!-1151, 1910. . '
ad
S'!M io
. ..
study
pore pometry",
'
Jm'u.
Sell. Petrology. «l.
SUa.,.., ••·
· Pnalicr, A., "RecMrcbe en tnlitaacat -.....•r1adidtdea_..SlNIIIDll troiseodlpolaDtcs, Application
sur un exemple reel", Thesis, Univ. de
Purcell, "Capill8ry ,_..,.... 'l1lllir ••• t ....IMI'CUIY ....the caii:Watioa of penlleltbility
thercf'nrm", J. of Petroleum Tedurology, 39-47, 1949.
Qnimby,S.L.,"OatJaeexperimeat.tdetenlliDatiollefdll:viNosityofvibratinatolidi".P•,,.••.• zs.ssa..s73.
192S.
-~·
322 IIIIUOORAPHY
Rasolofosaon.. P.. Coussy. 0., "Piopaption des ondes ~urs dans les milieux poreux satures - Effets
d'intenace. ~ panie··. Rttr. lnst. Franr. du Ntr*, 40, 78S-t02. l98S.
Rassing. J .• "l:ltraSonic maxation specbomefry'' ;,: Clwrniad tlllll biologietll IUJI«U II/ rBaxlllion
Sf'«trotnetr_t·. Ed. by Wyn:Jons. Reidal. nouan.l !~7S.
Lord Rayleigh. ··On waves propapted along the plane surface of an elastic solid''. Prot:. Loru~Df~. Matlt. Soc ..
17. 4-11. 1SS5.
Ra~mer. L. L.. Hunt. E. R .. Gardner. J. S., "An improved sonic! transit time-to-porositytransform",SPWLA.
:Jst .4nn. L.ogg. Symp .. July 1980.
Rice. J. R .. Cleary. M. P .. ··Some basic stress diffusion solutions for fluid-saturated elastic porous media with
compressible constituents··. Re'·· Geoplr. and S~ce Phys.• 14. 227-:41, 1976. ~·~
Rogez. D .• Bader. M .. "Tltrasonic ,·elocity dispersion in liquids betwea .3.3 and 330 MHz llling a high
~lution phase measurement techPique", J. AcOJMI. Soc. Am•• 16. }67-172. 1984.
Rosenbaum. J. H .• "Synthetic mic:rosei~: loUidl ia.pon*S foRDaticla", Geo,ltys•• ». 14-32, 1974.
Sa~. J.. YUcoilturtctte. PNaa de t•ac. NatioUIIt dll Poatut Cbauslies. Paris, 1983.
Sayers. C. M .• "lltrasoninelocity dispersion in porous materials". J. Phys. D. : Appl. Phys.• 14, 413-420, 1981.
Schlum~ Co.• Log intn'pretatitllt ~. Ed. by !dtiU11lb!!tJer Limited 1977.
Schmidt. E. J.• \'o-Tbanb. D .• Nur, A.. Auld, .B., "AA:oustic and electromapetic energy absorption in clay
bearing rocks at low fluid saturation ... to be published', (kop/iys.. 1986.
Schoenberg. M.. Manetta. T .. Aron, J., Porter, R., "Spa<:e-t.ime .lependance of acoustic waves in a borehole ...
J ..·koust. Soc. Am., 70. 1496-1$07, 1981. ·
Schoenber,er. M .• Le'in. F. K., "Apparent attenuation due. to intrabed multiples", Geophys.• 39,278-291,
1974. . . .· .
Schone. P. A.. ·• Chalk diagenesis &Qd' itS rdaliori tO 'pettOiell!Ji exploration". _.APG. S, 982-1009, 1977.
~hreiber,
1973.
E~. Anderson..
0. L., Sop, N., Eitutic ~tants and their tneiUIITemetrt, Mc(Jraw Hill, New York,
. . . . . . . . .
..
Serra. J.• /mage analysis and mathematiCDI !1f0rphology. ~ fress, New York. 1982.
Sheriff. R. E .. Taner, M. T .. ··Seismic attrlbute me;.$~reshelp defnacreservoifs". Oi/andGtuJourrull. 112-186.
1979. .
Spencer. J. W .. "Stress relaxation at low frequencies i~ Ouid saturated rocks: attenuation and modulus
dispersion". J. Geoph. Res .. 1303-l812. 1981.
Spencer. T ..-\ .. Sonnad. J. R., Butler, T. M., "Seismic Q. Stratiy.lphy or dissipation", Gef!phys., 47, 16-24,
1982. . ' .. > • .• •·• . • . . '
~tzler._.H.. :'M~· D. L.. "nC elf~ o( ~ture ~partial mellinJ Oil velocity and at$eouation in a
sunple bm&r) system . J. Geoph. J&s .. 73, 6051~. tMII. ·
Spitmtt. s.. Teft, W. E., .. MethdclfOr~lllfidlmi<:lfn:sorwtc:drequeoc:ieallblltorcalc:11latingelastic
moduli from these frequencies", AM.. Soc. Tm. Mam. Proe.• 61, l:!!l•tm. 1961. ·
Stewart. tt. G .• ··Q uct the rise uct ran or a~ ptil~e", aeoPb,, J. JtD.r. Astr. s«.. "· 193-805, 1984.
,
..
Stewan. R. R., TolcsOz, M. N., Timur, A., "Strain dependent attenuation: observations and a proposed
medumism... J. Geoph. Rn.. •. S46-SS4, 1913. ·
StoU. R. D .• "Experimeptal s t . of~ttenuation in sediment$", J. Acoust. Soc. Am.• 66, 1152-1160, 1979.
Strick. E.. "Tiie determination of' Q, dYnamic viseosity arid creep ·cun·es from waw propaption
measurements", Geoph. J. Roy. Astr. Soc., 13, 197-218! 1967. . ·
Strick. E.• " A predicted pedestal effect for pulse propagation in eonstant Q IOlids ". Geoplv•s.• 35, 387-403, 1970.
Suquet. P.•. "Piasticite ct homopgeisation". ~ U~versi¢ P. et M. Curie. Paris 1982. ~~
Swanson, B. F .... Visualizing pores 8JlCi nonwettina phase .in por:ous rock", J. Pet. Tech.. Jan, 10-18,. 1979.
Tauer. M. T .. Koehler. F .. Sheriff, R. E., "Complex trac1ranalysis". GftJPhJ'I.• 44, 1041-1063, 1979.
Tarif, P., Bourbii. T., •• Experu.atal ~ botwten apeetral ratio and rise time teclmifrues for the
measurement of attenuation··. to be published, G• . Prosp., 1986.
Tarif, P.. -M~de I'attenuation par.prop~~ptioa d'ultruoa: application aI'etude de l'aailotropie ",Thesis,
Unhrersite Paris \11, 1986.
Tsmur. A.• "Velocity ofcompreuional waves ill pomusmedia at permalrosttempcraturee", Geop6ys .• 33, S84-
595. 1968.
~.
~~~~~-------------------------~--~-------~---
.:
''-
'---'
f :i ''l'".t.J·
BIBLIOGRAPHY
:i·\ ·t ":- J.di-.i~
3~3
•
324 BIBLIOGRAPHY
Wyllie, M. R. J., Gardner. G. H. F., Gregory, A. R., "Studies of elastic wave attenuation in porous media··,
~•• 17, ~S89, 1962, lllrd d&t:ussi011: G#opltya., 21, 1074, 1963.
Yin& C. F., Truell, R., "Scattering of a plane longitudinal wave in an isotropically elastic solid .., J. of Appl.
Pltp. 7:1, 1086-1097, 1956.
Zinsmer, B., Meynot, Ch .• ··Visualisation des proprietes capillaires <res roches mervoirs", Re1•. lrrst. Fran(. du
P~.37. 337-361.1982.
~-----
•
~
"---"
author index
'-..__
'._/
_/
·._/
~
326 AUTHOR INDEX
------
~
_...,
A~'iWolix '327
l
"---
190,191,199,201,206,213,214.216,218,220, RuolofolllOD, P., 266, 298
222,227,229
Raising, J., 223
'~
Lord Raylcip, 263
Nafe. H. E., 2~2, 233, l!S bymer, L. L., 232. 234
Noadler, H., 213 Reid, A. C., 241
-~j
328 Al:THOR INDEX
...--...
-----:'1
.......
''--'
' .
'---'
'----'
subject irdex
'-
·.,____
Act.orbed water, 219, 225 Blot's dleory, 63-84. 141, 161, 166, 190. 225,
'---' Ac:ces radius (porous medita), ~6. 29, 87 250, 259, 263
(experimental veriftcation of), 85
Atlnl (material), I 00
Bolle (see Saadltoae)
Air)' ..... Ill
'-' ~.. prladple, 102
A8qiiAollte, 216
.............. 152
'- Allltydrite, 235, 240
Allilotropy
8riPt ...... 304-308
''-" attenuation contrast, 306
iaduced, 183, 184 velocity contrast, 304
intrinsic, 186
------ ~pasation,61, 74,96
transverse, 97
Aaale (eritical), 88
Aaortllollte, 220 Caldera, 309
Ane.atloa Capmary, Calilarity, 22
capillary forces, 220, 221 desorbtion, 24
contrast, 306 equilibrium, 23
deftnition, 15, 107, 1 t: force, 191, 220, 221
extrinsic, 147, 303 pressure, 24
frequency, 211-214, 2::2 visualization, 29, 32
in situ measurements. 240, 243 ear.a.Kozeay fonmda, 35,47
interface, 279-281 Casco (see Gruite)
intrinsic, 147, 305
mechanisms, '63, 217, 229 C...uty prillcifle, 103
measurements, 15 I Claalt (see u.e.toae)
~.156 a ...ca~._.
permeability, 275 breakage, 219, 221
pressure, 203, 204 hydrosen, 219
"---" saturatina fluid
phase change, 211 a...-ue· ... Pray dellllfacatloll 15, 16
"--'
viscosity, 207, 210 Oay (see also, Sllale), ll, 12, 34, 235, 236--240
saturation, 2()4..207 Colli, 240
methods, 207, 208
scatterin& 214, 215 COCGidao (see Saadst011e)
'---'
strain, 215 Celoralle(seeSIIIIes)
temperature, 207, 209 eo.,.ctloa, 237
-~ CotDctlfllle,23
COIIdaulty bldex, 179
-------- ConloYa ereaaa (see I' eltDae)
Barre (see Graaite)
'-----'
BMalt,216,240 C....... l47, 153
"--· inertial, 71, 83, 225
Wfonl (see IU.IIt1M1e) tbermomechaDica 65
'-' Berea (see s..tst..) viscous, 87
IJerrymaa's foranlla, 79. 265 COYMiuce, 18, 40
'-"-'
Bimodal perGiimelric SJiftb ... 27, rT Creep fuctloa, 100, 124, 12S
'-'
_.. ..::£:;-
330 SUBJECT INDEX
Cracks, 179. 180, 186, 204 EVA tool, 159, 240, 310-312
growth, 57 Exteasional IROde, 162
porous medium, 21
closure, 57
Cross-sectioa (scatterilll), 115 Fadel variation, 304
Faust's fennula, 237
Feldspar, 17
Damping (re4uced), 136 Filtratioa velocity, 246 ~
'"'""
-~~ 331
-,_
_-,J
332 SUIUECt INDEX
"'
~
~.
\.____
, ;;
I
~IMJD;I 3l3
'-
Saiat Peter (.sw SaMIIeae) ~11,89,91
'--
Salt. 235, l40 Skill,
s.-......... fonladoal.238,240, 241,304 effect, 86
depth, &7
'-._, I s..l. s..t.to.e, 234, 235,238.241, 243 Soleala.r. (see U.llhlle)
~.254,273,279
"- !
attenuation, 203, 209, 211, 212. 216.222 Source (.a-lc:). 269
I
velocity, 181, 182, 194, 197, 200, 201 SpecifiC
'--
Boise, 194, 196, 207, 210 area, 22t
Coconino, 207 gravity (rocks). 240
Fontainebleau, 43-47, 185
Spectral ratio, 1S3-l 56
~
• >.-/
(
'~ _:J;I
Tor.Honal~, 166 Viscoelasticln· (liaear), 107-ll2
Tortuosity, 35, 71, 80, 81, 83, 93, 191, 252; 254 interface ~aves, 297
reflection and transmission, 283-297
Traasmission
coefficient, 250, 255-263, 290-296 v-...coupllaa,87
modulus, 263, m ~. 194. 204, 210
phase, 263, 295 V~tlon
'
method, 153, 172, 173 .,
capillary properties. 29, 30
Tripolite, 231 porous medium, 12
Troy (see Granite) VSP (vertical seismic profdiag), 240, 308 '~·'
Tube wave, 275 Vugy (Jiorous IDellium), 15, 16
Vycor, 191, 206. 213, 219, 222, 228
o t \.\,~as- C\' ~). \
·----..
Unsteady-state, 128 \..c:..\ Y"C- Water content, 66, 252 .,
E.J<.-4 Ch~"do
Waftl
dilatational. 59
"C equation, 61
Vector extensional. 63, 128, 132
attenuation, 260, 284 homogeneous, 284 ~-,
temperature, 193
uniaxial stress, 182
YoiiRI'S modulus, 54, 57, 170
Vibrations, 128
. forced, 134, 161
free, 134, 161
· _,quality factor, 135 Zener model, 117' 123 '·
......
"
'
\
~,